src/richtext/richtextbuffer.cpp

   1 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
   2 // Name:        src/richtext/richtextbuffer.cpp
   3 // Purpose:     Buffer for wxRichTextCtrl
   4 // Author:      Julian Smart
   5 // Modified by:
   6 // Created:     2005-09-30
   7 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
   8 // Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
   9 // Licence:     wxWindows licence
  10 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  11
  12 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h".
  13 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
  14
  15 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
  16     #pragma hdrstop
  17 #endif
  18
  19 #if wxUSE_RICHTEXT
  20
  21 #include "wx/richtext/richtextbuffer.h"
  22
  23 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
  24     #include "wx/dc.h"
  25     #include "wx/intl.h"
  26     #include "wx/log.h"
  27     #include "wx/dataobj.h"
  28     #include "wx/module.h"
  29 #endif
  30
  31 #include "wx/settings.h"
  32 #include "wx/filename.h"
  33 #include "wx/clipbrd.h"
  34 #include "wx/wfstream.h"
  35 #include "wx/mstream.h"
  36 #include "wx/sstream.h"
  37 #include "wx/textfile.h"
  38 #include "wx/hashmap.h"
  39 #include "wx/dynarray.h"
  40
  41 #include "wx/richtext/richtextctrl.h"
  42 #include "wx/richtext/richtextstyles.h"
  43 #include "wx/richtext/richtextimagedlg.h"
  44 #include "wx/richtext/richtextsizepage.h"
  45
  46 #include "wx/listimpl.cpp"
  47 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
  48
  49 WX_DEFINE_LIST(wxRichTextObjectList)
  50 WX_DEFINE_LIST(wxRichTextLineList)
  51
  52 // Switch off if the platform doesn't like it for some reason
  53 #define wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_DRAWING 1
  54
  55 // Use GetPartialTextExtents for platforms that support it natively
  56 #define wxRICHTEXT_USE_PARTIAL_TEXT_EXTENTS 1
  57
  58 const wxChar wxRichTextLineBreakChar = (wxChar) 29;
  59
  60 // Helper classes for floating layout
  61 struct wxRichTextFloatRectMap
  62 {
  63     wxRichTextFloatRectMap(int sY, int eY, int w, wxRichTextObject* obj)
  64     {
  65         startY = sY;
  66         endY = eY;
  67         width = w;
  68         anchor = obj;
  69     }
  70
  71     int startY, endY;
  72     int width;
  73     wxRichTextObject* anchor;
  74 };
  75
  76 WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY(wxRichTextFloatRectMap*, wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray);
  77
  78 int wxRichTextFloatRectMapCmp(wxRichTextFloatRectMap* r1, wxRichTextFloatRectMap* r2)
  79 {
  80     return r1->startY - r2->startY;
  81 }
  82
  83 class wxRichTextFloatCollector
  84 {
  85 public:
  86     wxRichTextFloatCollector(const wxRect& availableRect);
  87     ~wxRichTextFloatCollector();
  88
  89     // Collect the floating objects info in the given paragraph
  90     void CollectFloat(wxRichTextParagraph* para);
  91     void CollectFloat(wxRichTextParagraph* para, wxRichTextObject* floating);
  92
  93     // Return the last paragraph we collected
  94     wxRichTextParagraph* LastParagraph();
  95
  96     // Given the start y position and the height of the line,
  97     // find out how wide the line can be
  98     wxRect GetAvailableRect(int startY, int endY);
  99
 100     // Given a floating box, find its fit position
 101     int GetFitPosition(int direction, int start, int height) const;
 102     int GetFitPosition(const wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray& array, int start, int height) const;
 103
 104     // Find the last y position
 105     int GetLastRectBottom();
 106
 107     // Draw the floats inside a rect
 108     void Draw(wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style);
 109
 110     // HitTest the floats
 111     int HitTest(wxDC& dc, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, int flags);
 112
 113     // Get floating object count
 114     int GetFloatingObjectCount() const { return m_left.GetCount() + m_right.GetCount(); }
 115
 116     // Get floating objects
 117     bool GetFloatingObjects(wxRichTextObjectList& objects) const;
 118
 119     // Delete a float
 120     bool DeleteFloat(wxRichTextObject* obj);
 121
 122     // Do we have this float already?
 123     bool HasFloat(wxRichTextObject* obj);
 124
 125     bool HasFloats() const { return m_left.GetCount() >0 || m_right.GetCount() > 0; }
 126
 127     static int SearchAdjacentRect(const wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray& array, int point);
 128
 129     static int GetWidthFromFloatRect(const wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray& array, int index, int startY, int endY);
 130
 131     static void FreeFloatRectMapArray(wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray& array);
 132
 133     static void DrawFloat(const wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray& array, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style);
 134
 135     static int HitTestFloat(const wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray& array, wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc), const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, int flags);
 136
 137 private:
 138     wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray m_left;
 139     wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray m_right;
 140     //int m_width;
 141     wxRect               m_availableRect;
 142     wxRichTextParagraph* m_para;
 143 };
 144
 145 // Delete a float
 146 bool wxRichTextFloatCollector::DeleteFloat(wxRichTextObject* obj)
 147 {
 148     size_t i;
 149     for (i = 0; i < m_left.GetCount(); i++)
 150     {
 151         if (m_left[i]->anchor == obj)
 152         {
 153             m_left.RemoveAt(i);
 154             return true;
 155         }
 156     }
 157     for (i = 0; i < m_right.GetCount(); i++)
 158     {
 159         if (m_right[i]->anchor == obj)
 160         {
 161             m_right.RemoveAt(i);
 162             return true;
 163         }
 164     }
 165     return false;
 166 }
 167
 168 // Do we have this float already?
 169 bool wxRichTextFloatCollector::HasFloat(wxRichTextObject* obj)
 170 {
 171     size_t i;
 172     for (i = 0; i < m_left.GetCount(); i++)
 173     {
 174         if (m_left[i]->anchor == obj)
 175         {
 176             return true;
 177         }
 178     }
 179     for (i = 0; i < m_right.GetCount(); i++)
 180     {
 181         if (m_right[i]->anchor == obj)
 182         {
 183             return true;
 184         }
 185     }
 186     return false;
 187 }
 188
 189 // Get floating objects
 190 bool wxRichTextFloatCollector::GetFloatingObjects(wxRichTextObjectList& objects) const
 191 {
 192     size_t i;
 193     for (i = 0; i < m_left.GetCount(); i++)
 194         objects.Append(m_left[i]->anchor);
 195     for (i = 0; i < m_right.GetCount(); i++)
 196         objects.Append(m_right[i]->anchor);
 197     return true;
 198 }
 199
 200
 201 /*
 202  * Binary search helper function
 203  * The argument point is the Y coordinate, and this fuction
 204  * always return the floating rect that contain this coordinate
 205  * or under this coordinate.
 206  */
 207 int wxRichTextFloatCollector::SearchAdjacentRect(const wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray& array, int point)
 208 {
 209     int end = array.GetCount() - 1;
 210     int start = 0;
 211     int ret = 0;
 212
 213     wxASSERT(end >= 0);
 214
 215     while (true)
 216     {
 217         if (start > end)
 218         {
 219             break;
 220         }
 221
 222         int mid = (start + end) / 2;
 223         if (array[mid]->startY <= point && array[mid]->endY >= point)
 224             return mid;
 225         else if (array[mid]->startY > point)
 226         {
 227             end = mid - 1;
 228             ret = mid;
 229         }
 230         else if (array[mid]->endY < point)
 231         {
 232             start = mid + 1;
 233             ret = start;
 234         }
 235     }
 236
 237     return ret;
 238 }
 239
 240 int wxRichTextFloatCollector::GetWidthFromFloatRect(const wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray& array, int index, int startY, int endY)
 241 {
 242     int ret = 0;
 243     int len = array.GetCount();
 244
 245     wxASSERT(index >= 0 && index < len);
 246
 247     if (array[index]->startY < startY && array[index]->endY > startY)
 248         ret = ret < array[index]->width ? array[index]->width : ret;
 249     while (index < len && array[index]->startY <= endY)
 250     {
 251         ret = ret < array[index]->width ? array[index]->width : ret;
 252         index++;
 253     }
 254
 255     return ret;
 256 }
 257
 258 wxRichTextFloatCollector::wxRichTextFloatCollector(const wxRect& rect) : m_left(wxRichTextFloatRectMapCmp), m_right(wxRichTextFloatRectMapCmp)
 259 {
 260     m_availableRect = rect;
 261     m_para = NULL;
 262 }
 263
 264 void wxRichTextFloatCollector::FreeFloatRectMapArray(wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray& array)
 265 {
 266     int len = array.GetCount();
 267     for (int i = 0; i < len; i++)
 268         delete array[i];
 269 }
 270
 271 wxRichTextFloatCollector::~wxRichTextFloatCollector()
 272 {
 273     FreeFloatRectMapArray(m_left);
 274     FreeFloatRectMapArray(m_right);
 275 }
 276
 277 int wxRichTextFloatCollector::GetFitPosition(const wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray& array, int start, int height) const
 278 {
 279     if (array.GetCount() == 0)
 280         return start;
 281
 282     int i = SearchAdjacentRect(array, start);
 283     int last = start;
 284     while (i < (int) array.GetCount())
 285     {
 286         if (array[i]->startY - last >= height)
 287             return last + 1;
 288         last = array[i]->endY;
 289         i++;
 290     }
 291
 292     return last + 1;
 293 }
 294
 295 int wxRichTextFloatCollector::GetFitPosition(int direction, int start, int height) const
 296 {
 297     if (direction == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_LEFT)
 298         return GetFitPosition(m_left, start, height);
 299     else if (direction == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_RIGHT)
 300         return GetFitPosition(m_right, start, height);
 301     else
 302     {
 303         wxASSERT("Never should be here");
 304         return start;
 305     }
 306 }
 307
 308 // Adds a floating image to the float collector.
 309 // The actual positioning is done by wxRichTextParagraph::LayoutFloat.
 310 void wxRichTextFloatCollector::CollectFloat(wxRichTextParagraph* para, wxRichTextObject* floating)
 311 {
 312     int direction = floating->GetFloatDirection();
 313
 314     wxPoint pos = floating->GetPosition();
 315     wxSize size = floating->GetCachedSize();
 316     wxRichTextFloatRectMap *map = new wxRichTextFloatRectMap(pos.y, pos.y + size.y, size.x, floating);
 317     switch (direction)
 318     {
 319         case wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_NONE:
 320             delete map;
 321             break;
 322         case wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_LEFT:
 323             // Just a not-enough simple assertion
 324             wxASSERT (m_left.Index(map) == wxNOT_FOUND);
 325             m_left.Add(map);
 326             break;
 327         case wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_RIGHT:
 328             wxASSERT (m_right.Index(map) == wxNOT_FOUND);
 329             m_right.Add(map);
 330             break;
 331         default:
 332             delete map;
 333             wxASSERT("Unrecognised float attribute.");
 334     }
 335
 336     m_para = para;
 337 }
 338
 339 void wxRichTextFloatCollector::CollectFloat(wxRichTextParagraph* para)
 340 {
 341     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = para->GetChildren().GetFirst();
 342     while (node)
 343     {
 344         wxRichTextObject* floating = node->GetData();
 345
 346         if (floating->IsFloating())
 347         {
 348             CollectFloat(para, floating);
 349         }
 350
 351         node = node->GetNext();
 352     }
 353
 354     m_para = para;
 355 }
 356
 357 wxRichTextParagraph* wxRichTextFloatCollector::LastParagraph()
 358 {
 359     return m_para;
 360 }
 361
 362 wxRect wxRichTextFloatCollector::GetAvailableRect(int startY, int endY)
 363 {
 364     int widthLeft = 0, widthRight = 0;
 365     if (m_left.GetCount() != 0)
 366     {
 367         int i = SearchAdjacentRect(m_left, startY);
 368         if (i < (int) m_left.GetCount())
 369             widthLeft = GetWidthFromFloatRect(m_left, i, startY, endY);
 370     }
 371     if (m_right.GetCount() != 0)
 372     {
 373         int j = SearchAdjacentRect(m_right, startY);
 374         if (j < (int) m_right.GetCount())
 375             widthRight = GetWidthFromFloatRect(m_right, j, startY, endY);
 376     }
 377
 378     // TODO: actually we want to use the actual image positions to find the
 379     // available remaining space, since the image might not be right up against
 380     // the left or right edge of the container.
 381     return wxRect(widthLeft + m_availableRect.x, 0, m_availableRect.width - widthLeft - widthRight, 0);
 382 }
 383
 384 int wxRichTextFloatCollector::GetLastRectBottom()
 385 {
 386     int ret = 0;
 387     int len = m_left.GetCount();
 388     if (len) {
 389         ret = ret > m_left[len-1]->endY ? ret : m_left[len-1]->endY;
 390     }
 391     len = m_right.GetCount();
 392     if (len) {
 393         ret = ret > m_right[len-1]->endY ? ret : m_right[len-1]->endY;
 394     }
 395
 396     return ret;
 397 }
 398
 399 void wxRichTextFloatCollector::DrawFloat(const wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray& array, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextRange& WXUNUSED(range), const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style)
 400 {
 401     int start = rect.y;
 402     int end = rect.y + rect.height;
 403     int i, j;
 404     i = SearchAdjacentRect(array, start);
 405     if (i < 0 || i >= (int) array.GetCount())
 406         return;
 407     j = SearchAdjacentRect(array, end);
 408     if (j < 0 || j >= (int) array.GetCount())
 409         j = array.GetCount() - 1;
 410     while (i <= j)
 411     {
 412         wxRichTextObject* obj = array[i]->anchor;
 413         wxRichTextRange r = obj->GetRange();
 414         obj->Draw(dc, r, selection, wxRect(obj->GetPosition(), obj->GetCachedSize()), descent, style);
 415         i++;
 416     }
 417 }
 418
 419 void wxRichTextFloatCollector::Draw(wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style)
 420 {
 421     if (m_left.GetCount() > 0)
 422         DrawFloat(m_left, dc, range, selection, rect, descent, style);
 423     if (m_right.GetCount() > 0)
 424         DrawFloat(m_right, dc, range, selection, rect, descent, style);
 425 }
 426
 427 int wxRichTextFloatCollector::HitTestFloat(const wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray& array, wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc), const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, int WXUNUSED(flags))
 428 {
 429     int i;
 430     if (array.GetCount() == 0)
 431         return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE;
 432     i = SearchAdjacentRect(array, pt.y);
 433     if (i < 0 || i >= (int) array.GetCount())
 434         return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE;
 435     if (!array[i]->anchor->IsShown())
 436         return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE;
 437
 438     wxPoint point = array[i]->anchor->GetPosition();
 439     wxSize size = array[i]->anchor->GetCachedSize();
 440     if (point.x <= pt.x && point.x + size.x >= pt.x
 441         && point.y <= pt.y && point.y + size.y >= pt.y)
 442     {
 443         textPosition = array[i]->anchor->GetRange().GetStart();
 444         * obj = array[i]->anchor;
 445         if (pt.x > (pt.x + pt.x + size.x) / 2)
 446             return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_BEFORE;
 447         else
 448             return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_AFTER;
 449     }
 450
 451     return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE;
 452 }
 453
 454 int wxRichTextFloatCollector::HitTest(wxDC& dc, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, int flags)
 455 {
 456     int ret = HitTestFloat(m_left, dc, pt, textPosition, obj, flags);
 457     if (ret == wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE)
 458     {
 459         ret = HitTestFloat(m_right, dc, pt, textPosition, obj, flags);
 460     }
 461     return ret;
 462 }
 463
 464 // Helpers for efficiency
 465 inline void wxCheckSetFont(wxDC& dc, const wxFont& font)
 466 {
 467     // JACS: did I do this some time ago when testing? Should we re-enable it?
 468 #if 0
 469     const wxFont& font1 = dc.GetFont();
 470     if (font1.IsOk() && font.IsOk())
 471     {
 472         if (font1.GetPointSize() == font.GetPointSize() &&
 473             font1.GetFamily() == font.GetFamily() &&
 474             font1.GetStyle() == font.GetStyle() &&
 475             font1.GetWeight() == font.GetWeight() &&
 476             font1.GetUnderlined() == font.GetUnderlined() &&
 477             font1.GetFamily() == font.GetFamily() &&
 478             font1.GetFaceName() == font.GetFaceName())
 479             return;
 480     }
 481 #endif
 482     dc.SetFont(font);
 483 }
 484
 485 inline void wxCheckSetPen(wxDC& dc, const wxPen& pen)
 486 {
 487     const wxPen& pen1 = dc.GetPen();
 488     if (pen1.IsOk() && pen.IsOk())
 489     {
 490         if (pen1.GetWidth() == pen.GetWidth() &&
 491             pen1.GetStyle() == pen.GetStyle() &&
 492             pen1.GetColour() == pen.GetColour())
 493             return;
 494     }
 495     dc.SetPen(pen);
 496 }
 497
 498 inline void wxCheckSetBrush(wxDC& dc, const wxBrush& brush)
 499 {
 500     const wxBrush& brush1 = dc.GetBrush();
 501     if (brush1.IsOk() && brush.IsOk())
 502     {
 503         if (brush1.GetStyle() == brush.GetStyle() &&
 504             brush1.GetColour() == brush.GetColour())
 505             return;
 506     }
 507     dc.SetBrush(brush);
 508 }
 509
 510 /*!
 511  * wxRichTextObject
 512  * This is the base for drawable objects.
 513  */
 514
 515 IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxRichTextObject, wxObject)
 516
 517 wxRichTextObject::wxRichTextObject(wxRichTextObject* parent)
 518 {
 519     m_refCount = 1;
 520     m_parent = parent;
 521     m_descent = 0;
 522     m_show = true;
 523 }
 524
 525 wxRichTextObject::~wxRichTextObject()
 526 {
 527 }
 528
 529 void wxRichTextObject::Dereference()
 530 {
 531     m_refCount --;
 532     if (m_refCount <= 0)
 533         delete this;
 534 }
 535
 536 /// Copy
 537 void wxRichTextObject::Copy(const wxRichTextObject& obj)
 538 {
 539     m_size = obj.m_size;
 540     m_maxSize = obj.m_maxSize;
 541     m_minSize = obj.m_minSize;
 542     m_pos = obj.m_pos;
 543     m_range = obj.m_range;
 544     m_ownRange = obj.m_ownRange;
 545     m_attributes = obj.m_attributes;
 546     m_properties = obj.m_properties;
 547     m_descent = obj.m_descent;
 548     m_show = obj.m_show;
 549 }
 550
 551 // Get/set the top-level container of this object.
 552 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* wxRichTextObject::GetContainer() const
 553 {
 554     const wxRichTextObject* p = this;
 555     while (p)
 556     {
 557         if (p->IsTopLevel())
 558         {
 559             return wxDynamicCast(p, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox);
 560         }
 561         p = p->GetParent();
 562     }
 563     return NULL;
 564 }
 565
 566 void wxRichTextObject::SetMargins(int margin)
 567 {
 568     SetMargins(margin, margin, margin, margin);
 569 }
 570
 571 void wxRichTextObject::SetMargins(int leftMargin, int rightMargin, int topMargin, int bottomMargin)
 572 {
 573     GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetLeft().SetValue(leftMargin, wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS);
 574     GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetRight().SetValue(rightMargin, wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS);
 575     GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetTop().SetValue(topMargin, wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS);
 576     GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetBottom().SetValue(bottomMargin, wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS);
 577 }
 578
 579 int wxRichTextObject::GetLeftMargin() const
 580 {
 581     return GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetLeft().GetValue();
 582 }
 583
 584 int wxRichTextObject::GetRightMargin() const
 585 {
 586     return GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetRight().GetValue();
 587 }
 588
 589 int wxRichTextObject::GetTopMargin() const
 590 {
 591     return GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetTop().GetValue();
 592 }
 593
 594 int wxRichTextObject::GetBottomMargin() const
 595 {
 596     return GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetBottom().GetValue();
 597 }
 598
 599 // Calculate the available content space in the given rectangle, given the
 600 // margins, border and padding specified in the object's attributes.
 601 wxRect wxRichTextObject::GetAvailableContentArea(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& outerRect) const
 602 {
 603     wxRect marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect;
 604     marginRect = outerRect;
 605     GetBoxRects(dc, GetBuffer(), GetAttributes(), marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect);
 606     return contentRect;
 607 }
 608
 609 // Invalidate the buffer. With no argument, invalidates whole buffer.
 610 void wxRichTextObject::Invalidate(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange)
 611 {
 612     if (invalidRange != wxRICHTEXT_NONE)
 613     {
 614         SetCachedSize(wxDefaultSize);
 615         SetMaxSize(wxDefaultSize);
 616         SetMinSize(wxDefaultSize);
 617     }
 618 }
 619
 620 // Convert units in tenths of a millimetre to device units
 621 int wxRichTextObject::ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(wxDC& dc, int units) const
 622 {
 623     // Unscale
 624     double scale = 1.0;
 625     if (GetBuffer())
 626         scale = GetBuffer()->GetScale();
 627     int p = ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc.GetPPI().x, units, scale);
 628
 629     return p;
 630 }
 631
 632 // Convert units in tenths of a millimetre to device units
 633 int wxRichTextObject::ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(int ppi, int units, double scale)
 634 {
 635     // There are ppi pixels in 254.1 "1/10 mm"
 636
 637     double pixels = ((double) units * (double)ppi) / 254.1;
 638     if (scale != 1.0)
 639         pixels /= scale;
 640
 641     // If the result is very small, make it at least one pixel in size.
 642     if (pixels == 0 && units > 0)
 643         pixels = 1;
 644
 645     return (int) pixels;
 646 }
 647
 648 // Convert units in pixels to tenths of a millimetre
 649 int wxRichTextObject::ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(wxDC& dc, int pixels) const
 650 {
 651     int p = pixels;
 652     double scale = 1.0;
 653     if (GetBuffer())
 654         scale = GetBuffer()->GetScale();
 655
 656     return ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(dc.GetPPI().x, p, scale);
 657 }
 658
 659 int wxRichTextObject::ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(int ppi, int pixels, double scale)
 660 {
 661     // There are ppi pixels in 254.1 "1/10 mm"
 662
 663     double p = double(pixels);
 664
 665     if (scale != 1.0)
 666         p *= scale;
 667
 668     int units = int( p * 254.1 / (double) ppi );
 669     return units;
 670 }
 671
 672 // Draw the borders and background for the given rectangle and attributes.
 673 // Width and height are taken to be the outer margin size, not the content.
 674 bool wxRichTextObject::DrawBoxAttributes(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& boxRect, int flags)
 675 {
 676     // Assume boxRect is the area around the content
 677     wxRect marginRect = boxRect;
 678     wxRect contentRect, borderRect, paddingRect, outlineRect;
 679
 680     GetBoxRects(dc, buffer, attr, marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect);
 681
 682     // Margin is transparent. Draw background from margin.
 683     if (attr.HasBackgroundColour() || (flags & wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_SELECTED))
 684     {
 685         wxColour colour;
 686         if (flags & wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_SELECTED)
 687         {
 688             // TODO: get selection colour from control?
 689             colour = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
 690         }
 691         else
 692             colour = attr.GetBackgroundColour();
 693
 694         wxPen pen(colour);
 695         wxBrush brush(colour);
 696
 697         dc.SetPen(pen);
 698         dc.SetBrush(brush);
 699         dc.DrawRectangle(marginRect);
 700     }
 701
 702     if (flags & wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_GUIDELINES)
 703     {
 704         wxRichTextAttr editBorderAttr = attr;
 705         // TODO: make guideline colour configurable
 706         editBorderAttr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().SetColour(*wxLIGHT_GREY);
 707         editBorderAttr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().SetWidth(1, wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS);
 708         editBorderAttr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().SetStyle(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_SOLID);
 709
 710         DrawBorder(dc, buffer, editBorderAttr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder(), borderRect, flags);
 711     }
 712
 713     if (attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().IsValid())
 714         DrawBorder(dc, buffer, attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder(), borderRect);
 715
 716     if (attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetOutline().IsValid())
 717         DrawBorder(dc, buffer, attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetOutline(), outlineRect);
 718
 719     return true;
 720 }
 721
 722 // Draw a border
 723 bool wxRichTextObject::DrawBorder(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxTextAttrBorders& attr, const wxRect& rect, int WXUNUSED(flags))
 724 {
 725     int borderLeft = 0, borderRight = 0, borderTop = 0, borderBottom = 0;
 726     wxTextAttrDimensionConverter converter(dc, buffer ? buffer->GetScale() : 1.0);
 727
 728     if (attr.GetLeft().IsValid() && attr.GetLeft().GetStyle() != wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_NONE)
 729     {
 730         borderLeft = converter.GetPixels(attr.GetLeft().GetWidth());
 731         wxColour col(attr.GetLeft().GetColour());
 732
 733         // If pen width is > 1, resorts to a solid rectangle.
 734         if (borderLeft == 1)
 735         {
 736             int penStyle = wxSOLID;
 737             if (attr.GetLeft().GetStyle() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DOTTED)
 738                 penStyle = wxDOT;
 739             else if (attr.GetLeft().GetStyle() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DASHED)
 740                 penStyle = wxLONG_DASH;
 741             wxPen pen(col, 1, penStyle);
 742             dc.SetPen(pen);
 743             dc.DrawLine(rect.x, rect.y, rect.x, rect.y + rect.height);
 744
 745         }
 746         else if (borderLeft > 1)
 747         {
 748             wxPen pen(col);
 749             wxBrush brush(col);
 750             dc.SetPen(pen);
 751             dc.SetBrush(brush);
 752             dc.DrawRectangle(rect.x, rect.y, borderLeft, rect.height);
 753         }
 754     }
 755
 756     if (attr.GetRight().IsValid() && attr.GetRight().GetStyle() != wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_NONE)
 757     {
 758         borderRight = converter.GetPixels(attr.GetRight().GetWidth());
 759
 760         wxColour col(attr.GetRight().GetColour());
 761
 762         // If pen width is > 1, resorts to a solid rectangle.
 763         if (borderRight == 1)
 764         {
 765             int penStyle = wxSOLID;
 766             if (attr.GetRight().GetStyle() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DOTTED)
 767                 penStyle = wxDOT;
 768             else if (attr.GetRight().GetStyle() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DASHED)
 769                 penStyle = wxLONG_DASH;
 770             wxPen pen(col, 1, penStyle);
 771             dc.SetPen(pen);
 772             dc.DrawLine(rect.x + rect.width, rect.y, rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1);
 773
 774         }
 775         else if (borderRight > 1)
 776         {
 777             wxPen pen(col);
 778             wxBrush brush(col);
 779             dc.SetPen(pen);
 780             dc.SetBrush(brush);
 781             dc.DrawRectangle(rect.x - borderRight, rect.y, borderRight, rect.height);
 782         }
 783     }
 784
 785     if (attr.GetTop().IsValid() && attr.GetTop().GetStyle() != wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_NONE)
 786     {
 787         borderTop = converter.GetPixels(attr.GetTop().GetWidth());
 788
 789         wxColour col(attr.GetTop().GetColour());
 790
 791         // If pen width is > 1, resorts to a solid rectangle.
 792         if (borderTop == 1)
 793         {
 794             int penStyle = wxSOLID;
 795             if (attr.GetTop().GetStyle() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DOTTED)
 796                 penStyle = wxDOT;
 797             else if (attr.GetTop().GetStyle() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DASHED)
 798                 penStyle = wxLONG_DASH;
 799             wxPen pen(col, 1, penStyle);
 800             dc.SetPen(pen);
 801             dc.DrawLine(rect.x, rect.y, rect.x + rect.width, rect.y);
 802
 803         }
 804         else if (borderTop > 1)
 805         {
 806             wxPen pen(col);
 807             wxBrush brush(col);
 808             dc.SetPen(pen);
 809             dc.SetBrush(brush);
 810             dc.DrawRectangle(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, borderTop);
 811         }
 812     }
 813
 814     if (attr.GetBottom().IsValid() && attr.GetBottom().GetStyle() != wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_NONE)
 815     {
 816         borderBottom = converter.GetPixels(attr.GetBottom().GetWidth());
 817         wxColour col(attr.GetTop().GetColour());
 818
 819         // If pen width is > 1, resorts to a solid rectangle.
 820         if (borderBottom == 1)
 821         {
 822             int penStyle = wxSOLID;
 823             if (attr.GetBottom().GetStyle() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DOTTED)
 824                 penStyle = wxDOT;
 825             else if (attr.GetBottom().GetStyle() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DASHED)
 826                 penStyle = wxLONG_DASH;
 827             wxPen pen(col, 1, penStyle);
 828             dc.SetPen(pen);
 829             dc.DrawLine(rect.x, rect.y + rect.height, rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
 830
 831         }
 832         else if (borderBottom > 1)
 833         {
 834             wxPen pen(col);
 835             wxBrush brush(col);
 836             dc.SetPen(pen);
 837             dc.SetBrush(brush);
 838             dc.DrawRectangle(rect.x, rect.y - rect.height - borderBottom, rect.width, borderBottom);
 839         }
 840     }
 841
 842     return true;
 843 }
 844
 845 // Get the various rectangles of the box model in pixels. You can either specify contentRect (inner)
 846 // or marginRect (outer), and the other must be the default rectangle (no width or height).
 847 // Note that the outline doesn't affect the position of the rectangle, it's drawn in whatever space
 848 // is available.
 849 //
 850 // | Margin | Border | Padding | CONTENT | Padding | Border | Margin |
 851
 852 bool wxRichTextObject::GetBoxRects(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxRect& marginRect, wxRect& borderRect, wxRect& contentRect, wxRect& paddingRect, wxRect& outlineRect)
 853 {
 854     int borderLeft = 0, borderRight = 0, borderTop = 0, borderBottom = 0;
 855     int outlineLeft = 0, outlineRight = 0, outlineTop = 0, outlineBottom = 0;
 856     int paddingLeft = 0, paddingRight = 0, paddingTop = 0, paddingBottom = 0;
 857     int marginLeft = 0, marginRight = 0, marginTop = 0, marginBottom = 0;
 858
 859     wxTextAttrDimensionConverter converter(dc, buffer ? buffer->GetScale() : 1.0);
 860
 861     if (attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetLeft().IsValid())
 862         marginLeft = converter.GetPixels(attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetLeft());
 863     if (attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetRight().IsValid())
 864         marginRight = converter.GetPixels(attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetRight());
 865     if (attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetTop().IsValid())
 866         marginTop = converter.GetPixels(attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetTop());
 867     if (attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetLeft().IsValid())
 868         marginBottom = converter.GetPixels(attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetBottom());
 869
 870     if (attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().GetLeft().GetWidth().IsValid())
 871         borderLeft = converter.GetPixels(attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().GetLeft().GetWidth());
 872     if (attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().GetRight().GetWidth().IsValid())
 873         borderRight = converter.GetPixels(attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().GetRight().GetWidth());
 874     if (attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().GetTop().GetWidth().IsValid())
 875         borderTop = converter.GetPixels(attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().GetTop().GetWidth());
 876     if (attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().GetLeft().GetWidth().IsValid())
 877         borderBottom = converter.GetPixels(attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().GetBottom().GetWidth());
 878
 879     if (attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetLeft().IsValid())
 880         paddingLeft = converter.GetPixels(attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetLeft());
 881     if (attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetRight().IsValid())
 882         paddingRight = converter.GetPixels(attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetRight());
 883     if (attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetTop().IsValid())
 884         paddingTop = converter.GetPixels(attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetTop());
 885     if (attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetBottom().IsValid())
 886         paddingBottom = converter.GetPixels(attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetBottom());
 887
 888     if (attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetOutline().GetLeft().GetWidth().IsValid())
 889         outlineLeft = converter.GetPixels(attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetOutline().GetLeft().GetWidth());
 890     if (attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetOutline().GetRight().GetWidth().IsValid())
 891         outlineRight = converter.GetPixels(attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetOutline().GetRight().GetWidth());
 892     if (attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetOutline().GetTop().GetWidth().IsValid())
 893         outlineTop = converter.GetPixels(attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetOutline().GetTop().GetWidth());
 894     if (attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetOutline().GetBottom().GetWidth().IsValid())
 895         outlineBottom = converter.GetPixels(attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetOutline().GetBottom().GetWidth());
 896
 897     int leftTotal = marginLeft + borderLeft + paddingLeft;
 898     int rightTotal = marginRight + borderRight + paddingRight;
 899     int topTotal = marginTop + borderTop + paddingTop;
 900     int bottomTotal = marginBottom + borderBottom + paddingBottom;
 901
 902     if (marginRect != wxRect())
 903     {
 904         contentRect.x = marginRect.x + leftTotal;
 905         contentRect.y = marginRect.y + topTotal;
 906         contentRect.width = marginRect.width - (leftTotal + rightTotal);
 907         contentRect.height = marginRect.height - (topTotal + bottomTotal);
 908     }
 909     else
 910     {
 911         marginRect.x = contentRect.x - leftTotal;
 912         marginRect.y = contentRect.y - topTotal;
 913         marginRect.width = contentRect.width + (leftTotal + rightTotal);
 914         marginRect.height = contentRect.height + (topTotal + bottomTotal);
 915     }
 916
 917     borderRect.x = marginRect.x + marginLeft;
 918     borderRect.y = marginRect.y + marginTop;
 919     borderRect.width = marginRect.width - (marginLeft + marginRight);
 920     borderRect.height = marginRect.height - (marginTop + marginBottom);
 921
 922     paddingRect.x = marginRect.x + marginLeft + borderLeft;
 923     paddingRect.y = marginRect.y + marginTop + borderTop;
 924     paddingRect.width = marginRect.width - (marginLeft + marginRight + borderLeft + borderRight);
 925     paddingRect.height = marginRect.height - (marginTop + marginBottom + borderTop + borderBottom);
 926
 927     // The outline is outside the margin and doesn't influence the overall box position or content size.
 928     outlineRect.x = marginRect.x - outlineLeft;
 929     outlineRect.y = marginRect.y - outlineTop;
 930     outlineRect.width = marginRect.width + (outlineLeft + outlineRight);
 931     outlineRect.height = marginRect.height + (outlineTop + outlineBottom);
 932
 933     return true;
 934 }
 935
 936 // Get the total margin for the object in pixels, taking into account margin, padding and border size
 937 bool wxRichTextObject::GetTotalMargin(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, int& leftMargin, int& rightMargin,
 938         int& topMargin, int& bottomMargin)
 939 {
 940     // Assume boxRect is the area around the content
 941     wxRect contentRect, marginRect, borderRect, paddingRect, outlineRect;
 942     marginRect = wxRect(0, 0, 1000, 1000);
 943
 944     GetBoxRects(dc, buffer, attr, marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect);
 945
 946     leftMargin = contentRect.GetLeft() - marginRect.GetLeft();
 947     rightMargin = marginRect.GetRight() - contentRect.GetRight();
 948     topMargin = contentRect.GetTop() - marginRect.GetTop();
 949     bottomMargin = marginRect.GetBottom() - contentRect.GetBottom();
 950
 951     return true;
 952 }
 953
 954 // Returns the rectangle which the child has available to it given restrictions specified in the
 955 // child attribute, e.g. 50% width of the parent, 400 pixels, x position 20% of the parent, etc.
 956 wxRect wxRichTextObject::AdjustAvailableSpace(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxRichTextAttr& WXUNUSED(parentAttr), const wxRichTextAttr& childAttr, const wxRect& availableParentSpace)
 957 {
 958     wxRect rect = availableParentSpace;
 959     double scale = 1.0;
 960     if (buffer)
 961         scale = buffer->GetScale();
 962
 963     wxTextAttrDimensionConverter converter(dc, scale, availableParentSpace.GetSize());
 964
 965     if (childAttr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().IsValid())
 966         rect.width = converter.GetPixels(childAttr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth());
 967
 968     if (childAttr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight().IsValid())
 969         rect.height = converter.GetPixels(childAttr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight());
 970
 971     // Can specify either left or right for the position (we're assuming we can't
 972     // set the left and right edges to effectively set the size. Would we want to do that?)
 973     if (childAttr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPosition().GetLeft().IsValid())
 974     {
 975         rect.x = rect.x + converter.GetPixels(childAttr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPosition().GetLeft());
 976     }
 977     else if (childAttr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPosition().GetRight().IsValid())
 978     {
 979         int x = converter.GetPixels(childAttr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPosition().GetRight());
 980         if (childAttr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPosition().GetRight().GetPosition() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_RELATIVE)
 981             rect.x = availableParentSpace.x + availableParentSpace.width - rect.width;
 982         else
 983             rect.x += x;
 984     }
 985
 986     if (childAttr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPosition().GetTop().IsValid())
 987     {
 988         rect.y = rect.y + converter.GetPixels(childAttr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPosition().GetTop());
 989     }
 990     else if (childAttr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPosition().GetBottom().IsValid())
 991     {
 992         int y = converter.GetPixels(childAttr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPosition().GetBottom());
 993         if (childAttr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPosition().GetBottom().GetPosition() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_RELATIVE)
 994             rect.y = availableParentSpace.y + availableParentSpace.height - rect.height;
 995         else
 996             rect.y += y;
 997     }
 998
 999     return rect;
1000 }
1001
1002 // Dump to output stream for debugging
1003 void wxRichTextObject::Dump(wxTextOutputStream& stream)
1004 {
1005     stream << GetClassInfo()->GetClassName() << wxT("\n");
1006     stream << wxString::Format(wxT("Size: %d,%d. Position: %d,%d, Range: %ld,%ld"), m_size.x, m_size.y, m_pos.x, m_pos.y, m_range.GetStart(), m_range.GetEnd()) << wxT("\n");
1007     stream << wxString::Format(wxT("Text colour: %d,%d,%d."), (int) m_attributes.GetTextColour().Red(), (int) m_attributes.GetTextColour().Green(), (int) m_attributes.GetTextColour().Blue()) << wxT("\n");
1008 }
1009
1010 // Gets the containing buffer
1011 wxRichTextBuffer* wxRichTextObject::GetBuffer() const
1012 {
1013     const wxRichTextObject* obj = this;
1014     while (obj && !obj->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxRichTextBuffer)))
1015         obj = obj->GetParent();
1016     return wxDynamicCast(obj, wxRichTextBuffer);
1017 }
1018
1019 // Get the absolute object position, by traversing up the child/parent hierarchy
1020 wxPoint wxRichTextObject::GetAbsolutePosition() const
1021 {
1022     wxPoint pt = GetPosition();
1023
1024     wxRichTextObject* p = GetParent();
1025     while (p)
1026     {
1027         pt = pt + p->GetPosition();
1028         p = p->GetParent();
1029     }
1030
1031     return pt;
1032 }
1033
1034 // Hit-testing: returns a flag indicating hit test details, plus
1035 // information about position
1036 int wxRichTextObject::HitTest(wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc), const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int WXUNUSED(flags))
1037 {
1038     if (!IsShown())
1039         return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE;
1040
1041     wxRect rect = GetRect();
1042     if (pt.x >= rect.x && pt.x < rect.x + rect.width &&
1043         pt.y >= rect.y && pt.y < rect.y + rect.height)
1044     {
1045         *obj = this;
1046         *contextObj = GetParentContainer();
1047         textPosition = GetRange().GetStart();
1048         return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_ON;
1049     }
1050     else
1051         return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE;
1052 }
1053
1054 // Lays out the object first with a given amount of space, and then if no width was specified in attr,
1055 // lays out the object again using the maximum ('best') size
1056 bool wxRichTextObject::LayoutToBestSize(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer,
1057     const wxRichTextAttr& parentAttr, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& availableParentSpace,
1058     int style)
1059 {
1060     wxRect availableChildRect = AdjustAvailableSpace(dc, buffer, parentAttr, attr, availableParentSpace);
1061     wxRect originalAvailableRect = availableChildRect;
1062     Layout(dc, availableChildRect, style);
1063
1064     wxSize maxSize = GetMaxSize();
1065
1066     // Don't ignore if maxSize.x is zero, since we need to redo the paragraph's lines
1067     // on this basis
1068     if (!attr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().IsValid() && maxSize.x < availableChildRect.width /* && maxSize.x > 0 */)
1069     {
1070         // Redo the layout with a fixed, minimum size this time.
1071         Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL);
1072         wxRichTextAttr newAttr(attr);
1073         newAttr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().SetValue(maxSize.x, wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS);
1074         newAttr.GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().SetPosition(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_ABSOLUTE);
1075
1076         availableChildRect = AdjustAvailableSpace(dc, buffer, parentAttr, newAttr, availableParentSpace);
1077
1078         // If a paragraph, align the whole paragraph.
1079         // Problem with this: if we're limited by a floating object, a line may be centered
1080         // w.r.t. the smaller resulting box rather than the actual available width.
1081         if (attr.HasAlignment() && !GetContainer()->GetFloatCollector()->HasFloats()) // FIXME: aligning whole paragraph not compatible with floating objects
1082         {
1083             // centering, right-justification
1084             if (GetAttributes().GetAlignment() == wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_CENTRE)
1085             {
1086                 availableChildRect.x = (originalAvailableRect.GetWidth() - availableChildRect.GetWidth())/2 + availableChildRect.x;
1087             }
1088             else if (GetAttributes().GetAlignment() == wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_RIGHT)
1089             {
1090                 availableChildRect.x = availableChildRect.x + originalAvailableRect.GetWidth() - availableChildRect.GetWidth();
1091             }
1092         }
1093
1094         Layout(dc, availableChildRect, style);
1095     }
1096
1097     /*
1098      __________________
1099     |   ____________   |
1100     |  |            |  |
1101
1102
1103     */
1104
1105     return true;
1106 }
1107
1108 // Move the object recursively, by adding the offset from old to new
1109 void wxRichTextObject::Move(const wxPoint& pt)
1110 {
1111     SetPosition(pt);
1112 }
1113
1114
1115 /*!
1116  * wxRichTextCompositeObject
1117  * This is the base for drawable objects.
1118  */
1119
1120 IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxRichTextCompositeObject, wxRichTextObject)
1121
1122 wxRichTextCompositeObject::wxRichTextCompositeObject(wxRichTextObject* parent):
1123     wxRichTextObject(parent)
1124 {
1125 }
1126
1127 wxRichTextCompositeObject::~wxRichTextCompositeObject()
1128 {
1129     DeleteChildren();
1130 }
1131
1132 /// Get the nth child
1133 wxRichTextObject* wxRichTextCompositeObject::GetChild(size_t n) const
1134 {
1135     wxASSERT ( n < m_children.GetCount() );
1136
1137     return m_children.Item(n)->GetData();
1138 }
1139
1140 /// Append a child, returning the position
1141 size_t wxRichTextCompositeObject::AppendChild(wxRichTextObject* child)
1142 {
1143     m_children.Append(child);
1144     child->SetParent(this);
1145     return m_children.GetCount() - 1;
1146 }
1147
1148 /// Insert the child in front of the given object, or at the beginning
1149 bool wxRichTextCompositeObject::InsertChild(wxRichTextObject* child, wxRichTextObject* inFrontOf)
1150 {
1151     if (inFrontOf)
1152     {
1153         wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.Find(inFrontOf);
1154         m_children.Insert(node, child);
1155     }
1156     else
1157         m_children.Insert(child);
1158     child->SetParent(this);
1159
1160     return true;
1161 }
1162
1163 /// Delete the child
1164 bool wxRichTextCompositeObject::RemoveChild(wxRichTextObject* child, bool deleteChild)
1165 {
1166     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.Find(child);
1167     if (node)
1168     {
1169         wxRichTextObject* obj = node->GetData();
1170         m_children.Erase(node);
1171         if (deleteChild)
1172             delete obj;
1173
1174         return true;
1175     }
1176     return false;
1177 }
1178
1179 /// Delete all children
1180 bool wxRichTextCompositeObject::DeleteChildren()
1181 {
1182     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
1183     while (node)
1184     {
1185         wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator oldNode = node;
1186
1187         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
1188         child->Dereference(); // Only delete if reference count is zero
1189
1190         node = node->GetNext();
1191         m_children.Erase(oldNode);
1192     }
1193
1194     return true;
1195 }
1196
1197 /// Get the child count
1198 size_t wxRichTextCompositeObject::GetChildCount() const
1199 {
1200     return m_children.GetCount();
1201 }
1202
1203 /// Copy
1204 void wxRichTextCompositeObject::Copy(const wxRichTextCompositeObject& obj)
1205 {
1206     wxRichTextObject::Copy(obj);
1207
1208     DeleteChildren();
1209
1210     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = obj.m_children.GetFirst();
1211     while (node)
1212     {
1213         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
1214         wxRichTextObject* newChild = child->Clone();
1215         newChild->SetParent(this);
1216         m_children.Append(newChild);
1217
1218         node = node->GetNext();
1219     }
1220 }
1221
1222 /// Hit-testing: returns a flag indicating hit test details, plus
1223 /// information about position
1224 int wxRichTextCompositeObject::HitTest(wxDC& dc, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags)
1225 {
1226     if (!IsShown())
1227         return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE;
1228
1229     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
1230     while (node)
1231     {
1232         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
1233
1234         if (child->IsShown() && child->IsTopLevel() && (flags & wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NO_NESTED_OBJECTS))
1235         {
1236             // Just check if we hit the overall object
1237             int ret = child->wxRichTextObject::HitTest(dc, pt, textPosition, obj, contextObj, flags);
1238             if (ret != wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE)
1239                 return ret;
1240         }
1241         else if (child->IsShown())
1242         {
1243             int ret = child->HitTest(dc, pt, textPosition, obj, contextObj, flags);
1244             if (ret != wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE)
1245                 return ret;
1246         }
1247
1248         node = node->GetNext();
1249     }
1250
1251     return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE;
1252 }
1253
1254 /// Finds the absolute position and row height for the given character position
1255 bool wxRichTextCompositeObject::FindPosition(wxDC& dc, long index, wxPoint& pt, int* height, bool forceLineStart)
1256 {
1257     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
1258     while (node)
1259     {
1260         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
1261
1262         // Don't recurse if the child is a top-level object,
1263         // such as a text box, because the character position will no longer
1264         // apply. By definition, a top-level object has its own range of
1265         // character positions.
1266         if (!child->IsTopLevel() && child->FindPosition(dc, index, pt, height, forceLineStart))
1267             return true;
1268
1269         node = node->GetNext();
1270     }
1271
1272     return false;
1273 }
1274
1275 /// Calculate range
1276 void wxRichTextCompositeObject::CalculateRange(long start, long& end)
1277 {
1278     long current = start;
1279     long lastEnd = current;
1280
1281     if (IsTopLevel())
1282     {
1283         current = 0;
1284         lastEnd = 0;
1285     }
1286
1287     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
1288     while (node)
1289     {
1290         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
1291         long childEnd = 0;
1292
1293         child->CalculateRange(current, childEnd);
1294         lastEnd = childEnd;
1295
1296         current = childEnd + 1;
1297
1298         node = node->GetNext();
1299     }
1300
1301     if (IsTopLevel())
1302     {
1303         // A top-level object always has a range of size 1,
1304         // because its children don't count at this level.
1305         end = start;
1306         m_range.SetRange(start, start);
1307
1308         // An object with no children has zero length
1309         if (m_children.GetCount() == 0)
1310             lastEnd --;
1311         m_ownRange.SetRange(0, lastEnd);
1312     }
1313     else
1314     {
1315         end = lastEnd;
1316
1317         // An object with no children has zero length
1318         if (m_children.GetCount() == 0)
1319             end --;
1320
1321         m_range.SetRange(start, end);
1322     }
1323 }
1324
1325 /// Delete range from layout.
1326 bool wxRichTextCompositeObject::DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& range)
1327 {
1328     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
1329
1330     while (node)
1331     {
1332         wxRichTextObject* obj = (wxRichTextObject*) node->GetData();
1333         wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator next = node->GetNext();
1334
1335         // Delete the range in each paragraph
1336
1337         // When a chunk has been deleted, internally the content does not
1338         // now match the ranges.
1339         // However, so long as deletion is not done on the same object twice this is OK.
1340         // If you may delete content from the same object twice, recalculate
1341         // the ranges inbetween DeleteRange calls by calling CalculateRanges, and
1342         // adjust the range you're deleting accordingly.
1343
1344         if (!obj->GetRange().IsOutside(range))
1345         {
1346             // No need to delete within a top-level object; just removing this object will do fine
1347             if (!obj->IsTopLevel())
1348                 obj->DeleteRange(range);
1349
1350             // Delete an empty object, or paragraph within this range.
1351             if (obj->IsEmpty() ||
1352                 (range.GetStart() <= obj->GetRange().GetStart() && range.GetEnd() >= obj->GetRange().GetEnd()))
1353             {
1354                 // An empty paragraph has length 1, so won't be deleted unless the
1355                 // whole range is deleted.
1356                 RemoveChild(obj, true);
1357             }
1358         }
1359
1360         node = next;
1361     }
1362
1363     return true;
1364 }
1365
1366 /// Get any text in this object for the given range
1367 wxString wxRichTextCompositeObject::GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) const
1368 {
1369     wxString text;
1370     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
1371     while (node)
1372     {
1373         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
1374         wxRichTextRange childRange = range;
1375         if (!child->GetRange().IsOutside(range))
1376         {
1377             childRange.LimitTo(child->GetRange());
1378
1379             wxString childText = child->GetTextForRange(childRange);
1380
1381             text += childText;
1382         }
1383         node = node->GetNext();
1384     }
1385
1386     return text;
1387 }
1388
1389 /// Get the child object at the given character position
1390 wxRichTextObject* wxRichTextCompositeObject::GetChildAtPosition(long pos) const
1391 {
1392     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
1393     while (node)
1394     {
1395         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
1396         if (child->GetRange().GetStart() == pos)
1397             return child;
1398         node = node->GetNext();
1399     }
1400     return NULL;
1401 }
1402
1403 /// Recursively merge all pieces that can be merged.
1404 bool wxRichTextCompositeObject::Defragment(const wxRichTextRange& range)
1405 {
1406     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
1407     while (node)
1408     {
1409         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
1410         if (range == wxRICHTEXT_ALL || !child->GetRange().IsOutside(range))
1411         {
1412             wxRichTextCompositeObject* composite = wxDynamicCast(child, wxRichTextCompositeObject);
1413             if (composite)
1414                 composite->Defragment();
1415
1416             if (node->GetNext())
1417             {
1418                 wxRichTextObject* nextChild = node->GetNext()->GetData();
1419                 if (child->CanMerge(nextChild) && child->Merge(nextChild))
1420                 {
1421                     nextChild->Dereference();
1422                     m_children.Erase(node->GetNext());
1423
1424                     // Don't set node -- we'll see if we can merge again with the next
1425                     // child.
1426                 }
1427                 else
1428                     node = node->GetNext();
1429             }
1430             else
1431                 node = node->GetNext();
1432         }
1433         else
1434             node = node->GetNext();
1435     }
1436
1437     // Delete any remaining empty objects, but leave at least one empty object per composite object.
1438     if (GetChildCount() > 1)
1439     {
1440         node = m_children.GetFirst();
1441         while (node)
1442         {
1443             wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator next = node->GetNext();
1444             wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
1445             if (range == wxRICHTEXT_ALL || !child->GetRange().IsOutside(range))
1446             {
1447                 if (child->IsEmpty())
1448                 {
1449                     child->Dereference();
1450                     m_children.Erase(node);
1451                 }
1452                 node = next;
1453             }
1454             else
1455                 node = node->GetNext();
1456         }
1457     }
1458
1459     return true;
1460 }
1461
1462 /// Dump to output stream for debugging
1463 void wxRichTextCompositeObject::Dump(wxTextOutputStream& stream)
1464 {
1465     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
1466     while (node)
1467     {
1468         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
1469         child->Dump(stream);
1470         node = node->GetNext();
1471     }
1472 }
1473
1474 /// Get/set the object size for the given range. Returns false if the range
1475 /// is invalid for this object.
1476 bool wxRichTextCompositeObject::GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, int flags, wxPoint position, wxArrayInt* partialExtents) const
1477 {
1478     if (!range.IsWithin(GetRange()))
1479         return false;
1480
1481     wxSize sz;
1482
1483     wxArrayInt childExtents;
1484     wxArrayInt* p;
1485     if (partialExtents)
1486         p = & childExtents;
1487     else
1488         p = NULL;
1489
1490     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
1491     while (node)
1492     {
1493         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
1494         if (!child->GetRange().IsOutside(range))
1495         {
1496             // Floating objects have a zero size within the paragraph.
1497             if (child->IsFloating())
1498             {
1499                 if (partialExtents)
1500                 {
1501                     int lastSize;
1502                     if (partialExtents->GetCount() > 0)
1503                         lastSize = (*partialExtents)[partialExtents->GetCount()-1];
1504                     else
1505                         lastSize = 0;
1506
1507                     partialExtents->Add(0 /* zero size */ + lastSize);
1508                 }
1509             }
1510             else
1511             {
1512                 wxSize childSize;
1513
1514                 wxRichTextRange rangeToUse = range;
1515                 rangeToUse.LimitTo(child->GetRange());
1516                 if (child->IsTopLevel())
1517                     rangeToUse = child->GetOwnRange();
1518
1519                 int childDescent = 0;
1520
1521                 // At present wxRICHTEXT_HEIGHT_ONLY is only fast if we're already cached the size,
1522                 // but it's only going to be used after caching has taken place.
1523                 if ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_HEIGHT_ONLY) && child->GetCachedSize().y != 0)
1524                 {
1525                     childDescent = child->GetDescent();
1526                     childSize = child->GetCachedSize();
1527
1528                     sz.y = wxMax(sz.y, childSize.y);
1529                     sz.x += childSize.x;
1530                     descent = wxMax(descent, childDescent);
1531                 }
1532                 else if (child->GetRangeSize(rangeToUse, childSize, childDescent, dc, flags, wxPoint(position.x + sz.x, position.y), p))
1533                 {
1534                     sz.y = wxMax(sz.y, childSize.y);
1535                     sz.x += childSize.x;
1536                     descent = wxMax(descent, childDescent);
1537
1538                     if ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_CACHE_SIZE) && (rangeToUse == child->GetRange() || child->IsTopLevel()))
1539                     {
1540                         child->SetCachedSize(childSize);
1541                         child->SetDescent(childDescent);
1542                     }
1543
1544                     if (partialExtents)
1545                     {
1546                         int lastSize;
1547                         if (partialExtents->GetCount() > 0)
1548                             lastSize = (*partialExtents)[partialExtents->GetCount()-1];
1549                         else
1550                             lastSize = 0;
1551
1552                         size_t i;
1553                         for (i = 0; i < childExtents.GetCount(); i++)
1554                         {
1555                             partialExtents->Add(childExtents[i] + lastSize);
1556                         }
1557                     }
1558                 }
1559             }
1560
1561             if (p)
1562                 p->Clear();
1563         }
1564
1565         node = node->GetNext();
1566     }
1567     size = sz;
1568     return true;
1569 }
1570
1571 // Invalidate the buffer. With no argument, invalidates whole buffer.
1572 void wxRichTextCompositeObject::Invalidate(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange)
1573 {
1574     wxRichTextObject::Invalidate(invalidRange);
1575
1576     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
1577     while (node)
1578     {
1579         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
1580         if (invalidRange != wxRICHTEXT_ALL && invalidRange != wxRICHTEXT_NONE && child->GetRange().IsOutside(invalidRange))
1581         {
1582             // Skip
1583         }
1584         else if (child->IsTopLevel())
1585         {
1586             if (invalidRange == wxRICHTEXT_NONE)
1587                 child->Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_NONE);
1588             else
1589                 child->Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL); // All children must be invalidated if within parent range
1590         }
1591         else
1592             child->Invalidate(invalidRange);
1593         node = node->GetNext();
1594     }
1595 }
1596
1597 // Move the object recursively, by adding the offset from old to new
1598 void wxRichTextCompositeObject::Move(const wxPoint& pt)
1599 {
1600     wxPoint oldPos = GetPosition();
1601     SetPosition(pt);
1602     wxPoint offset = pt - oldPos;
1603
1604     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
1605     while (node)
1606     {
1607         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
1608         wxPoint childPos = child->GetPosition() + offset;
1609         child->Move(childPos);
1610         node = node->GetNext();
1611     }
1612 }
1613
1614
1615 /*!
1616  * wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
1617  * This box knows how to lay out paragraphs.
1618  */
1619
1620 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox, wxRichTextCompositeObject)
1621
1622 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox(wxRichTextObject* parent):
1623     wxRichTextCompositeObject(parent)
1624 {
1625     Init();
1626 }
1627
1628 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::~wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox()
1629 {
1630     if (m_floatCollector)
1631     {
1632         delete m_floatCollector;
1633         m_floatCollector = NULL;
1634     }
1635 }
1636
1637 /// Initialize the object.
1638 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Init()
1639 {
1640     m_ctrl = NULL;
1641
1642     // For now, assume is the only box and has no initial size.
1643     m_range = wxRichTextRange(0, -1);
1644     m_ownRange = wxRichTextRange(0, -1);
1645
1646     m_invalidRange = wxRICHTEXT_ALL;
1647
1648     SetMargins(4);
1649     m_partialParagraph = false;
1650     m_floatCollector = NULL;
1651 }
1652
1653 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Clear()
1654 {
1655     DeleteChildren();
1656
1657     if (m_floatCollector)
1658         delete m_floatCollector;
1659     m_floatCollector = NULL;
1660     m_partialParagraph = false;
1661 }
1662
1663 /// Copy
1664 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Copy(const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& obj)
1665 {
1666     Clear();
1667
1668     wxRichTextCompositeObject::Copy(obj);
1669
1670     m_partialParagraph = obj.m_partialParagraph;
1671     m_defaultAttributes = obj.m_defaultAttributes;
1672 }
1673
1674 // Gather information about floating objects; only gather floats for those paragraphs that
1675 // will not be formatted again due to optimization, after which floats will be gathered per-paragraph
1676 // during layout.
1677 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::UpdateFloatingObjects(const wxRect& availableRect, wxRichTextObject* untilObj)
1678 {
1679     if (m_floatCollector != NULL)
1680         delete m_floatCollector;
1681     m_floatCollector = new wxRichTextFloatCollector(availableRect);
1682     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
1683     // Only gather floats up to the point we'll start formatting paragraphs.
1684     while (untilObj && node && node->GetData() != untilObj)
1685     {
1686         wxRichTextParagraph* child = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
1687         wxASSERT (child != NULL);
1688         if (child)
1689             m_floatCollector->CollectFloat(child);
1690         node = node->GetNext();
1691     }
1692
1693     return true;
1694 }
1695
1696 // Returns the style sheet associated with the overall buffer.
1697 wxRichTextStyleSheet* wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetStyleSheet() const
1698 {
1699     return GetBuffer() ? GetBuffer()->GetStyleSheet() : (wxRichTextStyleSheet*) NULL;
1700 }
1701
1702 // Get the number of floating objects at this level
1703 int wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetFloatingObjectCount() const
1704 {
1705     if (m_floatCollector)
1706         return m_floatCollector->GetFloatingObjectCount();
1707     else
1708         return 0;
1709 }
1710
1711 // Get a list of floating objects
1712 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetFloatingObjects(wxRichTextObjectList& objects) const
1713 {
1714     if (m_floatCollector)
1715     {
1716         return m_floatCollector->GetFloatingObjects(objects);
1717     }
1718     else
1719         return false;
1720 }
1721
1722 // Calculate ranges
1723 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::UpdateRanges()
1724 {
1725     long start = 0;
1726     if (GetParent())
1727         start = GetRange().GetStart();
1728     long end;
1729     CalculateRange(start, end);
1730 }
1731
1732 // HitTest
1733 int wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::HitTest(wxDC& dc, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags)
1734 {
1735     if (!IsShown())
1736         return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE;
1737
1738     int ret = wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE;
1739     if (m_floatCollector && (flags & wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NO_FLOATING_OBJECTS) == 0)
1740         ret = m_floatCollector->HitTest(dc, pt, textPosition, obj, flags);
1741
1742     if (ret == wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE)
1743         return wxRichTextCompositeObject::HitTest(dc, pt, textPosition, obj, contextObj, flags);
1744     else
1745     {
1746         *contextObj = this;
1747         return ret;
1748     }
1749 }
1750
1751 /// Draw the floating objects
1752 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::DrawFloats(wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style)
1753 {
1754     if (m_floatCollector)
1755         m_floatCollector->Draw(dc, range, selection, rect, descent, style);
1756 }
1757
1758 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::MoveAnchoredObjectToParagraph(wxRichTextParagraph* from, wxRichTextParagraph* to, wxRichTextObject* obj)
1759 {
1760     if (from == to)
1761         return;
1762
1763     from->RemoveChild(obj);
1764     to->AppendChild(obj);
1765 }
1766
1767 /// Draw the item
1768 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Draw(wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style)
1769 {
1770     if (!IsShown())
1771         return true;
1772
1773     wxRect thisRect(GetPosition(), GetCachedSize());
1774
1775     int flags = style;
1776     if (selection.IsValid() && GetParentContainer() != this && selection.WithinSelection(GetRange().GetStart(), GetParentContainer()))
1777         flags |= wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_SELECTED;
1778
1779     // Don't draw guidelines if at top level
1780     int theseFlags = flags;
1781     if (!GetParent())
1782         theseFlags &= ~wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_GUIDELINES;
1783     DrawBoxAttributes(dc, GetBuffer(), GetAttributes(), thisRect, theseFlags);
1784
1785     DrawFloats(dc, range, selection, rect, descent, style);
1786     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
1787     while (node)
1788     {
1789         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
1790
1791         if (child && !child->GetRange().IsOutside(range))
1792         {
1793             wxRect childRect(child->GetPosition(), child->GetCachedSize());
1794             wxRichTextRange childRange = range;
1795             if (child->IsTopLevel())
1796             {
1797                 childRange = child->GetOwnRange();
1798             }
1799
1800             if (((style & wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_IGNORE_CACHE) == 0) && childRect.GetTop() > rect.GetBottom())
1801             {
1802                 // Stop drawing
1803                 break;
1804             }
1805             else if (((style & wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_IGNORE_CACHE) == 0) && childRect.GetBottom() < rect.GetTop())
1806             {
1807                 // Skip
1808             }
1809             else
1810                 child->Draw(dc, childRange, selection, rect, descent, style);
1811         }
1812
1813         node = node->GetNext();
1814     }
1815     return true;
1816 }
1817
1818 /// Lay the item out
1819 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Layout(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int style)
1820 {
1821     SetPosition(rect.GetPosition());
1822
1823     if (!IsShown())
1824         return true;
1825
1826     wxRect availableSpace;
1827     bool formatRect = (style & wxRICHTEXT_LAYOUT_SPECIFIED_RECT) == wxRICHTEXT_LAYOUT_SPECIFIED_RECT;
1828
1829     // If only laying out a specific area, the passed rect has a different meaning:
1830     // the visible part of the buffer. This is used in wxRichTextCtrl::OnSize,
1831     // so that during a size, only the visible part will be relaid out, or
1832     // it would take too long causing flicker. As an approximation, we assume that
1833     // everything up to the start of the visible area is laid out correctly.
1834     if (formatRect)
1835     {
1836         wxRect rect2(0, 0, rect.width, rect.height);
1837         availableSpace = GetAvailableContentArea(dc, rect2);
1838
1839         // Invalidate the part of the buffer from the first visible line
1840         // to the end. If other parts of the buffer are currently invalid,
1841         // then they too will be taken into account if they are above
1842         // the visible point.
1843         long startPos = 0;
1844         wxRichTextLine* line = GetLineAtYPosition(rect.y);
1845         if (line)
1846             startPos = line->GetAbsoluteRange().GetStart();
1847
1848         Invalidate(wxRichTextRange(startPos, GetOwnRange().GetEnd()));
1849     }
1850     else
1851     {
1852         availableSpace = GetAvailableContentArea(dc, rect);
1853     }
1854
1855     int leftMargin, rightMargin, topMargin, bottomMargin;
1856     wxRichTextObject::GetTotalMargin(dc, GetBuffer(), GetAttributes(), leftMargin, rightMargin,
1857             topMargin, bottomMargin);
1858
1859     int maxWidth = 0;
1860     int maxHeight = 0;
1861
1862     // The maximum paragraph maximum width, so we can set the overall maximum width for this object
1863     int maxMaxWidth = 0;
1864
1865     // The maximum paragraph minimum width, so we can set the overall minimum width for this object
1866     int maxMinWidth = 0;
1867
1868     // If we have vertical alignment, we must recalculate everything.
1869     bool hasVerticalAlignment = (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().HasVerticalAlignment() &&
1870         (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetVerticalAlignment() > wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_TOP));
1871
1872     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
1873
1874     bool layoutAll = true;
1875
1876     // Get invalid range, rounding to paragraph start/end.
1877     wxRichTextRange invalidRange = GetInvalidRange(true);
1878
1879     if (invalidRange == wxRICHTEXT_NONE && !formatRect)
1880         return true;
1881
1882     if (invalidRange == wxRICHTEXT_ALL || hasVerticalAlignment)
1883         layoutAll = true;
1884     else    // If we know what range is affected, start laying out from that point on.
1885         if (invalidRange.GetStart() >= GetOwnRange().GetStart())
1886     {
1887         wxRichTextParagraph* firstParagraph = GetParagraphAtPosition(invalidRange.GetStart());
1888         if (firstParagraph)
1889         {
1890             wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator firstNode = m_children.Find(firstParagraph);
1891             wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator previousNode;
1892             if ( firstNode )
1893                 previousNode = firstNode->GetPrevious();
1894             if (firstNode)
1895             {
1896                 if (previousNode)
1897                 {
1898                     wxRichTextParagraph* previousParagraph = wxDynamicCast(previousNode->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
1899                     availableSpace.y = previousParagraph->GetPosition().y + previousParagraph->GetCachedSize().y;
1900                 }
1901
1902                 // Now we're going to start iterating from the first affected paragraph.
1903                 node = firstNode;
1904
1905                 layoutAll = false;
1906             }
1907         }
1908     }
1909
1910     // Gather information about only those floating objects that will not be formatted,
1911     // after which floats will be gathered per-paragraph during layout.
1912     UpdateFloatingObjects(availableSpace, node ? node->GetData() : (wxRichTextObject*) NULL);
1913
1914     // A way to force speedy rest-of-buffer layout (the 'else' below)
1915     bool forceQuickLayout = false;
1916
1917     while (node)
1918     {
1919         // Assume this box only contains paragraphs
1920
1921         wxRichTextParagraph* child = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
1922         // Unsure if this is needed
1923         // wxCHECK_MSG( child, false, wxT("Unknown object in layout") );
1924
1925         if (child && child->IsShown())
1926         {
1927             // TODO: what if the child hasn't been laid out (e.g. involved in Undo) but still has 'old' lines
1928             if ( !forceQuickLayout &&
1929                     (layoutAll ||
1930                         child->GetLines().IsEmpty() ||
1931                             !child->GetRange().IsOutside(invalidRange)) )
1932             {
1933                 // Lays out the object first with a given amount of space, and then if no width was specified in attr,
1934                 // lays out the object again using the minimum size
1935                 child->LayoutToBestSize(dc, GetBuffer(),
1936                         GetAttributes(), child->GetAttributes(), availableSpace, style&~wxRICHTEXT_LAYOUT_SPECIFIED_RECT);
1937
1938                 // Layout must set the cached size
1939                 availableSpace.y += child->GetCachedSize().y;
1940                 maxWidth = wxMax(maxWidth, child->GetCachedSize().x);
1941                 maxMinWidth = wxMax(maxMinWidth, child->GetMinSize().x);
1942                 maxMaxWidth = wxMax(maxMaxWidth, child->GetMaxSize().x);
1943
1944                 // If we're just formatting the visible part of the buffer,
1945                 // and we're now past the bottom of the window, and we don't have any
1946                 // floating objects (since they may cause wrapping to change for the rest of the
1947                 // the buffer), start quick layout.
1948                 if (!hasVerticalAlignment && formatRect && child->GetPosition().y > rect.GetBottom() && GetFloatingObjectCount() == 0)
1949                     forceQuickLayout = true;
1950             }
1951             else
1952             {
1953                 // We're outside the immediately affected range, so now let's just
1954                 // move everything up or down. This assumes that all the children have previously
1955                 // been laid out and have wrapped line lists associated with them.
1956                 // TODO: check all paragraphs before the affected range.
1957
1958                 int inc = availableSpace.y - child->GetPosition().y;
1959
1960                 while (node)
1961                 {
1962                     wxRichTextParagraph* child = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
1963                     if (child)
1964                     {
1965                         if (child->GetLines().GetCount() == 0)
1966                         {
1967                             // Lays out the object first with a given amount of space, and then if no width was specified in attr,
1968                             // lays out the object again using the minimum size
1969                             child->LayoutToBestSize(dc, GetBuffer(),
1970                                         GetAttributes(), child->GetAttributes(), availableSpace, style&~wxRICHTEXT_LAYOUT_SPECIFIED_RECT);
1971
1972                             //child->Layout(dc, availableChildRect, style);
1973                         }
1974                         else
1975                             child->Move(wxPoint(child->GetPosition().x, child->GetPosition().y + inc));
1976
1977                         availableSpace.y += child->GetCachedSize().y;
1978                         maxWidth = wxMax(maxWidth, child->GetCachedSize().x);
1979                         maxMinWidth = wxMax(maxMinWidth, child->GetMinSize().x);
1980                         maxMaxWidth = wxMax(maxMaxWidth, child->GetMaxSize().x);
1981                     }
1982
1983                     node = node->GetNext();
1984                 }
1985                 break;
1986             }
1987         }
1988
1989         node = node->GetNext();
1990     }
1991
1992     node = m_children.GetLast();
1993     if (node && node->GetData()->IsShown())
1994     {
1995         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
1996         // maxHeight = (child->GetPosition().y - GetPosition().y) + child->GetCachedSize().y;
1997         maxHeight = child->GetPosition().y - (GetPosition().y + topMargin) + child->GetCachedSize().y;
1998     }
1999     else
2000         maxHeight = 0; // topMargin + bottomMargin;
2001
2002     // TODO: (also in para layout) should set the
2003     // object's size to an absolute one if specified,
2004     // but if not specified, calculate it from content.
2005
2006     // We need to add back the margins etc.
2007     {
2008         wxRect marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect;
2009         contentRect = wxRect(wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(maxWidth, maxHeight));
2010         GetBoxRects(dc, GetBuffer(), GetAttributes(), marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect);
2011         SetCachedSize(marginRect.GetSize());
2012     }
2013
2014     // The maximum size is the greatest of all maximum widths for all paragraphs.
2015     {
2016         wxRect marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect;
2017         contentRect = wxRect(wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(maxMaxWidth, maxHeight)); // Actually max height is a lie, we can't know it
2018         GetBoxRects(dc, GetBuffer(), GetAttributes(), marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect);
2019         SetMaxSize(marginRect.GetSize());
2020     }
2021
2022     // The minimum size is the greatest of all minimum widths for all paragraphs.
2023     {
2024         wxRect marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect;
2025         contentRect = wxRect(wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(maxMinWidth, maxHeight)); // Actually max height is a lie, we can't know it
2026         GetBoxRects(dc, GetBuffer(), GetAttributes(), marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect);
2027         SetMinSize(marginRect.GetSize());
2028     }
2029
2030     if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().HasVerticalAlignment() &&
2031         (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetVerticalAlignment() > wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_TOP))
2032     {
2033         int yOffset = 0;
2034         int leftOverSpace = availableSpace.height - topMargin - bottomMargin - maxHeight;
2035         if (leftOverSpace > 0)
2036         {
2037             if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetVerticalAlignment() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_CENTRE)
2038             {
2039                 yOffset = (leftOverSpace/2);
2040             }
2041             else if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetVerticalAlignment() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_BOTTOM)
2042             {
2043                 yOffset = leftOverSpace;
2044             }
2045         }
2046
2047         // Move all the children to vertically align the content
2048         // This doesn't take into account floating objects, unfortunately.
2049         if (yOffset != 0)
2050         {
2051             wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
2052             while (node)
2053             {
2054                 wxRichTextParagraph* child = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
2055                 if (child)
2056                     child->Move(wxPoint(child->GetPosition().x, child->GetPosition().y + yOffset));
2057
2058                 node = node->GetNext();
2059             }
2060         }
2061     }
2062
2063     m_invalidRange = wxRICHTEXT_NONE;
2064
2065     return true;
2066 }
2067
2068 /// Get/set the size for the given range.
2069 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, int flags, wxPoint position, wxArrayInt* WXUNUSED(partialExtents)) const
2070 {
2071     wxSize sz;
2072
2073     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator startPara = wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator();
2074     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator endPara = wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator();
2075
2076     // First find the first paragraph whose starting position is within the range.
2077     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
2078     while (node)
2079     {
2080         // child is a paragraph
2081         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
2082         const wxRichTextRange& r = child->GetRange();
2083
2084         if (r.GetStart() <= range.GetStart() && r.GetEnd() >= range.GetStart())
2085         {
2086             startPara = node;
2087             break;
2088         }
2089
2090         node = node->GetNext();
2091     }
2092
2093     // Next find the last paragraph containing part of the range
2094     node = m_children.GetFirst();
2095     while (node)
2096     {
2097         // child is a paragraph
2098         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
2099         const wxRichTextRange& r = child->GetRange();
2100
2101         if (r.GetStart() <= range.GetEnd() && r.GetEnd() >= range.GetEnd())
2102         {
2103             endPara = node;
2104             break;
2105         }
2106
2107         node = node->GetNext();
2108     }
2109
2110     if (!startPara || !endPara)
2111         return false;
2112
2113     // Now we can add up the sizes
2114     for (node = startPara; node ; node = node->GetNext())
2115     {
2116         // child is a paragraph
2117         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
2118         const wxRichTextRange& childRange = child->GetRange();
2119         wxRichTextRange rangeToFind = range;
2120         rangeToFind.LimitTo(childRange);
2121
2122         if (child->IsTopLevel())
2123             rangeToFind = child->GetOwnRange();
2124
2125         wxSize childSize;
2126
2127         int childDescent = 0;
2128         child->GetRangeSize(rangeToFind, childSize, childDescent, dc, flags, position);
2129
2130         descent = wxMax(childDescent, descent);
2131
2132         sz.x = wxMax(sz.x, childSize.x);
2133         sz.y += childSize.y;
2134
2135         if (node == endPara)
2136             break;
2137     }
2138
2139     size = sz;
2140
2141     return true;
2142 }
2143
2144 /// Get the paragraph at the given position
2145 wxRichTextParagraph* wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetParagraphAtPosition(long pos, bool caretPosition) const
2146 {
2147     if (caretPosition)
2148         pos ++;
2149
2150     // First find the first paragraph whose starting position is within the range.
2151     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
2152     while (node)
2153     {
2154         // child is a paragraph
2155         wxRichTextParagraph* child = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
2156         // wxASSERT (child != NULL);
2157
2158         if (child)
2159         {
2160             // Return first child in buffer if position is -1
2161             // if (pos == -1)
2162             //    return child;
2163
2164             if (child->GetRange().Contains(pos))
2165                 return child;
2166         }
2167
2168         node = node->GetNext();
2169     }
2170     return NULL;
2171 }
2172
2173 /// Get the line at the given position
2174 wxRichTextLine* wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetLineAtPosition(long pos, bool caretPosition) const
2175 {
2176     if (caretPosition)
2177         pos ++;
2178
2179     // First find the first paragraph whose starting position is within the range.
2180     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
2181     while (node)
2182     {
2183         wxRichTextObject* obj = (wxRichTextObject*) node->GetData();
2184         if (obj->GetRange().Contains(pos))
2185         {
2186             // child is a paragraph
2187             wxRichTextParagraph* child = wxDynamicCast(obj, wxRichTextParagraph);
2188             // wxASSERT (child != NULL);
2189
2190             if (child)
2191             {
2192                 wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node2 = child->GetLines().GetFirst();
2193                 while (node2)
2194                 {
2195                     wxRichTextLine* line = node2->GetData();
2196
2197                     wxRichTextRange range = line->GetAbsoluteRange();
2198
2199                     if (range.Contains(pos) ||
2200
2201                         // If the position is end-of-paragraph, then return the last line of
2202                         // of the paragraph.
2203                         ((range.GetEnd() == child->GetRange().GetEnd()-1) && (pos == child->GetRange().GetEnd())))
2204                         return line;
2205
2206                     node2 = node2->GetNext();
2207                 }
2208             }
2209         }
2210
2211         node = node->GetNext();
2212     }
2213
2214     int lineCount = GetLineCount();
2215     if (lineCount > 0)
2216         return GetLineForVisibleLineNumber(lineCount-1);
2217     else
2218         return NULL;
2219 }
2220
2221 /// Get the line at the given y pixel position, or the last line.
2222 wxRichTextLine* wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetLineAtYPosition(int y) const
2223 {
2224     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
2225     while (node)
2226     {
2227         wxRichTextParagraph* child = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
2228         // wxASSERT (child != NULL);
2229
2230         if (child)
2231         {
2232             wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node2 = child->GetLines().GetFirst();
2233             while (node2)
2234             {
2235                 wxRichTextLine* line = node2->GetData();
2236
2237                 wxRect rect(line->GetRect());
2238
2239                 if (y <= rect.GetBottom())
2240                     return line;
2241
2242                 node2 = node2->GetNext();
2243             }
2244         }
2245
2246         node = node->GetNext();
2247     }
2248
2249     // Return last line
2250     int lineCount = GetLineCount();
2251     if (lineCount > 0)
2252         return GetLineForVisibleLineNumber(lineCount-1);
2253     else
2254         return NULL;
2255 }
2256
2257 /// Get the number of visible lines
2258 int wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetLineCount() const
2259 {
2260     int count = 0;
2261
2262     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
2263     while (node)
2264     {
2265         wxRichTextParagraph* child = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
2266         // wxASSERT (child != NULL);
2267
2268         if (child)
2269             count += child->GetLines().GetCount();
2270
2271         node = node->GetNext();
2272     }
2273     return count;
2274 }
2275
2276
2277 /// Get the paragraph for a given line
2278 wxRichTextParagraph* wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetParagraphForLine(wxRichTextLine* line) const
2279 {
2280     return GetParagraphAtPosition(line->GetAbsoluteRange().GetStart());
2281 }
2282
2283 /// Get the line size at the given position
2284 wxSize wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetLineSizeAtPosition(long pos, bool caretPosition) const
2285 {
2286     wxRichTextLine* line = GetLineAtPosition(pos, caretPosition);
2287     if (line)
2288     {
2289         return line->GetSize();
2290     }
2291     else
2292         return wxSize(0, 0);
2293 }
2294
2295
2296 /// Convenience function to add a paragraph of text
2297 wxRichTextRange wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::AddParagraph(const wxString& text, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle)
2298 {
2299     // Don't use the base style, just the default style, and the base style will
2300     // be combined at display time.
2301     // Divide into paragraph and character styles.
2302
2303     wxRichTextAttr defaultCharStyle;
2304     wxRichTextAttr defaultParaStyle;
2305
2306     // If the default style is a named paragraph style, don't apply any character formatting
2307     // to the initial text string.
2308     if (GetDefaultStyle().HasParagraphStyleName() && GetStyleSheet())
2309     {
2310         wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition* def = GetStyleSheet()->FindParagraphStyle(GetDefaultStyle().GetParagraphStyleName());
2311         if (def)
2312             defaultParaStyle = def->GetStyleMergedWithBase(GetStyleSheet());
2313     }
2314     else
2315         wxRichTextSplitParaCharStyles(GetDefaultStyle(), defaultParaStyle, defaultCharStyle);
2316
2317     wxRichTextAttr* pStyle = paraStyle ? paraStyle : (wxRichTextAttr*) & defaultParaStyle;
2318     wxRichTextAttr* cStyle = & defaultCharStyle;
2319
2320     wxRichTextParagraph* para = new wxRichTextParagraph(text, this, pStyle, cStyle);
2321
2322     AppendChild(para);
2323
2324     UpdateRanges();
2325
2326     return para->GetRange();
2327 }
2328
2329 /// Adds multiple paragraphs, based on newlines.
2330 wxRichTextRange wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::AddParagraphs(const wxString& text, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle)
2331 {
2332     // Don't use the base style, just the default style, and the base style will
2333     // be combined at display time.
2334     // Divide into paragraph and character styles.
2335
2336     wxRichTextAttr defaultCharStyle;
2337     wxRichTextAttr defaultParaStyle;
2338
2339     // If the default style is a named paragraph style, don't apply any character formatting
2340     // to the initial text string.
2341     if (GetDefaultStyle().HasParagraphStyleName() && GetStyleSheet())
2342     {
2343         wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition* def = GetStyleSheet()->FindParagraphStyle(GetDefaultStyle().GetParagraphStyleName());
2344         if (def)
2345             defaultParaStyle = def->GetStyleMergedWithBase(GetStyleSheet());
2346     }
2347     else
2348         wxRichTextSplitParaCharStyles(GetDefaultStyle(), defaultParaStyle, defaultCharStyle);
2349
2350     wxRichTextAttr* pStyle = paraStyle ? paraStyle : (wxRichTextAttr*) & defaultParaStyle;
2351     wxRichTextAttr* cStyle = & defaultCharStyle;
2352
2353     wxRichTextParagraph* firstPara = NULL;
2354     wxRichTextParagraph* lastPara = NULL;
2355
2356     wxRichTextRange range(-1, -1);
2357
2358     size_t i = 0;
2359     size_t len = text.length();
2360     wxString line;
2361     wxRichTextParagraph* para = new wxRichTextParagraph(wxEmptyString, this, pStyle, cStyle);
2362
2363     AppendChild(para);
2364
2365     firstPara = para;
2366     lastPara = para;
2367
2368     while (i < len)
2369     {
2370         wxChar ch = text[i];
2371         if (ch == wxT('\n') || ch == wxT('\r'))
2372         {
2373             if (i != (len-1))
2374             {
2375                 wxRichTextPlainText* plainText = (wxRichTextPlainText*) para->GetChildren().GetFirst()->GetData();
2376                 plainText->SetText(line);
2377
2378                 para = new wxRichTextParagraph(wxEmptyString, this, pStyle, cStyle);
2379
2380                 AppendChild(para);
2381
2382                 lastPara = para;
2383                 line = wxEmptyString;
2384             }
2385         }
2386         else
2387             line += ch;
2388
2389         i ++;
2390     }
2391
2392     if (!line.empty())
2393     {
2394         wxRichTextPlainText* plainText = (wxRichTextPlainText*) para->GetChildren().GetFirst()->GetData();
2395         plainText->SetText(line);
2396     }
2397
2398     UpdateRanges();
2399
2400     return wxRichTextRange(firstPara->GetRange().GetStart(), lastPara->GetRange().GetEnd());
2401 }
2402
2403 /// Convenience function to add an image
2404 wxRichTextRange wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::AddImage(const wxImage& image, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle)
2405 {
2406     // Don't use the base style, just the default style, and the base style will
2407     // be combined at display time.
2408     // Divide into paragraph and character styles.
2409
2410     wxRichTextAttr defaultCharStyle;
2411     wxRichTextAttr defaultParaStyle;
2412
2413     // If the default style is a named paragraph style, don't apply any character formatting
2414     // to the initial text string.
2415     if (GetDefaultStyle().HasParagraphStyleName() && GetStyleSheet())
2416     {
2417         wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition* def = GetStyleSheet()->FindParagraphStyle(GetDefaultStyle().GetParagraphStyleName());
2418         if (def)
2419             defaultParaStyle = def->GetStyleMergedWithBase(GetStyleSheet());
2420     }
2421     else
2422         wxRichTextSplitParaCharStyles(GetDefaultStyle(), defaultParaStyle, defaultCharStyle);
2423
2424     wxRichTextAttr* pStyle = paraStyle ? paraStyle : (wxRichTextAttr*) & defaultParaStyle;
2425     wxRichTextAttr* cStyle = & defaultCharStyle;
2426
2427     wxRichTextParagraph* para = new wxRichTextParagraph(this, pStyle);
2428     AppendChild(para);
2429     para->AppendChild(new wxRichTextImage(image, this, cStyle));
2430
2431     UpdateRanges();
2432
2433     return para->GetRange();
2434 }
2435
2436
2437 /// Insert fragment into this box at the given position. If partialParagraph is true,
2438 /// it is assumed that the last (or only) paragraph is just a piece of data with no paragraph
2439 /// marker.
2440
2441 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::InsertFragment(long position, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& fragment)
2442 {
2443     // First, find the first paragraph whose starting position is within the range.
2444     wxRichTextParagraph* para = GetParagraphAtPosition(position);
2445     if (para)
2446     {
2447         wxRichTextAttr originalAttr = para->GetAttributes();
2448
2449         wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.Find(para);
2450
2451         // Now split at this position, returning the object to insert the new
2452         // ones in front of.
2453         wxRichTextObject* nextObject = para->SplitAt(position);
2454
2455         // Special case: partial paragraph, just one paragraph. Might be a small amount of
2456         // text, for example, so let's optimize.
2457
2458         if (fragment.GetPartialParagraph() && fragment.GetChildren().GetCount() == 1)
2459         {
2460             // Add the first para to this para...
2461             wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator firstParaNode = fragment.GetChildren().GetFirst();
2462             if (!firstParaNode)
2463                 return false;
2464
2465             // Iterate through the fragment paragraph inserting the content into this paragraph.
2466             wxRichTextParagraph* firstPara = wxDynamicCast(firstParaNode->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
2467             wxASSERT (firstPara != NULL);
2468
2469             wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator objectNode = firstPara->GetChildren().GetFirst();
2470             while (objectNode)
2471             {
2472                 wxRichTextObject* newObj = objectNode->GetData()->Clone();
2473
2474                 if (!nextObject)
2475                 {
2476                     // Append
2477                     para->AppendChild(newObj);
2478                 }
2479                 else
2480                 {
2481                     // Insert before nextObject
2482                     para->InsertChild(newObj, nextObject);
2483                 }
2484
2485                 objectNode = objectNode->GetNext();
2486             }
2487
2488             return true;
2489         }
2490         else
2491         {
2492             // Procedure for inserting a fragment consisting of a number of
2493             // paragraphs:
2494             //
2495             // 1. Remove and save the content that's after the insertion point, for adding
2496             //    back once we've added the fragment.
2497             // 2. Add the content from the first fragment paragraph to the current
2498             //    paragraph.
2499             // 3. Add remaining fragment paragraphs after the current paragraph.
2500             // 4. Add back the saved content from the first paragraph. If partialParagraph
2501             //    is true, add it to the last paragraph added and not a new one.
2502
2503             // 1. Remove and save objects after split point.
2504             wxList savedObjects;
2505             if (nextObject)
2506                 para->MoveToList(nextObject, savedObjects);
2507
2508             // 2. Add the content from the 1st fragment paragraph.
2509             wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator firstParaNode = fragment.GetChildren().GetFirst();
2510             if (!firstParaNode)
2511                 return false;
2512
2513             wxRichTextParagraph* firstPara = wxDynamicCast(firstParaNode->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
2514             wxASSERT(firstPara != NULL);
2515
2516             if (!(fragment.GetAttributes().GetFlags() & wxTEXT_ATTR_KEEP_FIRST_PARA_STYLE))
2517                 para->SetAttributes(firstPara->GetAttributes());
2518
2519             // Save empty paragraph attributes for appending later
2520             // These are character attributes deliberately set for a new paragraph. Without this,
2521             // we couldn't pass default attributes when appending a new paragraph.
2522             wxRichTextAttr emptyParagraphAttributes;
2523
2524             wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator objectNode = firstPara->GetChildren().GetFirst();
2525
2526             if (objectNode && firstPara->GetChildren().GetCount() == 1 && objectNode->GetData()->IsEmpty())
2527                 emptyParagraphAttributes = objectNode->GetData()->GetAttributes();
2528
2529             while (objectNode)
2530             {
2531                 wxRichTextObject* newObj = objectNode->GetData()->Clone();
2532
2533                 // Append
2534                 para->AppendChild(newObj);
2535
2536                 objectNode = objectNode->GetNext();
2537             }
2538
2539             // 3. Add remaining fragment paragraphs after the current paragraph.
2540             wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator nextParagraphNode = node->GetNext();
2541             wxRichTextObject* nextParagraph = NULL;
2542             if (nextParagraphNode)
2543                 nextParagraph = nextParagraphNode->GetData();
2544
2545             wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator i = fragment.GetChildren().GetFirst()->GetNext();
2546             wxRichTextParagraph* finalPara = para;
2547
2548             bool needExtraPara = (!i || !fragment.GetPartialParagraph());
2549
2550             // If there was only one paragraph, we need to insert a new one.
2551             while (i)
2552             {
2553                 wxRichTextParagraph* para = wxDynamicCast(i->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
2554                 wxASSERT( para != NULL );
2555
2556                 finalPara = (wxRichTextParagraph*) para->Clone();
2557
2558                 if (nextParagraph)
2559                     InsertChild(finalPara, nextParagraph);
2560                 else
2561                     AppendChild(finalPara);
2562
2563                 i = i->GetNext();
2564             }
2565
2566             // If there was only one paragraph, or we have full paragraphs in our fragment,
2567             // we need to insert a new one.
2568             if (needExtraPara)
2569             {
2570                 finalPara = new wxRichTextParagraph;
2571
2572                 if (nextParagraph)
2573                     InsertChild(finalPara, nextParagraph);
2574                 else
2575                     AppendChild(finalPara);
2576             }
2577
2578             // 4. Add back the remaining content.
2579             if (finalPara)
2580             {
2581                 if (nextObject)
2582                     finalPara->MoveFromList(savedObjects);
2583
2584                 // Ensure there's at least one object
2585                 if (finalPara->GetChildCount() == 0)
2586                 {
2587                     wxRichTextPlainText* text = new wxRichTextPlainText(wxEmptyString);
2588                     text->SetAttributes(emptyParagraphAttributes);
2589
2590                     finalPara->AppendChild(text);
2591                 }
2592             }
2593
2594             if ((fragment.GetAttributes().GetFlags() & wxTEXT_ATTR_KEEP_FIRST_PARA_STYLE) && firstPara)
2595                 finalPara->SetAttributes(firstPara->GetAttributes());
2596             else if (finalPara && finalPara != para)
2597                 finalPara->SetAttributes(originalAttr);
2598
2599             return true;
2600         }
2601     }
2602     else
2603     {
2604         // Append
2605         wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator i = fragment.GetChildren().GetFirst();
2606         while (i)
2607         {
2608             wxRichTextParagraph* para = wxDynamicCast(i->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
2609             wxASSERT( para != NULL );
2610
2611             AppendChild(para->Clone());
2612
2613             i = i->GetNext();
2614         }
2615
2616         return true;
2617     }
2618 }
2619
2620 /// Make a copy of the fragment corresponding to the given range, putting it in 'fragment'.
2621 /// If there was an incomplete paragraph at the end, partialParagraph is set to true.
2622 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::CopyFragment(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& fragment)
2623 {
2624     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator i = GetChildren().GetFirst();
2625     while (i)
2626     {
2627         wxRichTextParagraph* para = wxDynamicCast(i->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
2628         wxASSERT( para != NULL );
2629
2630         if (!para->GetRange().IsOutside(range))
2631         {
2632             fragment.AppendChild(para->Clone());
2633         }
2634         i = i->GetNext();
2635     }
2636
2637     // Now top and tail the first and last paragraphs in our new fragment (which might be the same).
2638     if (!fragment.IsEmpty())
2639     {
2640         wxRichTextParagraph* firstPara = wxDynamicCast(fragment.GetChildren().GetFirst()->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
2641         wxASSERT( firstPara != NULL );
2642
2643         wxRichTextParagraph* lastPara = wxDynamicCast(fragment.GetChildren().GetLast()->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
2644         wxASSERT( lastPara != NULL );
2645
2646         if (!firstPara || !lastPara)
2647             return false;
2648
2649         bool isFragment = (range.GetEnd() < lastPara->GetRange().GetEnd());
2650
2651         long firstPos = firstPara->GetRange().GetStart();
2652
2653         // Adjust for renumbering from zero
2654         wxRichTextRange topTailRange(range.GetStart() - firstPos, range.GetEnd() - firstPos);
2655
2656         long end;
2657         fragment.CalculateRange(0, end);
2658
2659         // Chop off the start of the paragraph
2660         if (topTailRange.GetStart() > 0)
2661         {
2662             wxRichTextRange r(0, topTailRange.GetStart()-1);
2663             firstPara->DeleteRange(r);
2664
2665             // Make sure the numbering is correct
2666             fragment.CalculateRange(0, end);
2667
2668             // Now, we've deleted some positions, so adjust the range
2669             // accordingly.
2670             topTailRange.SetStart(range.GetLength());
2671             topTailRange.SetEnd(fragment.GetOwnRange().GetEnd());
2672         }
2673         else
2674         {
2675             topTailRange.SetStart(range.GetLength());
2676             topTailRange.SetEnd(fragment.GetOwnRange().GetEnd());
2677         }
2678
2679         if (topTailRange.GetStart() < (lastPara->GetRange().GetEnd()-1))
2680         {
2681             lastPara->DeleteRange(topTailRange);
2682
2683             // Make sure the numbering is correct
2684             long end;
2685             fragment.CalculateRange(0, end);
2686
2687             // We only have part of a paragraph at the end
2688             fragment.SetPartialParagraph(true);
2689         }
2690         else
2691         {
2692             // We have a partial paragraph (don't save last new paragraph marker)
2693             // or complete paragraph
2694             fragment.SetPartialParagraph(isFragment);
2695         }
2696     }
2697
2698     return true;
2699 }
2700
2701 /// Given a position, get the number of the visible line (potentially many to a paragraph),
2702 /// starting from zero at the start of the buffer.
2703 long wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetVisibleLineNumber(long pos, bool caretPosition, bool startOfLine) const
2704 {
2705     if (caretPosition)
2706         pos ++;
2707
2708     int lineCount = 0;
2709
2710     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
2711     while (node)
2712     {
2713         wxRichTextParagraph* child = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
2714         // wxASSERT( child != NULL );
2715
2716         if (child)
2717         {
2718             if (child->GetRange().Contains(pos))
2719             {
2720                 wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node2 = child->GetLines().GetFirst();
2721                 while (node2)
2722                 {
2723                     wxRichTextLine* line = node2->GetData();
2724                     wxRichTextRange lineRange = line->GetAbsoluteRange();
2725
2726                     if (lineRange.Contains(pos) || pos == lineRange.GetStart())
2727                     {
2728                         // If the caret is displayed at the end of the previous wrapped line,
2729                         // we want to return the line it's _displayed_ at (not the actual line
2730                         // containing the position).
2731                         if (lineRange.GetStart() == pos && !startOfLine && child->GetRange().GetStart() != pos)
2732                             return lineCount - 1;
2733                         else
2734                             return lineCount;
2735                     }
2736
2737                     lineCount ++;
2738
2739                     node2 = node2->GetNext();
2740                 }
2741                 // If we didn't find it in the lines, it must be
2742                 // the last position of the paragraph. So return the last line.
2743                 return lineCount-1;
2744             }
2745             else
2746                 lineCount += child->GetLines().GetCount();
2747         }
2748
2749         node = node->GetNext();
2750     }
2751
2752     // Not found
2753     return -1;
2754 }
2755
2756 /// Given a line number, get the corresponding wxRichTextLine object.
2757 wxRichTextLine* wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetLineForVisibleLineNumber(long lineNumber) const
2758 {
2759     int lineCount = 0;
2760
2761     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
2762     while (node)
2763     {
2764         wxRichTextParagraph* child = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
2765         // wxASSERT(child != NULL);
2766
2767         if (child)
2768         {
2769             if (lineNumber < (int) (child->GetLines().GetCount() + lineCount))
2770             {
2771                 wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node2 = child->GetLines().GetFirst();
2772                 while (node2)
2773                 {
2774                     wxRichTextLine* line = node2->GetData();
2775
2776                     if (lineCount == lineNumber)
2777                         return line;
2778
2779                     lineCount ++;
2780
2781                     node2 = node2->GetNext();
2782                 }
2783             }
2784             else
2785                 lineCount += child->GetLines().GetCount();
2786         }
2787
2788         node = node->GetNext();
2789     }
2790
2791     // Didn't find it
2792     return NULL;
2793 }
2794
2795 /// Delete range from layout.
2796 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& range)
2797 {
2798     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
2799
2800     wxRichTextParagraph* firstPara = NULL;
2801     while (node)
2802     {
2803         wxRichTextParagraph* obj = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
2804         // wxASSERT (obj != NULL);
2805
2806         wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator next = node->GetNext();
2807
2808         if (obj)
2809         {
2810             // Delete the range in each paragraph
2811
2812             if (!obj->GetRange().IsOutside(range))
2813             {
2814                 // Deletes the content of this object within the given range
2815                 obj->DeleteRange(range);
2816
2817                 wxRichTextRange thisRange = obj->GetRange();
2818                 wxRichTextAttr thisAttr = obj->GetAttributes();
2819
2820                 // If the whole paragraph is within the range to delete,
2821                 // delete the whole thing.
2822                 if (range.GetStart() <= thisRange.GetStart() && range.GetEnd() >= thisRange.GetEnd())
2823                 {
2824                     // Delete the whole object
2825                     RemoveChild(obj, true);
2826                     obj = NULL;
2827                 }
2828                 else if (!firstPara)
2829                     firstPara = obj;
2830
2831                 // If the range includes the paragraph end, we need to join this
2832                 // and the next paragraph.
2833                 if (range.GetEnd() <= thisRange.GetEnd())
2834                 {
2835                     // We need to move the objects from the next paragraph
2836                     // to this paragraph
2837
2838                     wxRichTextParagraph* nextParagraph = NULL;
2839                     if ((range.GetEnd() < thisRange.GetEnd()) && obj)
2840                         nextParagraph = obj;
2841                     else
2842                     {
2843                         // We're ending at the end of the paragraph, so merge the _next_ paragraph.
2844                         if (next)
2845                             nextParagraph = wxDynamicCast(next->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
2846                     }
2847
2848                     bool applyFinalParagraphStyle = firstPara && nextParagraph && nextParagraph != firstPara;
2849
2850                     wxRichTextAttr nextParaAttr;
2851                     if (applyFinalParagraphStyle)
2852                     {
2853                         // Special case when deleting the end of a paragraph - use _this_ paragraph's style,
2854                         // not the next one.
2855                         if (range.GetStart() == range.GetEnd() && range.GetStart() == thisRange.GetEnd())
2856                             nextParaAttr = thisAttr;
2857                         else
2858                             nextParaAttr = nextParagraph->GetAttributes();
2859                     }
2860
2861                     if (firstPara && nextParagraph && firstPara != nextParagraph)
2862                     {
2863                         // Move the objects to the previous para
2864                         wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node1 = nextParagraph->GetChildren().GetFirst();
2865
2866                         while (node1)
2867                         {
2868                             wxRichTextObject* obj1 = node1->GetData();
2869
2870                             firstPara->AppendChild(obj1);
2871
2872                             wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator next1 = node1->GetNext();
2873                             nextParagraph->GetChildren().Erase(node1);
2874
2875                             node1 = next1;
2876                         }
2877
2878                         // Delete the paragraph
2879                         RemoveChild(nextParagraph, true);
2880                     }
2881
2882                     // Avoid empty paragraphs
2883                     if (firstPara && firstPara->GetChildren().GetCount() == 0)
2884                     {
2885                         wxRichTextPlainText* text = new wxRichTextPlainText(wxEmptyString);
2886                         firstPara->AppendChild(text);
2887                     }
2888
2889                     if (applyFinalParagraphStyle)
2890                         firstPara->SetAttributes(nextParaAttr);
2891
2892                     return true;
2893                 }
2894             }
2895         }
2896
2897         node = next;
2898     }
2899
2900     return true;
2901 }
2902
2903 /// Get any text in this object for the given range
2904 wxString wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) const
2905 {
2906     int lineCount = 0;
2907     wxString text;
2908     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
2909     while (node)
2910     {
2911         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
2912         if (!child->GetRange().IsOutside(range))
2913         {
2914             wxRichTextRange childRange = range;
2915             childRange.LimitTo(child->GetRange());
2916
2917             wxString childText = child->GetTextForRange(childRange);
2918
2919             text += childText;
2920
2921             if ((childRange.GetEnd() == child->GetRange().GetEnd()) && node->GetNext())
2922                 text += wxT("\n");
2923
2924             lineCount ++;
2925         }
2926         node = node->GetNext();
2927     }
2928
2929     return text;
2930 }
2931
2932 /// Get all the text
2933 wxString wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetText() const
2934 {
2935     return GetTextForRange(GetOwnRange());
2936 }
2937
2938 /// Get the paragraph by number
2939 wxRichTextParagraph* wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetParagraphAtLine(long paragraphNumber) const
2940 {
2941     if ((size_t) paragraphNumber >= GetChildCount())
2942         return NULL;
2943
2944     return (wxRichTextParagraph*) GetChild((size_t) paragraphNumber);
2945 }
2946
2947 /// Get the length of the paragraph
2948 int wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetParagraphLength(long paragraphNumber) const
2949 {
2950     wxRichTextParagraph* para = GetParagraphAtLine(paragraphNumber);
2951     if (para)
2952         return para->GetRange().GetLength() - 1; // don't include newline
2953     else
2954         return 0;
2955 }
2956
2957 /// Get the text of the paragraph
2958 wxString wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetParagraphText(long paragraphNumber) const
2959 {
2960     wxRichTextParagraph* para = GetParagraphAtLine(paragraphNumber);
2961     if (para)
2962         return para->GetTextForRange(para->GetRange());
2963     else
2964         return wxEmptyString;
2965 }
2966
2967 /// Convert zero-based line column and paragraph number to a position.
2968 long wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::XYToPosition(long x, long y) const
2969 {
2970     wxRichTextParagraph* para = GetParagraphAtLine(y);
2971     if (para)
2972     {
2973         return para->GetRange().GetStart() + x;
2974     }
2975     else
2976         return -1;
2977 }
2978
2979 /// Convert zero-based position to line column and paragraph number
2980 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::PositionToXY(long pos, long* x, long* y) const
2981 {
2982     wxRichTextParagraph* para = GetParagraphAtPosition(pos);
2983     if (para)
2984     {
2985         int count = 0;
2986         wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
2987         while (node)
2988         {
2989             wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
2990             if (child == para)
2991                 break;
2992             count ++;
2993             node = node->GetNext();
2994         }
2995
2996         *y = count;
2997         *x = pos - para->GetRange().GetStart();
2998
2999         return true;
3000     }
3001     else
3002         return false;
3003 }
3004
3005 /// Get the leaf object in a paragraph at this position.
3006 /// Given a line number, get the corresponding wxRichTextLine object.
3007 wxRichTextObject* wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetLeafObjectAtPosition(long position) const
3008 {
3009     wxRichTextParagraph* para = GetParagraphAtPosition(position);
3010     if (para)
3011     {
3012         wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = para->GetChildren().GetFirst();
3013
3014         while (node)
3015         {
3016             wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
3017             if (child->GetRange().Contains(position))
3018                 return child;
3019
3020             node = node->GetNext();
3021         }
3022         if (position == para->GetRange().GetEnd() && para->GetChildCount() > 0)
3023             return para->GetChildren().GetLast()->GetData();
3024     }
3025     return NULL;
3026 }
3027
3028 /// Set character or paragraph text attributes: apply character styles only to immediate text nodes
3029 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::SetStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextAttr& style, int flags)
3030 {
3031     bool characterStyle = false;
3032     bool paragraphStyle = false;
3033
3034     if (style.IsCharacterStyle())
3035         characterStyle = true;
3036     if (style.IsParagraphStyle())
3037         paragraphStyle = true;
3038
3039     wxRichTextBuffer* buffer = GetBuffer();
3040
3041     bool withUndo = ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO) != 0);
3042     bool applyMinimal = ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_OPTIMIZE) != 0);
3043     bool parasOnly = ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_PARAGRAPHS_ONLY) != 0);
3044     bool charactersOnly = ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_CHARACTERS_ONLY) != 0);
3045     bool resetExistingStyle = ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET) != 0);
3046     bool removeStyle = ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_REMOVE) != 0);
3047
3048     // Apply paragraph style first, if any
3049     wxRichTextAttr wholeStyle(style);
3050
3051     if (!removeStyle && wholeStyle.HasParagraphStyleName() && buffer->GetStyleSheet())
3052     {
3053         wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition* def = buffer->GetStyleSheet()->FindParagraphStyle(wholeStyle.GetParagraphStyleName());
3054         if (def)
3055             wxRichTextApplyStyle(wholeStyle, def->GetStyleMergedWithBase(buffer->GetStyleSheet()));
3056     }
3057
3058     // Limit the attributes to be set to the content to only character attributes.
3059     wxRichTextAttr characterAttributes(wholeStyle);
3060     characterAttributes.SetFlags(characterAttributes.GetFlags() & (wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER));
3061
3062     if (!removeStyle && characterAttributes.HasCharacterStyleName() && buffer->GetStyleSheet())
3063     {
3064         wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition* def = buffer->GetStyleSheet()->FindCharacterStyle(characterAttributes.GetCharacterStyleName());
3065         if (def)
3066             wxRichTextApplyStyle(characterAttributes, def->GetStyleMergedWithBase(buffer->GetStyleSheet()));
3067     }
3068
3069     // If we are associated with a control, make undoable; otherwise, apply immediately
3070     // to the data.
3071
3072     bool haveControl = (buffer->GetRichTextCtrl() != NULL);
3073
3074     wxRichTextAction* action = NULL;
3075
3076     if (haveControl && withUndo)
3077     {
3078         action = new wxRichTextAction(NULL, _("Change Style"), wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_STYLE, buffer, this, buffer->GetRichTextCtrl());
3079         action->SetRange(range);
3080         action->SetPosition(buffer->GetRichTextCtrl()->GetCaretPosition());
3081     }
3082
3083     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
3084     while (node)
3085     {
3086         wxRichTextParagraph* para = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
3087         // wxASSERT (para != NULL);
3088
3089         if (para && para->GetChildCount() > 0)
3090         {
3091             // Stop searching if we're beyond the range of interest
3092             if (para->GetRange().GetStart() > range.GetEnd())
3093                 break;
3094
3095             if (!para->GetRange().IsOutside(range))
3096             {
3097                 // We'll be using a copy of the paragraph to make style changes,
3098                 // not updating the buffer directly.
3099                 wxRichTextParagraph* newPara wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(NULL);
3100
3101                 if (haveControl && withUndo)
3102                 {
3103                     newPara = new wxRichTextParagraph(*para);
3104                     action->GetNewParagraphs().AppendChild(newPara);
3105
3106                     // Also store the old ones for Undo
3107                     action->GetOldParagraphs().AppendChild(new wxRichTextParagraph(*para));
3108                 }
3109                 else
3110                     newPara = para;
3111
3112                 // If we're specifying paragraphs only, then we really mean character formatting
3113                 // to be included in the paragraph style
3114                 if ((paragraphStyle || parasOnly) && !charactersOnly)
3115                 {
3116                     if (removeStyle)
3117                     {
3118                         // Removes the given style from the paragraph
3119                         wxRichTextRemoveStyle(newPara->GetAttributes(), style);
3120                     }
3121                     else if (resetExistingStyle)
3122                         newPara->GetAttributes() = wholeStyle;
3123                     else
3124                     {
3125                         if (applyMinimal)
3126                         {
3127                             // Only apply attributes that will make a difference to the combined
3128                             // style as seen on the display
3129                             wxRichTextAttr combinedAttr(para->GetCombinedAttributes(true));
3130                             wxRichTextApplyStyle(newPara->GetAttributes(), wholeStyle, & combinedAttr);
3131                         }
3132                         else
3133                             wxRichTextApplyStyle(newPara->GetAttributes(), wholeStyle);
3134                     }
3135                 }
3136
3137                 // When applying paragraph styles dynamically, don't change the text objects' attributes
3138                 // since they will computed as needed. Only apply the character styling if it's _only_
3139                 // character styling. This policy is subject to change and might be put under user control.
3140
3141                 // Hm. we might well be applying a mix of paragraph and character styles, in which
3142                 // case we _do_ want to apply character styles regardless of what para styles are set.
3143                 // But if we're applying a paragraph style, which has some character attributes, but
3144                 // we only want the paragraphs to hold this character style, then we _don't_ want to
3145                 // apply the character style. So we need to be able to choose.
3146
3147                 if (!parasOnly && (characterStyle|charactersOnly) && range.GetStart() != newPara->GetRange().GetEnd())
3148                 {
3149                     wxRichTextRange childRange(range);
3150                     childRange.LimitTo(newPara->GetRange());
3151
3152                     // Find the starting position and if necessary split it so
3153                     // we can start applying a different style.
3154                     // TODO: check that the style actually changes or is different
3155                     // from style outside of range
3156                     wxRichTextObject* firstObject wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(NULL);
3157                     wxRichTextObject* lastObject wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(NULL);
3158
3159                     if (childRange.GetStart() == newPara->GetRange().GetStart())
3160                         firstObject = newPara->GetChildren().GetFirst()->GetData();
3161                     else
3162                         firstObject = newPara->SplitAt(range.GetStart());
3163
3164                     // Increment by 1 because we're apply the style one _after_ the split point
3165                     long splitPoint = childRange.GetEnd();
3166                     if (splitPoint != newPara->GetRange().GetEnd())
3167                         splitPoint ++;
3168
3169                     // Find last object
3170                     if (splitPoint == newPara->GetRange().GetEnd())
3171                         lastObject = newPara->GetChildren().GetLast()->GetData();
3172                     else
3173                         // lastObject is set as a side-effect of splitting. It's
3174                         // returned as the object before the new object.
3175                         (void) newPara->SplitAt(splitPoint, & lastObject);
3176
3177                     wxASSERT(firstObject != NULL);
3178                     wxASSERT(lastObject != NULL);
3179
3180                     if (!firstObject || !lastObject)
3181                         continue;
3182
3183                     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator firstNode = newPara->GetChildren().Find(firstObject);
3184                     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator lastNode = newPara->GetChildren().Find(lastObject);
3185
3186                     wxASSERT(firstNode);
3187                     wxASSERT(lastNode);
3188
3189                     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node2 = firstNode;
3190
3191                     while (node2)
3192                     {
3193                         wxRichTextObject* child = node2->GetData();
3194
3195                         if (removeStyle)
3196                         {
3197                             // Removes the given style from the paragraph
3198                             wxRichTextRemoveStyle(child->GetAttributes(), style);
3199                         }
3200                         else if (resetExistingStyle)
3201                             child->GetAttributes() = characterAttributes;
3202                         else
3203                         {
3204                             if (applyMinimal)
3205                             {
3206                                 // Only apply attributes that will make a difference to the combined
3207                                 // style as seen on the display
3208                                 wxRichTextAttr combinedAttr(newPara->GetCombinedAttributes(child->GetAttributes(), true));
3209                                 wxRichTextApplyStyle(child->GetAttributes(), characterAttributes, & combinedAttr);
3210                             }
3211                             else
3212                                 wxRichTextApplyStyle(child->GetAttributes(), characterAttributes);
3213                         }
3214
3215                         if (node2 == lastNode)
3216                             break;
3217
3218                         node2 = node2->GetNext();
3219                     }
3220                 }
3221             }
3222         }
3223
3224         node = node->GetNext();
3225     }
3226
3227     // Do action, or delay it until end of batch.
3228     if (haveControl && withUndo)
3229         buffer->SubmitAction(action);
3230
3231     return true;
3232 }
3233
3234 // Just change the attributes for this single object.
3235 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::SetStyle(wxRichTextObject* obj, const wxRichTextAttr& textAttr, int flags)
3236 {
3237     wxRichTextBuffer* buffer = GetBuffer();
3238     bool withUndo = flags & wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO;
3239     bool resetExistingStyle = ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET) != 0);
3240     bool haveControl = (buffer->GetRichTextCtrl() != NULL);
3241
3242     wxRichTextAction *action = NULL;
3243     wxRichTextAttr newAttr = obj->GetAttributes();
3244     if (resetExistingStyle)
3245         newAttr = textAttr;
3246     else
3247         newAttr.Apply(textAttr);
3248
3249     if (haveControl && withUndo)
3250     {
3251         action = new wxRichTextAction(NULL, _("Change Object Style"), wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_ATTRIBUTES, buffer, obj->GetContainer(), buffer->GetRichTextCtrl());
3252         action->SetRange(obj->GetRange().FromInternal());
3253         action->SetPosition(buffer->GetRichTextCtrl()->GetCaretPosition());
3254         action->MakeObject(obj);
3255
3256         action->GetAttributes() = newAttr;
3257     }
3258     else
3259         obj->GetAttributes() = newAttr;
3260
3261     if (haveControl && withUndo)
3262         buffer->SubmitAction(action);
3263 }
3264
3265 /// Get the text attributes for this position.
3266 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetStyle(long position, wxRichTextAttr& style)
3267 {
3268     return DoGetStyle(position, style, true);
3269 }
3270
3271 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetUncombinedStyle(long position, wxRichTextAttr& style)
3272 {
3273     return DoGetStyle(position, style, false);
3274 }
3275
3276 /// Implementation helper for GetStyle. If combineStyles is true, combine base, paragraph and
3277 /// context attributes.
3278 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::DoGetStyle(long position, wxRichTextAttr& style, bool combineStyles)
3279 {
3280     wxRichTextObject* obj wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(NULL);
3281
3282     if (style.IsParagraphStyle())
3283     {
3284         obj = GetParagraphAtPosition(position);
3285         if (obj)
3286         {
3287             if (combineStyles)
3288             {
3289                 // Start with the base style
3290                 style = GetAttributes();
3291
3292                 // Apply the paragraph style
3293                 wxRichTextApplyStyle(style, obj->GetAttributes());
3294             }
3295             else
3296                 style = obj->GetAttributes();
3297
3298             return true;
3299         }
3300     }
3301     else
3302     {
3303         obj = GetLeafObjectAtPosition(position);
3304         if (obj)
3305         {
3306             if (combineStyles)
3307             {
3308                 wxRichTextParagraph* para = wxDynamicCast(obj->GetParent(), wxRichTextParagraph);
3309                 style = para ? para->GetCombinedAttributes(obj->GetAttributes()) : obj->GetAttributes();
3310             }
3311             else
3312                 style = obj->GetAttributes();
3313
3314             return true;
3315         }
3316     }
3317     return false;
3318 }
3319
3320 static bool wxHasStyle(long flags, long style)
3321 {
3322     return (flags & style) != 0;
3323 }
3324
3325 /// Combines 'style' with 'currentStyle' for the purpose of summarising the attributes of a range of
3326 /// content.
3327 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::CollectStyle(wxRichTextAttr& currentStyle, const wxRichTextAttr& style, wxRichTextAttr& clashingAttr, wxRichTextAttr& absentAttr)
3328 {
3329     currentStyle.CollectCommonAttributes(style, clashingAttr, absentAttr);
3330
3331     return true;
3332 }
3333
3334 /// Get the combined style for a range - if any attribute is different within the range,
3335 /// that attribute is not present within the flags.
3336 /// *** Note that this is not recursive, and so assumes that content inside a paragraph is not itself
3337 /// nested.
3338 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetStyleForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextAttr& style)
3339 {
3340     style = wxRichTextAttr();
3341
3342     wxRichTextAttr clashingAttr;
3343     wxRichTextAttr absentAttrPara, absentAttrChar;
3344
3345     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst();
3346     while (node)
3347     {
3348         wxRichTextParagraph* para = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
3349         if (para && !(para->GetRange().GetStart() > range.GetEnd() || para->GetRange().GetEnd() < range.GetStart()))
3350         {
3351             if (para->GetChildren().GetCount() == 0)
3352             {
3353                 wxRichTextAttr paraStyle = para->GetCombinedAttributes(true /* use box attributes */);
3354
3355                 CollectStyle(style, paraStyle, clashingAttr, absentAttrPara);
3356             }
3357             else
3358             {
3359                 wxRichTextRange paraRange(para->GetRange());
3360                 paraRange.LimitTo(range);
3361
3362                 // First collect paragraph attributes only
3363                 wxRichTextAttr paraStyle = para->GetCombinedAttributes();
3364                 paraStyle.SetFlags(paraStyle.GetFlags() & wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH);
3365                 CollectStyle(style, paraStyle, clashingAttr, absentAttrPara);
3366
3367                 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator childNode = para->GetChildren().GetFirst();
3368
3369                 while (childNode)
3370                 {
3371                     wxRichTextObject* child = childNode->GetData();
3372                     if (!(child->GetRange().GetStart() > range.GetEnd() || child->GetRange().GetEnd() < range.GetStart()))
3373                     {
3374                         wxRichTextAttr childStyle = para->GetCombinedAttributes(child->GetAttributes(), true /* include box attributes */);
3375
3376                         // Now collect character attributes only
3377                         childStyle.SetFlags(childStyle.GetFlags() & wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER);
3378
3379                         CollectStyle(style, childStyle, clashingAttr, absentAttrChar);
3380                     }
3381
3382                     childNode = childNode->GetNext();
3383                 }
3384             }
3385         }
3386         node = node->GetNext();
3387     }
3388     return true;
3389 }
3390
3391 /// Set default style
3392 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::SetDefaultStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& style)
3393 {
3394     m_defaultAttributes = style;
3395     return true;
3396 }
3397
3398 /// Test if this whole range has character attributes of the specified kind. If any
3399 /// of the attributes are different within the range, the test fails. You
3400 /// can use this to implement, for example, bold button updating. style must have
3401 /// flags indicating which attributes are of interest.
3402 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::HasCharacterAttributes(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextAttr& style) const
3403 {
3404     int foundCount = 0;
3405     int matchingCount = 0;
3406
3407     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
3408     while (node)
3409     {
3410         wxRichTextParagraph* para = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
3411         // wxASSERT (para != NULL);
3412
3413         if (para)
3414         {
3415             // Stop searching if we're beyond the range of interest
3416             if (para->GetRange().GetStart() > range.GetEnd())
3417                 return foundCount == matchingCount && foundCount != 0;
3418
3419             if (!para->GetRange().IsOutside(range))
3420             {
3421                 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node2 = para->GetChildren().GetFirst();
3422
3423                 while (node2)
3424                 {
3425                     wxRichTextObject* child = node2->GetData();
3426                     // Allow for empty string if no buffer
3427                     wxRichTextRange childRange = child->GetRange();
3428                     if (childRange.GetLength() == 0 && GetRange().GetLength() == 1)
3429                         childRange.SetEnd(childRange.GetEnd()+1);
3430
3431                     if (!childRange.IsOutside(range) && child->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxRichTextPlainText)))
3432                     {
3433                         foundCount ++;
3434                         wxRichTextAttr textAttr = para->GetCombinedAttributes(child->GetAttributes());
3435
3436                         if (wxTextAttrEqPartial(textAttr, style))
3437                             matchingCount ++;
3438                     }
3439
3440                     node2 = node2->GetNext();
3441                 }
3442             }
3443         }
3444
3445         node = node->GetNext();
3446     }
3447
3448     return foundCount == matchingCount && foundCount != 0;
3449 }
3450
3451 /// Test if this whole range has paragraph attributes of the specified kind. If any
3452 /// of the attributes are different within the range, the test fails. You
3453 /// can use this to implement, for example, centering button updating. style must have
3454 /// flags indicating which attributes are of interest.
3455 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::HasParagraphAttributes(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextAttr& style) const
3456 {
3457     int foundCount = 0;
3458     int matchingCount = 0;
3459
3460     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
3461     while (node)
3462     {
3463         wxRichTextParagraph* para = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
3464         // wxASSERT (para != NULL);
3465
3466         if (para)
3467         {
3468             // Stop searching if we're beyond the range of interest
3469             if (para->GetRange().GetStart() > range.GetEnd())
3470                 return foundCount == matchingCount && foundCount != 0;
3471
3472             if (!para->GetRange().IsOutside(range))
3473             {
3474                 wxRichTextAttr textAttr = GetAttributes();
3475                 // Apply the paragraph style
3476                 wxRichTextApplyStyle(textAttr, para->GetAttributes());
3477
3478                 foundCount ++;
3479                 if (wxTextAttrEqPartial(textAttr, style))
3480                     matchingCount ++;
3481             }
3482         }
3483
3484         node = node->GetNext();
3485     }
3486     return foundCount == matchingCount && foundCount != 0;
3487 }
3488
3489 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Reset()
3490 {
3491     Clear();
3492
3493     wxRichTextBuffer* buffer = GetBuffer();
3494     if (buffer && buffer->GetRichTextCtrl())
3495     {
3496         wxRichTextEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_BUFFER_RESET, buffer->GetRichTextCtrl()->GetId());
3497         event.SetEventObject(buffer->GetRichTextCtrl());
3498         event.SetContainer(this);
3499
3500         buffer->SendEvent(event, true);
3501     }
3502
3503     AddParagraph(wxEmptyString);
3504
3505     InvalidateHierarchy(wxRICHTEXT_ALL);
3506 }
3507
3508 /// Invalidate the buffer. With no argument, invalidates whole buffer.
3509 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Invalidate(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange)
3510 {
3511     wxRichTextCompositeObject::Invalidate(invalidRange);
3512
3513     DoInvalidate(invalidRange);
3514 }
3515
3516 // Do the (in)validation for this object only
3517 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::DoInvalidate(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange)
3518 {
3519     if (invalidRange == wxRICHTEXT_ALL)
3520     {
3521         m_invalidRange = wxRICHTEXT_ALL;
3522     }
3523     // Already invalidating everything
3524     else if (m_invalidRange == wxRICHTEXT_ALL)
3525     {
3526     }
3527     else
3528     {
3529         if ((invalidRange.GetStart() < m_invalidRange.GetStart()) || m_invalidRange.GetStart() == -1)
3530             m_invalidRange.SetStart(invalidRange.GetStart());
3531         if (invalidRange.GetEnd() > m_invalidRange.GetEnd())
3532             m_invalidRange.SetEnd(invalidRange.GetEnd());
3533     }
3534 }
3535
3536 // Do the (in)validation both up and down the hierarchy
3537 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::InvalidateHierarchy(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange)
3538 {
3539     Invalidate(invalidRange);
3540
3541     if (invalidRange != wxRICHTEXT_NONE)
3542     {
3543         // Now go up the hierarchy
3544         wxRichTextObject* thisObj = this;
3545         wxRichTextObject* p = GetParent();
3546         while (p)
3547         {
3548             wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* l = wxDynamicCast(p, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox);
3549             if (l)
3550                 l->DoInvalidate(thisObj->GetRange());
3551
3552             thisObj = p;
3553             p = p->GetParent();
3554         }
3555     }
3556 }
3557
3558 /// Get invalid range, rounding to entire paragraphs if argument is true.
3559 wxRichTextRange wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetInvalidRange(bool wholeParagraphs) const
3560 {
3561     if (m_invalidRange == wxRICHTEXT_ALL || m_invalidRange == wxRICHTEXT_NONE)
3562         return m_invalidRange;
3563
3564     wxRichTextRange range = m_invalidRange;
3565
3566     if (wholeParagraphs)
3567     {
3568         wxRichTextParagraph* para1 = GetParagraphAtPosition(range.GetStart());
3569         if (para1)
3570             range.SetStart(para1->GetRange().GetStart());
3571         // floating layout make all child should be relayout
3572         range.SetEnd(GetOwnRange().GetEnd());
3573     }
3574     return range;
3575 }
3576
3577 /// Apply the style sheet to the buffer, for example if the styles have changed.
3578 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::ApplyStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet)
3579 {
3580     wxASSERT(styleSheet != NULL);
3581     if (!styleSheet)
3582         return false;
3583
3584     int foundCount = 0;
3585
3586     wxRichTextAttr attr(GetBasicStyle());
3587     if (GetBasicStyle().HasParagraphStyleName())
3588     {
3589         wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition* paraDef = styleSheet->FindParagraphStyle(GetBasicStyle().GetParagraphStyleName());
3590         if (paraDef)
3591         {
3592             attr.Apply(paraDef->GetStyleMergedWithBase(styleSheet));
3593             SetBasicStyle(attr);
3594             foundCount ++;
3595         }
3596     }
3597
3598     if (GetBasicStyle().HasCharacterStyleName())
3599     {
3600         wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition* charDef = styleSheet->FindCharacterStyle(GetBasicStyle().GetCharacterStyleName());
3601         if (charDef)
3602         {
3603             attr.Apply(charDef->GetStyleMergedWithBase(styleSheet));
3604             SetBasicStyle(attr);
3605             foundCount ++;
3606         }
3607     }
3608
3609     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
3610     while (node)
3611     {
3612         wxRichTextParagraph* para = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
3613         // wxASSERT (para != NULL);
3614
3615         if (para)
3616         {
3617             // Combine paragraph and list styles. If there is a list style in the original attributes,
3618             // the current indentation overrides anything else and is used to find the item indentation.
3619             // Also, for applying paragraph styles, consider having 2 modes: (1) we merge with what we have,
3620             // thereby taking into account all user changes, (2) reset the style completely (except for indentation/list
3621             // exception as above).
3622             // Problem: when changing from one list style to another, there's a danger that the level info will get lost.
3623             // So when changing a list style interactively, could retrieve level based on current style, then
3624             // set appropriate indent and apply new style.
3625
3626             int outline = -1;
3627             int num = -1;
3628             if (para->GetAttributes().HasOutlineLevel())
3629                 outline = para->GetAttributes().GetOutlineLevel();
3630             if (para->GetAttributes().HasBulletNumber())
3631                 num = para->GetAttributes().GetBulletNumber();
3632
3633             if (!para->GetAttributes().GetParagraphStyleName().IsEmpty() && !para->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName().IsEmpty())
3634             {
3635                 int currentIndent = para->GetAttributes().GetLeftIndent();
3636
3637                 wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition* paraDef = styleSheet->FindParagraphStyle(para->GetAttributes().GetParagraphStyleName());
3638                 wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* listDef = styleSheet->FindListStyle(para->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName());
3639                 if (paraDef && !listDef)
3640                 {
3641                     para->GetAttributes() = paraDef->GetStyleMergedWithBase(styleSheet);
3642                     foundCount ++;
3643                 }
3644                 else if (listDef && !paraDef)
3645                 {
3646                     // Set overall style defined for the list style definition
3647                     para->GetAttributes() = listDef->GetStyleMergedWithBase(styleSheet);
3648
3649                     // Apply the style for this level
3650                     wxRichTextApplyStyle(para->GetAttributes(), * listDef->GetLevelAttributes(listDef->FindLevelForIndent(currentIndent)));
3651                     foundCount ++;
3652                 }
3653                 else if (listDef && paraDef)
3654                 {
3655                     // Combines overall list style, style for level, and paragraph style
3656                     para->GetAttributes() = listDef->CombineWithParagraphStyle(currentIndent, paraDef->GetStyleMergedWithBase(styleSheet));
3657                     foundCount ++;
3658                 }
3659             }
3660             else if (para->GetAttributes().GetParagraphStyleName().IsEmpty() && !para->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName().IsEmpty())
3661             {
3662                 int currentIndent = para->GetAttributes().GetLeftIndent();
3663
3664                 wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* listDef = styleSheet->FindListStyle(para->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName());
3665
3666                 // Overall list definition style
3667                 para->GetAttributes() = listDef->GetStyleMergedWithBase(styleSheet);
3668
3669                 // Style for this level
3670                 wxRichTextApplyStyle(para->GetAttributes(), * listDef->GetLevelAttributes(listDef->FindLevelForIndent(currentIndent)));
3671
3672                 foundCount ++;
3673             }
3674             else if (!para->GetAttributes().GetParagraphStyleName().IsEmpty() && para->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName().IsEmpty())
3675             {
3676                 wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition* def = styleSheet->FindParagraphStyle(para->GetAttributes().GetParagraphStyleName());
3677                 if (def)
3678                 {
3679                     para->GetAttributes() = def->GetStyleMergedWithBase(styleSheet);
3680                     foundCount ++;
3681                 }
3682             }
3683
3684             if (outline != -1)
3685                 para->GetAttributes().SetOutlineLevel(outline);
3686             if (num != -1)
3687                 para->GetAttributes().SetBulletNumber(num);
3688         }
3689
3690         node = node->GetNext();
3691     }
3692     return foundCount != 0;
3693 }
3694
3695 /// Set list style
3696 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::SetListStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def, int flags, int startFrom, int specifiedLevel)
3697 {
3698     wxRichTextBuffer* buffer = GetBuffer();
3699     wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet = buffer->GetStyleSheet();
3700
3701     bool withUndo = ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO) != 0);
3702     // bool applyMinimal = ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_OPTIMIZE) != 0);
3703     bool specifyLevel = ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_SPECIFY_LEVEL) != 0);
3704     bool renumber = ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RENUMBER) != 0);
3705
3706     // Current number, if numbering
3707     int n = startFrom;
3708
3709     wxASSERT (!specifyLevel || (specifyLevel && (specifiedLevel >= 0)));
3710
3711     // If we are associated with a control, make undoable; otherwise, apply immediately
3712     // to the data.
3713
3714     bool haveControl = (buffer->GetRichTextCtrl() != NULL);
3715
3716     wxRichTextAction* action = NULL;
3717
3718     if (haveControl && withUndo)
3719     {
3720         action = new wxRichTextAction(NULL, _("Change List Style"), wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_STYLE, buffer, this, buffer->GetRichTextCtrl());
3721         action->SetRange(range);
3722         action->SetPosition(buffer->GetRichTextCtrl()->GetCaretPosition());
3723     }
3724
3725     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
3726     while (node)
3727     {
3728         wxRichTextParagraph* para = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
3729         // wxASSERT (para != NULL);
3730
3731         if (para && para->GetChildCount() > 0)
3732         {
3733             // Stop searching if we're beyond the range of interest
3734             if (para->GetRange().GetStart() > range.GetEnd())
3735                 break;
3736
3737             if (!para->GetRange().IsOutside(range))
3738             {
3739                 // We'll be using a copy of the paragraph to make style changes,
3740                 // not updating the buffer directly.
3741                 wxRichTextParagraph* newPara wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(NULL);
3742
3743                 if (haveControl && withUndo)
3744                 {
3745                     newPara = new wxRichTextParagraph(*para);
3746                     action->GetNewParagraphs().AppendChild(newPara);
3747
3748                     // Also store the old ones for Undo
3749                     action->GetOldParagraphs().AppendChild(new wxRichTextParagraph(*para));
3750                 }
3751                 else
3752                     newPara = para;
3753
3754                 if (def)
3755                 {
3756                     int thisIndent = newPara->GetAttributes().GetLeftIndent();
3757                     int thisLevel = specifyLevel ? specifiedLevel : def->FindLevelForIndent(thisIndent);
3758
3759                     // How is numbering going to work?
3760                     // If we are renumbering, or numbering for the first time, we need to keep
3761                     // track of the number for each level. But we might be simply applying a different
3762                     // list style.
3763                     // In Word, applying a style to several paragraphs, even if at different levels,
3764                     // reverts the level back to the same one. So we could do the same here.
3765                     // Renumbering will need to be done when we promote/demote a paragraph.
3766
3767                     // Apply the overall list style, and item style for this level
3768                     wxRichTextAttr listStyle(def->GetCombinedStyleForLevel(thisLevel, styleSheet));
3769                     wxRichTextApplyStyle(newPara->GetAttributes(), listStyle);
3770
3771                     // Now we need to do numbering
3772                     if (renumber)
3773                     {
3774                         newPara->GetAttributes().SetBulletNumber(n);
3775                     }
3776
3777                     n ++;
3778                 }
3779                 else if (!newPara->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName().IsEmpty())
3780                 {
3781                     // if def is NULL, remove list style, applying any associated paragraph style
3782                     // to restore the attributes
3783
3784                     newPara->GetAttributes().SetListStyleName(wxEmptyString);
3785                     newPara->GetAttributes().SetLeftIndent(0, 0);
3786                     newPara->GetAttributes().SetBulletText(wxEmptyString);
3787
3788                     // Eliminate the main list-related attributes
3789                     newPara->GetAttributes().SetFlags(newPara->GetAttributes().GetFlags() & ~wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT & ~wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE & ~wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NUMBER & ~wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_TEXT & wxTEXT_ATTR_LIST_STYLE_NAME);
3790
3791                     if (styleSheet && !newPara->GetAttributes().GetParagraphStyleName().IsEmpty())
3792                     {
3793                         wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition* def = styleSheet->FindParagraphStyle(newPara->GetAttributes().GetParagraphStyleName());
3794                         if (def)
3795                         {
3796                             newPara->GetAttributes() = def->GetStyleMergedWithBase(styleSheet);
3797                         }
3798                     }
3799                 }
3800             }
3801         }
3802
3803         node = node->GetNext();
3804     }
3805
3806     // Do action, or delay it until end of batch.
3807     if (haveControl && withUndo)
3808         buffer->SubmitAction(action);
3809
3810     return true;
3811 }
3812
3813 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::SetListStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxString& defName, int flags, int startFrom, int specifiedLevel)
3814 {
3815     wxRichTextBuffer* buffer = GetBuffer();
3816     if (buffer && buffer->GetStyleSheet())
3817     {
3818         wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def = buffer->GetStyleSheet()->FindListStyle(defName);
3819         if (def)
3820             return SetListStyle(range, def, flags, startFrom, specifiedLevel);
3821     }
3822     return false;
3823 }
3824
3825 /// Clear list for given range
3826 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::ClearListStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, int flags)
3827 {
3828     return SetListStyle(range, NULL, flags);
3829 }
3830
3831 /// Number/renumber any list elements in the given range
3832 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::NumberList(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def, int flags, int startFrom, int specifiedLevel)
3833 {
3834     return DoNumberList(range, range, 0, def, flags, startFrom, specifiedLevel);
3835 }
3836
3837 /// Number/renumber any list elements in the given range. Also do promotion or demotion of items, if specified
3838 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::DoNumberList(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextRange& promotionRange, int promoteBy,
3839                                                 wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def, int flags, int startFrom, int specifiedLevel)
3840 {
3841     wxRichTextBuffer* buffer = GetBuffer();
3842     wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet = buffer->GetStyleSheet();
3843
3844     bool withUndo = ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO) != 0);
3845     // bool applyMinimal = ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_OPTIMIZE) != 0);
3846 #if wxDEBUG_LEVEL
3847     bool specifyLevel = ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_SPECIFY_LEVEL) != 0);
3848 #endif
3849
3850     bool renumber = ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RENUMBER) != 0);
3851
3852     // Max number of levels
3853     const int maxLevels = 10;
3854
3855     // The level we're looking at now
3856     int currentLevel = -1;
3857
3858     // The item number for each level
3859     int levels[maxLevels];
3860     int i;
3861
3862     // Reset all numbering
3863     for (i = 0; i < maxLevels; i++)
3864     {
3865         if (startFrom != -1)
3866             levels[i] = startFrom-1;
3867         else if (renumber) // start again
3868             levels[i] = 0;
3869         else
3870             levels[i] = -1; // start from the number we found, if any
3871     }
3872
3873     wxASSERT(!specifyLevel || (specifyLevel && (specifiedLevel >= 0)));
3874
3875     // If we are associated with a control, make undoable; otherwise, apply immediately
3876     // to the data.
3877
3878     bool haveControl = (buffer->GetRichTextCtrl() != NULL);
3879
3880     wxRichTextAction* action = NULL;
3881
3882     if (haveControl && withUndo)
3883     {
3884         action = new wxRichTextAction(NULL, _("Renumber List"), wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_STYLE, buffer, this, buffer->GetRichTextCtrl());
3885         action->SetRange(range);
3886         action->SetPosition(buffer->GetRichTextCtrl()->GetCaretPosition());
3887     }
3888
3889     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
3890     while (node)
3891     {
3892         wxRichTextParagraph* para = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
3893         // wxASSERT (para != NULL);
3894
3895         if (para && para->GetChildCount() > 0)
3896         {
3897             // Stop searching if we're beyond the range of interest
3898             if (para->GetRange().GetStart() > range.GetEnd())
3899                 break;
3900
3901             if (!para->GetRange().IsOutside(range))
3902             {
3903                 // We'll be using a copy of the paragraph to make style changes,
3904                 // not updating the buffer directly.
3905                 wxRichTextParagraph* newPara wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(NULL);
3906
3907                 if (haveControl && withUndo)
3908                 {
3909                     newPara = new wxRichTextParagraph(*para);
3910                     action->GetNewParagraphs().AppendChild(newPara);
3911
3912                     // Also store the old ones for Undo
3913                     action->GetOldParagraphs().AppendChild(new wxRichTextParagraph(*para));
3914                 }
3915                 else
3916                     newPara = para;
3917
3918                 wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* defToUse = def;
3919                 if (!defToUse)
3920                 {
3921                     if (styleSheet && !newPara->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName().IsEmpty())
3922                         defToUse = styleSheet->FindListStyle(newPara->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName());
3923                 }
3924
3925                 if (defToUse)
3926                 {
3927                     int thisIndent = newPara->GetAttributes().GetLeftIndent();
3928                     int thisLevel = defToUse->FindLevelForIndent(thisIndent);
3929
3930                     // If we've specified a level to apply to all, change the level.
3931                     if (specifiedLevel != -1)
3932                         thisLevel = specifiedLevel;
3933
3934                     // Do promotion if specified
3935                     if ((promoteBy != 0) && !para->GetRange().IsOutside(promotionRange))
3936                     {
3937                         thisLevel = thisLevel - promoteBy;
3938                         if (thisLevel < 0)
3939                             thisLevel = 0;
3940                         if (thisLevel > 9)
3941                             thisLevel = 9;
3942                     }
3943
3944                     // Apply the overall list style, and item style for this level
3945                     wxRichTextAttr listStyle(defToUse->GetCombinedStyleForLevel(thisLevel, styleSheet));
3946                     wxRichTextApplyStyle(newPara->GetAttributes(), listStyle);
3947
3948                     // OK, we've (re)applied the style, now let's get the numbering right.
3949
3950                     if (currentLevel == -1)
3951                         currentLevel = thisLevel;
3952
3953                     // Same level as before, do nothing except increment level's number afterwards
3954                     if (currentLevel == thisLevel)
3955                     {
3956                     }
3957                     // A deeper level: start renumbering all levels after current level
3958                     else if (thisLevel > currentLevel)
3959                     {
3960                         for (i = currentLevel+1; i <= thisLevel; i++)
3961                         {
3962                             levels[i] = 0;
3963                         }
3964                         currentLevel = thisLevel;
3965                     }
3966                     else if (thisLevel < currentLevel)
3967                     {
3968                         currentLevel = thisLevel;
3969                     }
3970
3971                     // Use the current numbering if -1 and we have a bullet number already
3972                     if (levels[currentLevel] == -1)
3973                     {
3974                         if (newPara->GetAttributes().HasBulletNumber())
3975                             levels[currentLevel] = newPara->GetAttributes().GetBulletNumber();
3976                         else
3977                             levels[currentLevel] = 1;
3978                     }
3979                     else
3980                     {
3981                         levels[currentLevel] ++;
3982                     }
3983
3984                     newPara->GetAttributes().SetBulletNumber(levels[currentLevel]);
3985
3986                     // Create the bullet text if an outline list
3987                     if (listStyle.GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_OUTLINE)
3988                     {
3989                         wxString text;
3990                         for (i = 0; i <= currentLevel; i++)
3991                         {
3992                             if (!text.IsEmpty())
3993                                 text += wxT(".");
3994                             text += wxString::Format(wxT("%d"), levels[i]);
3995                         }
3996                         newPara->GetAttributes().SetBulletText(text);
3997                     }
3998                 }
3999             }
4000         }
4001
4002         node = node->GetNext();
4003     }
4004
4005     // Do action, or delay it until end of batch.
4006     if (haveControl && withUndo)
4007         buffer->SubmitAction(action);
4008
4009     return true;
4010 }
4011
4012 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::NumberList(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxString& defName, int flags, int startFrom, int specifiedLevel)
4013 {
4014     wxRichTextBuffer* buffer = GetBuffer();
4015     if (buffer->GetStyleSheet())
4016     {
4017         wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def = NULL;
4018         if (!defName.IsEmpty())
4019             def = buffer->GetStyleSheet()->FindListStyle(defName);
4020         return NumberList(range, def, flags, startFrom, specifiedLevel);
4021     }
4022     return false;
4023 }
4024
4025 /// Promote the list items within the given range. promoteBy can be a positive or negative number, e.g. 1 or -1
4026 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::PromoteList(int promoteBy, const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def, int flags, int specifiedLevel)
4027 {
4028     // TODO
4029     // One strategy is to first work out the range within which renumbering must occur. Then could pass these two ranges
4030     // to NumberList with a flag indicating promotion is required within one of the ranges.
4031     // Find first and last paragraphs in range. Then for first, calculate new indentation and look back until we find
4032     // a paragraph that either has no list style, or has one that is different or whose indentation is less.
4033     // We start renumbering from the para after that different para we found. We specify that the numbering of that
4034     // list position will start from 1.
4035     // Similarly, we look after the last para in the promote range for an indentation that is less (or no list style).
4036     // We can end the renumbering at this point.
4037
4038     // For now, only renumber within the promotion range.
4039
4040     return DoNumberList(range, range, promoteBy, def, flags, 1, specifiedLevel);
4041 }
4042
4043 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::PromoteList(int promoteBy, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxString& defName, int flags, int specifiedLevel)
4044 {
4045     wxRichTextBuffer* buffer = GetBuffer();
4046     if (buffer->GetStyleSheet())
4047     {
4048         wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def = NULL;
4049         if (!defName.IsEmpty())
4050             def = buffer->GetStyleSheet()->FindListStyle(defName);
4051         return PromoteList(promoteBy, range, def, flags, specifiedLevel);
4052     }
4053     return false;
4054 }
4055
4056 /// Fills in the attributes for numbering a paragraph after previousParagraph. It also finds the
4057 /// position of the paragraph that it had to start looking from.
4058 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::FindNextParagraphNumber(wxRichTextParagraph* previousParagraph, wxRichTextAttr& attr) const
4059 {
4060     if (!previousParagraph->GetAttributes().HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE) || previousParagraph->GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() == wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_NONE)
4061         return false;
4062
4063     wxRichTextBuffer* buffer = GetBuffer();
4064     wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet = buffer->GetStyleSheet();
4065     if (styleSheet && !previousParagraph->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName().IsEmpty())
4066     {
4067         wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def = styleSheet->FindListStyle(previousParagraph->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName());
4068         if (def)
4069         {
4070             // int thisIndent = previousParagraph->GetAttributes().GetLeftIndent();
4071             // int thisLevel = def->FindLevelForIndent(thisIndent);
4072
4073             bool isOutline = (previousParagraph->GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_OUTLINE) != 0;
4074
4075             attr.SetFlags(previousParagraph->GetAttributes().GetFlags() & (wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE|wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NUMBER|wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_TEXT|wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NAME));
4076             if (previousParagraph->GetAttributes().HasBulletName())
4077                 attr.SetBulletName(previousParagraph->GetAttributes().GetBulletName());
4078             attr.SetBulletStyle(previousParagraph->GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle());
4079             attr.SetListStyleName(previousParagraph->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName());
4080
4081             int nextNumber = previousParagraph->GetAttributes().GetBulletNumber() + 1;
4082             attr.SetBulletNumber(nextNumber);
4083
4084             if (isOutline)
4085             {
4086                 wxString text = previousParagraph->GetAttributes().GetBulletText();
4087                 if (!text.IsEmpty())
4088                 {
4089                     int pos = text.Find(wxT('.'), true);
4090                     if (pos != wxNOT_FOUND)
4091                     {
4092                         text = text.Mid(0, text.Length() - pos - 1);
4093                     }
4094                     else
4095                         text = wxEmptyString;
4096                     if (!text.IsEmpty())
4097                         text += wxT(".");
4098                     text += wxString::Format(wxT("%d"), nextNumber);
4099                     attr.SetBulletText(text);
4100                 }
4101             }
4102
4103             return true;
4104         }
4105         else
4106             return false;
4107     }
4108     else
4109         return false;
4110 }
4111
4112 /*!
4113  * wxRichTextParagraph
4114  * This object represents a single paragraph (or in a straight text editor, a line).
4115  */
4116
4117 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextParagraph, wxRichTextCompositeObject)
4118
4119 wxArrayInt wxRichTextParagraph::sm_defaultTabs;
4120
4121 wxRichTextParagraph::wxRichTextParagraph(wxRichTextObject* parent, wxRichTextAttr* style):
4122     wxRichTextCompositeObject(parent)
4123 {
4124     if (style)
4125         SetAttributes(*style);
4126 }
4127
4128 wxRichTextParagraph::wxRichTextParagraph(const wxString& text, wxRichTextObject* parent, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle, wxRichTextAttr* charStyle):
4129     wxRichTextCompositeObject(parent)
4130 {
4131     if (paraStyle)
4132         SetAttributes(*paraStyle);
4133
4134     AppendChild(new wxRichTextPlainText(text, this, charStyle));
4135 }
4136
4137 wxRichTextParagraph::~wxRichTextParagraph()
4138 {
4139     ClearLines();
4140 }
4141
4142 /// Draw the item
4143 bool wxRichTextParagraph::Draw(wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int WXUNUSED(descent), int style)
4144 {
4145     if (!IsShown())
4146         return true;
4147
4148     // Currently we don't merge these attributes with the parent, but we
4149     // should consider whether we should (e.g. if we set a border colour
4150     // for all paragraphs). But generally box attributes are likely to be
4151     // different for different objects.
4152     wxRect paraRect = GetRect();
4153     DrawBoxAttributes(dc, GetBuffer(), GetAttributes(), paraRect);
4154
4155     wxRichTextAttr attr = GetCombinedAttributes();
4156
4157     // Draw the bullet, if any
4158     if (attr.GetBulletStyle() != wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_NONE)
4159     {
4160         if (attr.GetLeftSubIndent() != 0)
4161         {
4162             int spaceBeforePara = ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc, attr.GetParagraphSpacingBefore());
4163             int leftIndent = ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc, attr.GetLeftIndent());
4164
4165             wxRichTextAttr bulletAttr(GetCombinedAttributes());
4166
4167             // Combine with the font of the first piece of content, if one is specified
4168             if (GetChildren().GetCount() > 0)
4169             {
4170                 wxRichTextObject* firstObj = (wxRichTextObject*) GetChildren().GetFirst()->GetData();
4171                 if (!firstObj->IsFloatable() && firstObj->GetAttributes().HasFont())
4172                 {
4173                     wxRichTextApplyStyle(bulletAttr, firstObj->GetAttributes());
4174                 }
4175             }
4176
4177             // Get line height from first line, if any
4178             wxRichTextLine* line = m_cachedLines.GetFirst() ? (wxRichTextLine* ) m_cachedLines.GetFirst()->GetData() : NULL;
4179
4180             wxPoint linePos;
4181             int lineHeight wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(0);
4182             if (line)
4183             {
4184                 lineHeight = line->GetSize().y;
4185                 linePos = line->GetPosition() + GetPosition();
4186             }
4187             else
4188             {
4189                 wxFont font;
4190                 if (bulletAttr.HasFont() && GetBuffer())
4191                     font = GetBuffer()->GetFontTable().FindFont(bulletAttr);
4192                 else
4193                     font = (*wxNORMAL_FONT);
4194
4195                 wxCheckSetFont(dc, font);
4196
4197                 lineHeight = dc.GetCharHeight();
4198                 linePos = GetPosition();
4199                 linePos.y += spaceBeforePara;
4200             }
4201
4202             wxRect bulletRect(GetPosition().x + leftIndent, linePos.y, linePos.x - (GetPosition().x + leftIndent), lineHeight);
4203
4204             if (attr.GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_BITMAP)
4205             {
4206                 if (wxRichTextBuffer::GetRenderer())
4207                     wxRichTextBuffer::GetRenderer()->DrawBitmapBullet(this, dc, bulletAttr, bulletRect);
4208             }
4209             else if (attr.GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_STANDARD)
4210             {
4211                 if (wxRichTextBuffer::GetRenderer())
4212                     wxRichTextBuffer::GetRenderer()->DrawStandardBullet(this, dc, bulletAttr, bulletRect);
4213             }
4214             else
4215             {
4216                 wxString bulletText = GetBulletText();
4217
4218                 if (!bulletText.empty() && wxRichTextBuffer::GetRenderer())
4219                     wxRichTextBuffer::GetRenderer()->DrawTextBullet(this, dc, bulletAttr, bulletRect, bulletText);
4220             }
4221         }
4222     }
4223
4224     // Draw the range for each line, one object at a time.
4225
4226     wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node = m_cachedLines.GetFirst();
4227     while (node)
4228     {
4229         wxRichTextLine* line = node->GetData();
4230         wxRichTextRange lineRange = line->GetAbsoluteRange();
4231
4232         // Lines are specified relative to the paragraph
4233
4234         wxPoint linePosition = line->GetPosition() + GetPosition();
4235
4236         // Don't draw if off the screen
4237         if (((style & wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_IGNORE_CACHE) != 0) || ((linePosition.y + line->GetSize().y) >= rect.y && linePosition.y <= rect.y + rect.height))
4238         {
4239             wxPoint objectPosition = linePosition;
4240             int maxDescent = line->GetDescent();
4241
4242             // Loop through objects until we get to the one within range
4243             wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node2 = m_children.GetFirst();
4244
4245             int i = 0;
4246             while (node2)
4247             {
4248                 wxRichTextObject* child = node2->GetData();
4249
4250                 if (!child->IsFloating() && child->GetRange().GetLength() > 0 && !child->GetRange().IsOutside(lineRange) && !lineRange.IsOutside(range))
4251                 {
4252                     // Draw this part of the line at the correct position
4253                     wxRichTextRange objectRange(child->GetRange());
4254                     objectRange.LimitTo(lineRange);
4255
4256                     wxSize objectSize;
4257                     if (child->IsTopLevel())
4258                     {
4259                         objectSize = child->GetCachedSize();
4260                         objectRange = child->GetOwnRange();
4261                     }
4262                     else
4263                     {
4264 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_LINE_DRAWING && wxRICHTEXT_USE_PARTIAL_TEXT_EXTENTS
4265                         if (i < (int) line->GetObjectSizes().GetCount())
4266                         {
4267                             objectSize.x = line->GetObjectSizes()[(size_t) i];
4268                         }
4269                         else
4270 #endif
4271                         {
4272                             int descent = 0;
4273                             child->GetRangeSize(objectRange, objectSize, descent, dc, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED, objectPosition);
4274                         }
4275                     }
4276
4277                     // Use the child object's width, but the whole line's height
4278                     wxRect childRect(objectPosition, wxSize(objectSize.x, line->GetSize().y));
4279                     child->Draw(dc, objectRange, selection, childRect, maxDescent, style);
4280
4281                     objectPosition.x += objectSize.x;
4282                     i ++;
4283                 }
4284                 else if (child->GetRange().GetStart() > lineRange.GetEnd())
4285                     // Can break out of inner loop now since we've passed this line's range
4286                     break;
4287
4288                 node2 = node2->GetNext();
4289             }
4290         }
4291
4292         node = node->GetNext();
4293     }
4294
4295     return true;
4296 }
4297
4298 // Get the range width using partial extents calculated for the whole paragraph.
4299 static int wxRichTextGetRangeWidth(const wxRichTextParagraph& para, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxArrayInt& partialExtents)
4300 {
4301     wxASSERT(partialExtents.GetCount() >= (size_t) range.GetLength());
4302
4303     if (partialExtents.GetCount() < (size_t) range.GetLength())
4304         return 0;
4305
4306     int leftMostPos = 0;
4307     if (range.GetStart() - para.GetRange().GetStart() > 0)
4308         leftMostPos = partialExtents[range.GetStart() - para.GetRange().GetStart() - 1];
4309
4310     int rightMostPos = partialExtents[range.GetEnd() - para.GetRange().GetStart()];
4311
4312     int w = rightMostPos - leftMostPos;
4313
4314     return w;
4315 }
4316
4317 /// Lay the item out
4318 bool wxRichTextParagraph::Layout(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int style)
4319 {
4320     // Deal with floating objects firstly before the normal layout
4321     wxRichTextBuffer* buffer = GetBuffer();
4322     wxASSERT(buffer);
4323     wxRichTextFloatCollector* collector = GetContainer()->GetFloatCollector();
4324     wxASSERT(collector);
4325     LayoutFloat(dc, rect, style, collector);
4326
4327     wxRichTextAttr attr = GetCombinedAttributes();
4328
4329     // ClearLines();
4330
4331     // Increase the size of the paragraph due to spacing
4332     int spaceBeforePara = ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc, attr.GetParagraphSpacingBefore());
4333     int spaceAfterPara = ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc, attr.GetParagraphSpacingAfter());
4334     int leftIndent = ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc, attr.GetLeftIndent());
4335     int leftSubIndent = ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc, attr.GetLeftSubIndent());
4336     int rightIndent = ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc, attr.GetRightIndent());
4337
4338     int lineSpacing = 0;
4339
4340     // Let's assume line spacing of 10 is normal, 15 is 1.5, 20 is 2, etc.
4341     if (attr.HasLineSpacing() && attr.GetLineSpacing() > 0 && attr.GetFont().IsOk())
4342     {
4343         wxCheckSetFont(dc, attr.GetFont());
4344         lineSpacing = (int) (double(dc.GetCharHeight()) * (double(attr.GetLineSpacing())/10.0 - 1.0));
4345     }
4346
4347     // Start position for each line relative to the paragraph
4348     int startPositionFirstLine = leftIndent;
4349     int startPositionSubsequentLines = leftIndent + leftSubIndent;
4350
4351     // If we have a bullet in this paragraph, the start position for the first line's text
4352     // is actually leftIndent + leftSubIndent.
4353     if (attr.GetBulletStyle() != wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_NONE)
4354         startPositionFirstLine = startPositionSubsequentLines;
4355
4356     long lastEndPos = GetRange().GetStart()-1;
4357     long lastCompletedEndPos = lastEndPos;
4358
4359     int currentWidth = 0;
4360     SetPosition(rect.GetPosition());
4361
4362     wxPoint currentPosition(0, spaceBeforePara); // We will calculate lines relative to paragraph
4363     int lineHeight = 0;
4364     int maxWidth = 0;
4365     int maxHeight = currentPosition.y;
4366     int maxAscent = 0;
4367     int maxDescent = 0;
4368     int lineCount = 0;
4369     int lineAscent = 0;
4370     int lineDescent = 0;
4371
4372     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node;
4373
4374 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_PARTIAL_TEXT_EXTENTS
4375     wxUnusedVar(style);
4376     wxArrayInt partialExtents;
4377
4378     wxSize paraSize;
4379     int paraDescent = 0;
4380
4381     // This calculates the partial text extents
4382     GetRangeSize(GetRange(), paraSize, paraDescent, dc, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED|wxRICHTEXT_CACHE_SIZE, rect.GetPosition(), & partialExtents);
4383 #else
4384     node = m_children.GetFirst();
4385     while (node)
4386     {
4387         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
4388
4389         //child->SetCachedSize(wxDefaultSize);
4390         child->Layout(dc, rect, style);
4391
4392         node = node->GetNext();
4393     }
4394
4395 #endif
4396
4397     // Split up lines
4398
4399     // We may need to go back to a previous child, in which case create the new line,
4400     // find the child corresponding to the start position of the string, and
4401     // continue.
4402
4403     wxRect availableRect;
4404
4405     node = m_children.GetFirst();
4406     while (node)
4407     {
4408         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
4409
4410         // If floating, ignore. We already laid out floats.
4411         // Also ignore if empty object, except if we haven't got any
4412         // size yet.
4413         if (child->IsFloating() || !child->IsShown() ||
4414             (child->GetRange().GetLength() == 0 && maxHeight > spaceBeforePara)
4415             )
4416         {
4417             node = node->GetNext();
4418             continue;
4419         }
4420
4421         // If this is e.g. a composite text box, it will need to be laid out itself.
4422         // But if just a text fragment or image, for example, this will
4423         // do nothing. NB: won't we need to set the position after layout?
4424         // since for example if position is dependent on vertical line size, we
4425         // can't tell the position until the size is determined. So possibly introduce
4426         // another layout phase.
4427
4428         // We may only be looking at part of a child, if we searched back for wrapping
4429         // and found a suitable point some way into the child. So get the size for the fragment
4430         // if necessary.
4431
4432         long nextBreakPos = GetFirstLineBreakPosition(lastEndPos+1);
4433         long lastPosToUse = child->GetRange().GetEnd();
4434         bool lineBreakInThisObject = (nextBreakPos > -1 && nextBreakPos <= child->GetRange().GetEnd());
4435
4436         if (lineBreakInThisObject)
4437             lastPosToUse = nextBreakPos;
4438
4439         wxSize childSize;
4440         int childDescent = 0;
4441
4442         int startOffset = (lineCount == 0 ? startPositionFirstLine : startPositionSubsequentLines);
4443         availableRect = wxRect(rect.x + startOffset, rect.y + currentPosition.y,
4444                                      rect.width - startOffset - rightIndent, rect.height);
4445
4446         if (child->IsTopLevel())
4447         {
4448             wxSize oldSize = child->GetCachedSize();
4449
4450             child->Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL);
4451             child->SetPosition(wxPoint(0, 0));
4452
4453             // Lays out the object first with a given amount of space, and then if no width was specified in attr,
4454             // lays out the object again using the minimum size
4455             // The position will be determined by its location in its line,
4456             // and not by the child's actual position.
4457             child->LayoutToBestSize(dc, buffer,
4458                     GetAttributes(), child->GetAttributes(), availableRect, style);
4459
4460             if (oldSize != child->GetCachedSize())
4461             {
4462                 partialExtents.Clear();
4463
4464                 // Recalculate the partial text extents since the child object changed size
4465                 GetRangeSize(GetRange(), paraSize, paraDescent, dc, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED|wxRICHTEXT_CACHE_SIZE, wxPoint(0,0), & partialExtents);
4466             }
4467         }
4468
4469         // Problem: we need to layout composites here for which we need the available width,
4470         // but we can't get the available width without using the float collector which
4471         // needs to know the object height.
4472
4473         if ((nextBreakPos == -1) && (lastEndPos == child->GetRange().GetStart() - 1)) // i.e. we want to get the whole thing
4474         {
4475             childSize = child->GetCachedSize();
4476             childDescent = child->GetDescent();
4477         }
4478         else
4479         {
4480 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_PARTIAL_TEXT_EXTENTS
4481             // Get height only, then the width using the partial extents
4482             GetRangeSize(wxRichTextRange(lastEndPos+1, lastPosToUse), childSize, childDescent, dc, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED|wxRICHTEXT_HEIGHT_ONLY);
4483             childSize.x = wxRichTextGetRangeWidth(*this, wxRichTextRange(lastEndPos+1, lastPosToUse), partialExtents);
4484 #else
4485             GetRangeSize(wxRichTextRange(lastEndPos+1, lastPosToUse), childSize, childDescent, dc, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED, rect.GetPosition());
4486 #endif
4487         }
4488
4489         bool doLoop = true;
4490         int loopIterations = 0;
4491
4492         // If there are nested objects that need to lay themselves out, we have to do this in a
4493         // loop because the height of the object may well depend on the available width.
4494         // And because of floating object positioning, the available width depends on the
4495         // height of the object and whether it will clash with the floating objects.
4496         // So, we see whether the available width changes due to the presence of floating images.
4497         // If it does, then we'll use the new restricted width to find the object height again.
4498         // If this causes another restriction in the available width, we'll try again, until
4499         // either we lose patience or the available width settles down.
4500         do
4501         {
4502             loopIterations ++;
4503
4504             wxRect oldAvailableRect = availableRect;
4505
4506             // Available width depends on the floating objects and the line height.
4507             // Note: the floating objects may be placed vertically along the two side of
4508             // buffer, so we may have different available line widths with different
4509             // [startY, endY]. So, we can't determine how wide the available
4510             // space is until we know the exact line height.
4511             lineDescent = wxMax(childDescent, maxDescent);
4512             lineAscent = wxMax(childSize.y-childDescent, maxAscent);
4513             lineHeight = lineDescent + lineAscent;
4514             wxRect floatAvailableRect = collector->GetAvailableRect(rect.y + currentPosition.y, rect.y + currentPosition.y + lineHeight);
4515
4516             // Adjust availableRect to the space that is available when taking floating objects into account.
4517
4518             if (floatAvailableRect.x + startOffset > availableRect.x)
4519             {
4520                 int newX = floatAvailableRect.x + startOffset;
4521                 int newW = availableRect.width - (newX - availableRect.x);
4522                 availableRect.x = newX;
4523                 availableRect.width = newW;
4524             }
4525
4526             if (floatAvailableRect.width < availableRect.width)
4527                 availableRect.width = floatAvailableRect.width;
4528
4529             currentPosition.x = availableRect.x - rect.x;
4530
4531             if (child->IsTopLevel() && loopIterations <= 20)
4532             {
4533                 if (availableRect != oldAvailableRect)
4534                 {
4535                     wxSize oldSize = child->GetCachedSize();
4536
4537                     //child->SetCachedSize(wxDefaultSize);
4538                     // Lays out the object first with a given amount of space, and then if no width was specified in attr,
4539                     // lays out the object again using the minimum size
4540                     child->Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL);
4541                     child->LayoutToBestSize(dc, buffer,
4542                                 GetAttributes(), child->GetAttributes(), availableRect, style);
4543                     childSize = child->GetCachedSize();
4544                     childDescent = child->GetDescent();
4545                     //child->SetPosition(availableRect.GetPosition());
4546
4547                     if (oldSize != child->GetCachedSize())
4548                     {
4549                         partialExtents.Clear();
4550
4551                         // Recalculate the partial text extents since the child object changed size
4552                         GetRangeSize(GetRange(), paraSize, paraDescent, dc, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED|wxRICHTEXT_CACHE_SIZE, wxPoint(0,0), & partialExtents);
4553                     }
4554
4555                     // Go around the loop finding the available rect for the given floating objects
4556                 }
4557                 else
4558                     doLoop = false;
4559             }
4560             else
4561                 doLoop = false;
4562         }
4563         while (doLoop);
4564
4565         // Cases:
4566         // 1) There was a line break BEFORE the natural break
4567         // 2) There was a line break AFTER the natural break
4568         // 3) It's the last line
4569         // 4) The child still fits (carry on) - 'else' clause
4570
4571         if ((lineBreakInThisObject && (childSize.x + currentWidth <= availableRect.width))
4572             ||
4573             (childSize.x + currentWidth > availableRect.width)
4574             ||
4575             ((childSize.x + currentWidth <= availableRect.width) && !node->GetNext())
4576
4577             )
4578         {
4579             if (child->IsTopLevel())
4580             {
4581                 // We can move it to the correct position at this point
4582                 child->Move(GetPosition() + wxPoint(currentWidth, currentPosition.y));
4583             }
4584
4585             long wrapPosition = 0;
4586             if ((childSize.x + currentWidth <= availableRect.width) && !node->GetNext() && !lineBreakInThisObject)
4587                 wrapPosition = child->GetRange().GetEnd();
4588             else
4589
4590             // Find a place to wrap. This may walk back to previous children,
4591             // for example if a word spans several objects.
4592             // Note: one object must contains only one wxTextAtrr, so the line height will not
4593             //       change inside one object. Thus, we can pass the remain line width to the
4594             //       FindWrapPosition function.
4595             if (!FindWrapPosition(wxRichTextRange(lastCompletedEndPos+1, child->GetRange().GetEnd()), dc, availableRect.width, wrapPosition, & partialExtents))
4596             {
4597                 // If the function failed, just cut it off at the end of this child.
4598                 wrapPosition = child->GetRange().GetEnd();
4599             }
4600
4601             // FindWrapPosition can still return a value that will put us in an endless wrapping loop
4602             if (wrapPosition <= lastCompletedEndPos)
4603                 wrapPosition = wxMax(lastCompletedEndPos+1,child->GetRange().GetEnd());
4604
4605             // Line end position shouldn't be the same as the end, or greater.
4606             if (wrapPosition >= GetRange().GetEnd())
4607                 wrapPosition = GetRange().GetEnd()-1;
4608
4609             // wxLogDebug(wxT("Split at %ld"), wrapPosition);
4610
4611             // Let's find the actual size of the current line now
4612             wxSize actualSize;
4613             wxRichTextRange actualRange(lastCompletedEndPos+1, wrapPosition);
4614
4615             /// Use previous descent, not the wrapping descent we just found, since this may be too big
4616             /// for the fragment we're about to add.
4617             childDescent = maxDescent;
4618
4619 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_PARTIAL_TEXT_EXTENTS
4620             if (!child->IsEmpty())
4621             {
4622                 // Get height only, then the width using the partial extents
4623                 GetRangeSize(actualRange, actualSize, childDescent, dc, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED|wxRICHTEXT_HEIGHT_ONLY);
4624                 actualSize.x = wxRichTextGetRangeWidth(*this, actualRange, partialExtents);
4625             }
4626             else
4627 #endif
4628                 GetRangeSize(actualRange, actualSize, childDescent, dc, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED);
4629
4630             currentWidth = actualSize.x;
4631             maxDescent = wxMax(childDescent, maxDescent);
4632             maxAscent = wxMax(actualSize.y-childDescent, maxAscent);
4633             lineHeight = maxDescent + maxAscent;
4634
4635             if (lineHeight == 0 && buffer)
4636             {
4637                 wxFont font(buffer->GetFontTable().FindFont(attr));
4638                 wxCheckSetFont(dc, font);
4639                 lineHeight = dc.GetCharHeight();
4640             }
4641
4642             if (maxDescent == 0)
4643             {
4644                 int w, h;
4645                 dc.GetTextExtent(wxT("X"), & w, &h, & maxDescent);
4646             }
4647
4648             // Add a new line
4649             wxRichTextLine* line = AllocateLine(lineCount);
4650
4651             // Set relative range so we won't have to change line ranges when paragraphs are moved
4652             line->SetRange(wxRichTextRange(actualRange.GetStart() - GetRange().GetStart(), actualRange.GetEnd() - GetRange().GetStart()));
4653             line->SetPosition(currentPosition);
4654             line->SetSize(wxSize(currentWidth, lineHeight));
4655             line->SetDescent(maxDescent);
4656
4657             maxHeight = currentPosition.y + lineHeight;
4658
4659             // Now move down a line. TODO: add margins, spacing
4660             currentPosition.y += lineHeight;
4661             currentPosition.y += lineSpacing;
4662             maxDescent = 0;
4663             maxAscent = 0;
4664             maxWidth = wxMax(maxWidth, currentWidth+startOffset);
4665             currentWidth = 0;
4666
4667             lineCount ++;
4668
4669             // TODO: account for zero-length objects, such as fields
4670             // wxASSERT(wrapPosition > lastCompletedEndPos);
4671
4672             lastEndPos = wrapPosition;
4673             lastCompletedEndPos = lastEndPos;
4674
4675             lineHeight = 0;
4676
4677             if (wrapPosition < GetRange().GetEnd()-1)
4678             {
4679                 // May need to set the node back to a previous one, due to searching back in wrapping
4680                 wxRichTextObject* childAfterWrapPosition = FindObjectAtPosition(wrapPosition+1);
4681                 if (childAfterWrapPosition)
4682                     node = m_children.Find(childAfterWrapPosition);
4683                 else
4684                     node = node->GetNext();
4685             }
4686             else
4687                 node = node->GetNext();
4688
4689             // Apply paragraph styles such as alignment to the wrapped line
4690             ApplyParagraphStyle(line, attr, availableRect, dc);
4691         }
4692         else
4693         {
4694             // We still fit, so don't add a line, and keep going
4695             currentWidth += childSize.x;
4696             maxDescent = wxMax(childDescent, maxDescent);
4697             maxAscent = wxMax(childSize.y-childDescent, maxAscent);
4698             lineHeight = maxDescent + maxAscent;
4699
4700             maxWidth = wxMax(maxWidth, currentWidth+startOffset);
4701             lastEndPos = child->GetRange().GetEnd();
4702
4703             node = node->GetNext();
4704         }
4705     }
4706
4707     //wxASSERT(!(lastCompletedEndPos != -1 && lastCompletedEndPos < GetRange().GetEnd()-1));
4708
4709     // Remove remaining unused line objects, if any
4710     ClearUnusedLines(lineCount);
4711
4712     // We need to add back the margins etc.
4713     {
4714         wxRect marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect;
4715         contentRect = wxRect(wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(maxWidth, currentPosition.y + spaceAfterPara));
4716         GetBoxRects(dc, buffer, GetAttributes(), marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect);
4717         SetCachedSize(marginRect.GetSize());
4718     }
4719
4720     // The maximum size is the length of the paragraph stretched out into a line.
4721     // So if there were a single word, or an image, or a fixed-size text box, the object could be shrunk around
4722     // this size. TODO: take into account line breaks.
4723     {
4724         wxRect marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect;
4725         contentRect = wxRect(wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(paraSize.x, currentPosition.y + spaceAfterPara));
4726         GetBoxRects(dc, buffer, GetAttributes(), marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect);
4727         SetMaxSize(marginRect.GetSize());
4728     }
4729
4730     // Find the greatest minimum size. Currently we only look at non-text objects,
4731     // which isn't ideal but it would be slow to find the maximum word width to
4732     // use as the minimum.
4733     {
4734         int minWidth = 0;
4735         node = m_children.GetFirst();
4736         while (node)
4737         {
4738             wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
4739
4740             // If floating, ignore. We already laid out floats.
4741             // Also ignore if empty object, except if we haven't got any
4742             // size yet.
4743             if (!child->IsFloating() && child->GetRange().GetLength() != 0 && !child->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxRichTextPlainText)))
4744             {
4745                 if (child->GetCachedSize().x > minWidth)
4746                     minWidth = child->GetMinSize().x;
4747             }
4748             node = node->GetNext();
4749         }
4750
4751         wxRect marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect;
4752         contentRect = wxRect(wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(minWidth, currentPosition.y + spaceAfterPara));
4753         GetBoxRects(dc, buffer, GetAttributes(), marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect);
4754         SetMinSize(marginRect.GetSize());
4755     }
4756
4757
4758 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_PARTIAL_TEXT_EXTENTS
4759 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_LINE_DRAWING
4760     // Use the text extents to calculate the size of each fragment in each line
4761     wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator lineNode = m_cachedLines.GetFirst();
4762     while (lineNode)
4763     {
4764         wxRichTextLine* line = lineNode->GetData();
4765         wxRichTextRange lineRange = line->GetAbsoluteRange();
4766
4767         // Loop through objects until we get to the one within range
4768         wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node2 = m_children.GetFirst();
4769
4770         while (node2)
4771         {
4772             wxRichTextObject* child = node2->GetData();
4773
4774             if (child->GetRange().GetLength() > 0 && !child->GetRange().IsOutside(lineRange))
4775             {
4776                 wxRichTextRange rangeToUse = lineRange;
4777                 rangeToUse.LimitTo(child->GetRange());
4778
4779                 // Find the size of the child from the text extents, and store in an array
4780                 // for drawing later
4781                 int left = 0;
4782                 if (rangeToUse.GetStart() > GetRange().GetStart())
4783                     left = partialExtents[(rangeToUse.GetStart()-1) - GetRange().GetStart()];
4784                 int right = partialExtents[rangeToUse.GetEnd() - GetRange().GetStart()];
4785                 int sz = right - left;
4786                 line->GetObjectSizes().Add(sz);
4787             }
4788             else if (child->GetRange().GetStart() > lineRange.GetEnd())
4789                 // Can break out of inner loop now since we've passed this line's range
4790                 break;
4791
4792             node2 = node2->GetNext();
4793         }
4794
4795         lineNode = lineNode->GetNext();
4796     }
4797 #endif
4798 #endif
4799
4800     return true;
4801 }
4802
4803 /// Apply paragraph styles, such as centering, to wrapped lines
4804 /// TODO: take into account box attributes, possibly
4805 void wxRichTextParagraph::ApplyParagraphStyle(wxRichTextLine* line, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect, wxDC& dc)
4806 {
4807     if (!attr.HasAlignment())
4808         return;
4809
4810     wxPoint pos = line->GetPosition();
4811     wxSize size = line->GetSize();
4812
4813     // centering, right-justification
4814     if (attr.HasAlignment() && GetAttributes().GetAlignment() == wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_CENTRE)
4815     {
4816         int rightIndent = ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc, attr.GetRightIndent());
4817         pos.x = (rect.GetWidth() - rightIndent - size.x)/2 + pos.x;
4818         line->SetPosition(pos);
4819     }
4820     else if (attr.HasAlignment() && GetAttributes().GetAlignment() == wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_RIGHT)
4821     {
4822         int rightIndent = ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc, attr.GetRightIndent());
4823         pos.x = pos.x + rect.GetWidth() - size.x - rightIndent;
4824         line->SetPosition(pos);
4825     }
4826 }
4827
4828 /// Insert text at the given position
4829 bool wxRichTextParagraph::InsertText(long pos, const wxString& text)
4830 {
4831     wxRichTextObject* childToUse = NULL;
4832     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator nodeToUse = wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator();
4833
4834     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
4835     while (node)
4836     {
4837         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
4838         if (child->GetRange().Contains(pos) && child->GetRange().GetLength() > 0)
4839         {
4840             childToUse = child;
4841             nodeToUse = node;
4842             break;
4843         }
4844
4845         node = node->GetNext();
4846     }
4847
4848     if (childToUse)
4849     {
4850         wxRichTextPlainText* textObject = wxDynamicCast(childToUse, wxRichTextPlainText);
4851         if (textObject)
4852         {
4853             int posInString = pos - textObject->GetRange().GetStart();
4854
4855             wxString newText = textObject->GetText().Mid(0, posInString) +
4856                                text + textObject->GetText().Mid(posInString);
4857             textObject->SetText(newText);
4858
4859             int textLength = text.length();
4860
4861             textObject->SetRange(wxRichTextRange(textObject->GetRange().GetStart(),
4862                                                  textObject->GetRange().GetEnd() + textLength));
4863
4864             // Increment the end range of subsequent fragments in this paragraph.
4865             // We'll set the paragraph range itself at a higher level.
4866
4867             wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = nodeToUse->GetNext();
4868             while (node)
4869             {
4870                 wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
4871                 child->SetRange(wxRichTextRange(textObject->GetRange().GetStart() + textLength,
4872                                                  textObject->GetRange().GetEnd() + textLength));
4873
4874                 node = node->GetNext();
4875             }
4876
4877             return true;
4878         }
4879         else
4880         {
4881             // TODO: if not a text object, insert at closest position, e.g. in front of it
4882         }
4883     }
4884     else
4885     {
4886         // Add at end.
4887         // Don't pass parent initially to suppress auto-setting of parent range.
4888         // We'll do that at a higher level.
4889         wxRichTextPlainText* textObject = new wxRichTextPlainText(text, this);
4890
4891         AppendChild(textObject);
4892         return true;
4893     }
4894
4895     return false;
4896 }
4897
4898 void wxRichTextParagraph::Copy(const wxRichTextParagraph& obj)
4899 {
4900     wxRichTextCompositeObject::Copy(obj);
4901 }
4902
4903 /// Clear the cached lines
4904 void wxRichTextParagraph::ClearLines()
4905 {
4906     WX_CLEAR_LIST(wxRichTextLineList, m_cachedLines);
4907 }
4908
4909 /// Get/set the object size for the given range. Returns false if the range
4910 /// is invalid for this object.
4911 bool wxRichTextParagraph::GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, int flags, wxPoint position, wxArrayInt* partialExtents) const
4912 {
4913     if (!range.IsWithin(GetRange()))
4914         return false;
4915
4916     if (flags & wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED)
4917     {
4918         // Just use unformatted data, assume no line breaks
4919         // TODO: take into account line breaks
4920
4921         wxSize sz;
4922
4923         wxArrayInt childExtents;
4924         wxArrayInt* p;
4925         if (partialExtents)
4926             p = & childExtents;
4927         else
4928             p = NULL;
4929
4930         wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
4931         while (node)
4932         {
4933
4934             wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
4935             if (!child->GetRange().IsOutside(range))
4936             {
4937                 // Floating objects have a zero size within the paragraph.
4938                 if (child->IsFloating())
4939                 {
4940                     if (partialExtents)
4941                     {
4942                         int lastSize;
4943                         if (partialExtents->GetCount() > 0)
4944                             lastSize = (*partialExtents)[partialExtents->GetCount()-1];
4945                         else
4946                             lastSize = 0;
4947
4948                         partialExtents->Add(0 /* zero size */ + lastSize);
4949                     }
4950                 }
4951                 else
4952                 {
4953                     wxSize childSize;
4954
4955                     wxRichTextRange rangeToUse = range;
4956                     rangeToUse.LimitTo(child->GetRange());
4957 #if 0
4958                     if (child->IsTopLevel())
4959                         rangeToUse = child->GetOwnRange();
4960 #endif
4961                     int childDescent = 0;
4962
4963                     // At present wxRICHTEXT_HEIGHT_ONLY is only fast if we're already cached the size,
4964                     // but it's only going to be used after caching has taken place.
4965                     if ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_HEIGHT_ONLY) && child->GetCachedSize().y != 0)
4966                     {
4967                         childDescent = child->GetDescent();
4968                         childSize = child->GetCachedSize();
4969
4970                         sz.y = wxMax(sz.y, childSize.y);
4971                         sz.x += childSize.x;
4972                         descent = wxMax(descent, childDescent);
4973                     }
4974                     else if (child->IsTopLevel())
4975                     {
4976                         childDescent = child->GetDescent();
4977                         childSize = child->GetCachedSize();
4978
4979                         sz.y = wxMax(sz.y, childSize.y);
4980                         sz.x += childSize.x;
4981                         descent = wxMax(descent, childDescent);
4982                         if ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_CACHE_SIZE) && (rangeToUse == child->GetRange()))
4983                         {
4984                             child->SetCachedSize(childSize);
4985                             child->SetDescent(childDescent);
4986                         }
4987
4988                         if (partialExtents)
4989                         {
4990                             int lastSize;
4991                             if (partialExtents->GetCount() > 0)
4992                                 lastSize = (*partialExtents)[partialExtents->GetCount()-1];
4993                             else
4994                                 lastSize = 0;
4995
4996                             partialExtents->Add(childSize.x + lastSize);
4997                         }
4998                     }
4999                     else if (child->GetRangeSize(rangeToUse, childSize, childDescent, dc, flags, wxPoint(position.x + sz.x, position.y), p))
5000                     {
5001                         sz.y = wxMax(sz.y, childSize.y);
5002                         sz.x += childSize.x;
5003                         descent = wxMax(descent, childDescent);
5004
5005                         if ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_CACHE_SIZE) && (rangeToUse == child->GetRange()))
5006                         {
5007                             child->SetCachedSize(childSize);
5008                             child->SetDescent(childDescent);
5009                         }
5010
5011                         if (partialExtents)
5012                         {
5013                             int lastSize;
5014                             if (partialExtents->GetCount() > 0)
5015                                 lastSize = (*partialExtents)[partialExtents->GetCount()-1];
5016                             else
5017                                 lastSize = 0;
5018
5019                             size_t i;
5020                             for (i = 0; i < childExtents.GetCount(); i++)
5021                             {
5022                                 partialExtents->Add(childExtents[i] + lastSize);
5023                             }
5024                         }
5025                     }
5026                 }
5027
5028                 if (p)
5029                     p->Clear();
5030             }
5031
5032             node = node->GetNext();
5033         }
5034         size = sz;
5035     }
5036     else
5037     {
5038         // Use formatted data, with line breaks
5039         wxSize sz;
5040
5041         // We're going to loop through each line, and then for each line,
5042         // call GetRangeSize for the fragment that comprises that line.
5043         // Only we have to do that multiple times within the line, because
5044         // the line may be broken into pieces. For now ignore line break commands
5045         // (so we can assume that getting the unformatted size for a fragment
5046         // within a line is the actual size)
5047
5048         wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node = m_cachedLines.GetFirst();
5049         while (node)
5050         {
5051             wxRichTextLine* line = node->GetData();
5052             wxRichTextRange lineRange = line->GetAbsoluteRange();
5053             if (!lineRange.IsOutside(range))
5054             {
5055                 wxSize lineSize;
5056
5057                 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node2 = m_children.GetFirst();
5058                 while (node2)
5059                 {
5060                     wxRichTextObject* child = node2->GetData();
5061
5062                     if (!child->IsFloating() && !child->GetRange().IsOutside(lineRange))
5063                     {
5064                         wxRichTextRange rangeToUse = lineRange;
5065                         rangeToUse.LimitTo(child->GetRange());
5066                         if (child->IsTopLevel())
5067                             rangeToUse = child->GetOwnRange();
5068
5069                         wxSize childSize;
5070                         int childDescent = 0;
5071                         if (child->GetRangeSize(rangeToUse, childSize, childDescent, dc, flags, wxPoint(position.x + sz.x, position.y)))
5072                         {
5073                             lineSize.y = wxMax(lineSize.y, childSize.y);
5074                             lineSize.x += childSize.x;
5075                         }
5076                         descent = wxMax(descent, childDescent);
5077                     }
5078
5079                     node2 = node2->GetNext();
5080                 }
5081
5082                 // Increase size by a line (TODO: paragraph spacing)
5083                 sz.y += lineSize.y;
5084                 sz.x = wxMax(sz.x, lineSize.x);
5085             }
5086             node = node->GetNext();
5087         }
5088         size = sz;
5089     }
5090     return true;
5091 }
5092
5093 /// Finds the absolute position and row height for the given character position
5094 bool wxRichTextParagraph::FindPosition(wxDC& dc, long index, wxPoint& pt, int* height, bool forceLineStart)
5095 {
5096     if (index == -1)
5097     {
5098         wxRichTextLine* line = ((wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox*)GetParent())->GetLineAtPosition(0);
5099         if (line)
5100             *height = line->GetSize().y;
5101         else
5102             *height = dc.GetCharHeight();
5103
5104         // -1 means 'the start of the buffer'.
5105         pt = GetPosition();
5106         if (line)
5107             pt = pt + line->GetPosition();
5108
5109         return true;
5110     }
5111
5112     // The final position in a paragraph is taken to mean the position
5113     // at the start of the next paragraph.
5114     if (index == GetRange().GetEnd())
5115     {
5116         wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* parent = wxDynamicCast(GetParent(), wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox);
5117         wxASSERT( parent != NULL );
5118
5119         // Find the height at the next paragraph, if any
5120         wxRichTextLine* line = parent->GetLineAtPosition(index + 1);
5121         if (line)
5122         {
5123             *height = line->GetSize().y;
5124             pt = line->GetAbsolutePosition();
5125         }
5126         else
5127         {
5128             *height = dc.GetCharHeight();
5129             int indent = ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc, m_attributes.GetLeftIndent());
5130             pt = wxPoint(indent, GetCachedSize().y);
5131         }
5132
5133         return true;
5134     }
5135
5136     if (index < GetRange().GetStart() || index > GetRange().GetEnd())
5137         return false;
5138
5139     wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node = m_cachedLines.GetFirst();
5140     while (node)
5141     {
5142         wxRichTextLine* line = node->GetData();
5143         wxRichTextRange lineRange = line->GetAbsoluteRange();
5144         if (index >= lineRange.GetStart() && index <= lineRange.GetEnd())
5145         {
5146             // If this is the last point in the line, and we're forcing the
5147             // returned value to be the start of the next line, do the required
5148             // thing.
5149             if (index == lineRange.GetEnd() && forceLineStart)
5150             {
5151                 if (node->GetNext())
5152                 {
5153                     wxRichTextLine* nextLine = node->GetNext()->GetData();
5154                     *height = nextLine->GetSize().y;
5155                     pt = nextLine->GetAbsolutePosition();
5156                     return true;
5157                 }
5158             }
5159
5160             pt.y = line->GetPosition().y + GetPosition().y;
5161
5162             wxRichTextRange r(lineRange.GetStart(), index);
5163             wxSize rangeSize;
5164             int descent = 0;
5165
5166             // We find the size of the line up to this point,
5167             // then we can add this size to the line start position and
5168             // paragraph start position to find the actual position.
5169
5170             if (GetRangeSize(r, rangeSize, descent, dc, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED, line->GetPosition()+ GetPosition()))
5171             {
5172                 pt.x = line->GetPosition().x + GetPosition().x + rangeSize.x;
5173                 *height = line->GetSize().y;
5174
5175                 return true;
5176             }
5177
5178         }
5179
5180         node = node->GetNext();
5181     }
5182
5183     return false;
5184 }
5185
5186 /// Hit-testing: returns a flag indicating hit test details, plus
5187 /// information about position
5188 int wxRichTextParagraph::HitTest(wxDC& dc, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags)
5189 {
5190     if (!IsShown())
5191         return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE;
5192
5193     // If we're in the top-level container, then we can return
5194     // a suitable hit test code even if the point is outside the container area,
5195     // so that we can position the caret sensibly even if we don't
5196     // click on valid content. If we're not at the top-level, and the point
5197     // is not within this paragraph object, then we don't want to stop more
5198     // precise hit-testing from working prematurely, so return immediately.
5199     // NEW STRATEGY: use the parent boundary to test whether we're in the
5200     // right region, not the paragraph, since the paragraph may be positioned
5201     // some way in from where the user clicks.
5202     {
5203         long tmpPos;
5204         wxRichTextObject* tempObj, *tempContextObj;
5205         if (GetParent() && GetParent()->wxRichTextObject::HitTest(dc, pt, tmpPos, & tempObj, & tempContextObj, flags) == wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE)
5206             return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE;
5207     }
5208
5209     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator objNode = m_children.GetFirst();
5210     while (objNode)
5211     {
5212         wxRichTextObject* child = objNode->GetData();
5213         if (child->IsTopLevel() && ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NO_NESTED_OBJECTS) == 0))
5214         {
5215             {
5216                 int hitTest = child->HitTest(dc, pt, textPosition, obj, contextObj);
5217                 if (hitTest != wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE)
5218                     return hitTest;
5219             }
5220         }
5221
5222         objNode = objNode->GetNext();
5223     }
5224
5225     wxPoint paraPos = GetPosition();
5226
5227     wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node = m_cachedLines.GetFirst();
5228     while (node)
5229     {
5230         wxRichTextLine* line = node->GetData();
5231         wxPoint linePos = paraPos + line->GetPosition();
5232         wxSize lineSize = line->GetSize();
5233         wxRichTextRange lineRange = line->GetAbsoluteRange();
5234
5235         if (pt.y <= linePos.y + lineSize.y)
5236         {
5237             if (pt.x < linePos.x)
5238             {
5239                 textPosition = lineRange.GetStart();
5240                 *obj = FindObjectAtPosition(textPosition);
5241                 *contextObj = GetContainer();
5242                 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_BEFORE|wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_OUTSIDE;
5243             }
5244             else if (pt.x >= (linePos.x + lineSize.x))
5245             {
5246                 textPosition = lineRange.GetEnd();
5247                 *obj = FindObjectAtPosition(textPosition);
5248                 *contextObj = GetContainer();
5249                 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_AFTER|wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_OUTSIDE;
5250             }
5251             else
5252             {
5253 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_PARTIAL_TEXT_EXTENTS
5254                 wxArrayInt partialExtents;
5255
5256                 wxSize paraSize;
5257                 int paraDescent;
5258
5259                 // This calculates the partial text extents
5260                 GetRangeSize(lineRange, paraSize, paraDescent, dc, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED, linePos, & partialExtents);
5261
5262                 int lastX = linePos.x;
5263                 size_t i;
5264                 for (i = 0; i < partialExtents.GetCount(); i++)
5265                 {
5266                     int nextX = partialExtents[i] + linePos.x;
5267
5268                     if (pt.x >= lastX && pt.x <= nextX)
5269                     {
5270                         textPosition = i + lineRange.GetStart(); // minus 1?
5271
5272                         *obj = FindObjectAtPosition(textPosition);
5273                         *contextObj = GetContainer();
5274
5275                         // So now we know it's between i-1 and i.
5276                         // Let's see if we can be more precise about
5277                         // which side of the position it's on.
5278
5279                         int midPoint = (nextX + lastX)/2;
5280                         if (pt.x >= midPoint)
5281                             return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_AFTER;
5282                         else
5283                             return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_BEFORE;
5284                     }
5285
5286                     lastX = nextX;
5287                 }
5288 #else
5289                 long i;
5290                 int lastX = linePos.x;
5291                 for (i = lineRange.GetStart(); i <= lineRange.GetEnd(); i++)
5292                 {
5293                     wxSize childSize;
5294                     int descent = 0;
5295
5296                     wxRichTextRange rangeToUse(lineRange.GetStart(), i);
5297
5298                     GetRangeSize(rangeToUse, childSize, descent, dc, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED, linePos);
5299
5300                     int nextX = childSize.x + linePos.x;
5301
5302                     if (pt.x >= lastX && pt.x <= nextX)
5303                     {
5304                         textPosition = i;
5305
5306                         *obj = FindObjectAtPosition(textPosition);
5307                         *contextObj = GetContainer();
5308
5309                         // So now we know it's between i-1 and i.
5310                         // Let's see if we can be more precise about
5311                         // which side of the position it's on.
5312
5313                         int midPoint = (nextX + lastX)/2;
5314                         if (pt.x >= midPoint)
5315                             return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_AFTER;
5316                         else
5317                             return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_BEFORE;
5318                     }
5319                     else
5320                     {
5321                         lastX = nextX;
5322                     }
5323                 }
5324 #endif
5325             }
5326         }
5327
5328         node = node->GetNext();
5329     }
5330
5331     return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE;
5332 }
5333
5334 /// Split an object at this position if necessary, and return
5335 /// the previous object, or NULL if inserting at beginning.
5336 wxRichTextObject* wxRichTextParagraph::SplitAt(long pos, wxRichTextObject** previousObject)
5337 {
5338     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
5339     while (node)
5340     {
5341         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
5342
5343         if (pos == child->GetRange().GetStart())
5344         {
5345             if (previousObject)
5346             {
5347                 if (node->GetPrevious())
5348                     *previousObject = node->GetPrevious()->GetData();
5349                 else
5350                     *previousObject = NULL;
5351             }
5352
5353             return child;
5354         }
5355
5356         if (child->GetRange().Contains(pos))
5357         {
5358             // This should create a new object, transferring part of
5359             // the content to the old object and the rest to the new object.
5360             wxRichTextObject* newObject = child->DoSplit(pos);
5361
5362             // If we couldn't split this object, just insert in front of it.
5363             if (!newObject)
5364             {
5365                 // Maybe this is an empty string, try the next one
5366                 // return child;
5367             }
5368             else
5369             {
5370                 // Insert the new object after 'child'
5371                 if (node->GetNext())
5372                     m_children.Insert(node->GetNext(), newObject);
5373                 else
5374                     m_children.Append(newObject);
5375                 newObject->SetParent(this);
5376
5377                 if (previousObject)
5378                     *previousObject = child;
5379
5380                 return newObject;
5381             }
5382         }
5383
5384         node = node->GetNext();
5385     }
5386     if (previousObject)
5387         *previousObject = NULL;
5388     return NULL;
5389 }
5390
5391 /// Move content to a list from obj on
5392 void wxRichTextParagraph::MoveToList(wxRichTextObject* obj, wxList& list)
5393 {
5394     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.Find(obj);
5395     while (node)
5396     {
5397         wxRichTextObject* child = node->GetData();
5398         list.Append(child);
5399
5400         wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator oldNode = node;
5401
5402         node = node->GetNext();
5403
5404         m_children.DeleteNode(oldNode);
5405     }
5406 }
5407
5408 /// Add content back from list
5409 void wxRichTextParagraph::MoveFromList(wxList& list)
5410 {
5411     for (wxList::compatibility_iterator node = list.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext())
5412     {
5413         AppendChild((wxRichTextObject*) node->GetData());
5414     }
5415 }
5416
5417 /// Calculate range
5418 void wxRichTextParagraph::CalculateRange(long start, long& end)
5419 {
5420     wxRichTextCompositeObject::CalculateRange(start, end);
5421
5422     // Add one for end of paragraph
5423     end ++;
5424
5425     m_range.SetRange(start, end);
5426 }
5427
5428 /// Find the object at the given position
5429 wxRichTextObject* wxRichTextParagraph::FindObjectAtPosition(long position)
5430 {
5431     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
5432     while (node)
5433     {
5434         wxRichTextObject* obj = node->GetData();
5435         if (obj->GetRange().Contains(position) ||
5436             obj->GetRange().GetStart() == position ||
5437             obj->GetRange().GetEnd() == position)
5438             return obj;
5439
5440         node = node->GetNext();
5441     }
5442     return NULL;
5443 }
5444
5445 /// Get the plain text searching from the start or end of the range.
5446 /// The resulting string may be shorter than the range given.
5447 bool wxRichTextParagraph::GetContiguousPlainText(wxString& text, const wxRichTextRange& range, bool fromStart)
5448 {
5449     text = wxEmptyString;
5450
5451     if (fromStart)
5452     {
5453         wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
5454         while (node)
5455         {
5456             wxRichTextObject* obj = node->GetData();
5457             if (!obj->GetRange().IsOutside(range))
5458             {
5459                 wxRichTextPlainText* textObj = wxDynamicCast(obj, wxRichTextPlainText);
5460                 if (textObj)
5461                 {
5462                     text += textObj->GetTextForRange(range);
5463                 }
5464                 else
5465                 {
5466                     text += wxT(" ");
5467                 }
5468             }
5469
5470             node = node->GetNext();
5471         }
5472     }
5473     else
5474     {
5475         wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetLast();
5476         while (node)
5477         {
5478             wxRichTextObject* obj = node->GetData();
5479             if (!obj->GetRange().IsOutside(range))
5480             {
5481                 wxRichTextPlainText* textObj = wxDynamicCast(obj, wxRichTextPlainText);
5482                 if (textObj)
5483                 {
5484                     text = textObj->GetTextForRange(range) + text;
5485                 }
5486                 else
5487                 {
5488                     text = wxT(" ") + text;
5489                 }
5490             }
5491
5492             node = node->GetPrevious();
5493         }
5494     }
5495
5496     return true;
5497 }
5498
5499 /// Find a suitable wrap position.
5500 bool wxRichTextParagraph::FindWrapPosition(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxDC& dc, int availableSpace, long& wrapPosition, wxArrayInt* partialExtents)
5501 {
5502     if (range.GetLength() <= 0)
5503         return false;
5504
5505     // Find the first position where the line exceeds the available space.
5506     wxSize sz;
5507     long breakPosition = range.GetEnd();
5508
5509 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_PARTIAL_TEXT_EXTENTS
5510     if (partialExtents && partialExtents->GetCount() >= (size_t) (GetRange().GetLength()-1)) // the final position in a paragraph is the newline
5511     {
5512         int widthBefore;
5513
5514         if (range.GetStart() > GetRange().GetStart())
5515             widthBefore = (*partialExtents)[range.GetStart() - GetRange().GetStart() - 1];
5516         else
5517             widthBefore = 0;
5518
5519         size_t i;
5520         for (i = (size_t) range.GetStart(); i <= (size_t) range.GetEnd(); i++)
5521         {
5522             int widthFromStartOfThisRange = (*partialExtents)[i - GetRange().GetStart()] - widthBefore;
5523
5524             if (widthFromStartOfThisRange > availableSpace)
5525             {
5526                 breakPosition = i-1;
5527                 break;
5528             }
5529         }
5530     }
5531     else
5532 #endif
5533     {
5534         // Binary chop for speed
5535         long minPos = range.GetStart();
5536         long maxPos = range.GetEnd();
5537         while (true)
5538         {
5539             if (minPos == maxPos)
5540             {
5541                 int descent = 0;
5542                 GetRangeSize(wxRichTextRange(range.GetStart(), minPos), sz, descent, dc, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED);
5543
5544                 if (sz.x > availableSpace)
5545                     breakPosition = minPos - 1;
5546                 break;
5547             }
5548             else if ((maxPos - minPos) == 1)
5549             {
5550                 int descent = 0;
5551                 GetRangeSize(wxRichTextRange(range.GetStart(), minPos), sz, descent, dc, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED);
5552
5553                 if (sz.x > availableSpace)
5554                     breakPosition = minPos - 1;
5555                 else
5556                 {
5557                     GetRangeSize(wxRichTextRange(range.GetStart(), maxPos), sz, descent, dc, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED);
5558                     if (sz.x > availableSpace)
5559                         breakPosition = maxPos-1;
5560                 }
5561                 break;
5562             }
5563             else
5564             {
5565                 long nextPos = minPos + ((maxPos - minPos) / 2);
5566
5567                 int descent = 0;
5568                 GetRangeSize(wxRichTextRange(range.GetStart(), nextPos), sz, descent, dc, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED);
5569
5570                 if (sz.x > availableSpace)
5571                 {
5572                     maxPos = nextPos;
5573                 }
5574                 else
5575                 {
5576                     minPos = nextPos;
5577                 }
5578             }
5579         }
5580     }
5581
5582     // Now we know the last position on the line.
5583     // Let's try to find a word break.
5584
5585     wxString plainText;
5586     if (GetContiguousPlainText(plainText, wxRichTextRange(range.GetStart(), breakPosition), false))
5587     {
5588         int newLinePos = plainText.Find(wxRichTextLineBreakChar);
5589         if (newLinePos != wxNOT_FOUND)
5590         {
5591             breakPosition = wxMax(0, range.GetStart() + newLinePos);
5592         }
5593         else
5594         {
5595             int spacePos = plainText.Find(wxT(' '), true);
5596             int tabPos = plainText.Find(wxT('\t'), true);
5597             int pos = wxMax(spacePos, tabPos);
5598             if (pos != wxNOT_FOUND)
5599             {
5600                 int positionsFromEndOfString = plainText.length() - pos - 1;
5601                 breakPosition = breakPosition - positionsFromEndOfString;
5602             }
5603         }
5604     }
5605
5606     wrapPosition = breakPosition;
5607
5608     return true;
5609 }
5610
5611 /// Get the bullet text for this paragraph.
5612 wxString wxRichTextParagraph::GetBulletText()
5613 {
5614     if (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() == wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_NONE ||
5615         (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_BITMAP))
5616         return wxEmptyString;
5617
5618     int number = GetAttributes().GetBulletNumber();
5619
5620     wxString text;
5621     if ((GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ARABIC) || (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_OUTLINE))
5622     {
5623         text.Printf(wxT("%d"), number);
5624     }
5625     else if (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_LETTERS_UPPER)
5626     {
5627         // TODO: Unicode, and also check if number > 26
5628         text.Printf(wxT("%c"), (wxChar) (number+64));
5629     }
5630     else if (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_LETTERS_LOWER)
5631     {
5632         // TODO: Unicode, and also check if number > 26
5633         text.Printf(wxT("%c"), (wxChar) (number+96));
5634     }
5635     else if (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ROMAN_UPPER)
5636     {
5637         text = wxRichTextDecimalToRoman(number);
5638     }
5639     else if (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ROMAN_LOWER)
5640     {
5641         text = wxRichTextDecimalToRoman(number);
5642         text.MakeLower();
5643     }
5644     else if (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_SYMBOL)
5645     {
5646         text = GetAttributes().GetBulletText();
5647     }
5648
5649     if (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_OUTLINE)
5650     {
5651         // The outline style relies on the text being computed statically,
5652         // since it depends on other levels points (e.g. 1.2.1.1). So normally the bullet text
5653         // should be stored in the attributes; if not, just use the number for this
5654         // level, as previously computed.
5655         if (!GetAttributes().GetBulletText().IsEmpty())
5656             text = GetAttributes().GetBulletText();
5657     }
5658
5659     if (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_PARENTHESES)
5660     {
5661         text = wxT("(") + text + wxT(")");
5662     }
5663     else if (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
5664     {
5665         text = text + wxT(")");
5666     }
5667
5668     if (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_PERIOD)
5669     {
5670         text += wxT(".");
5671     }
5672
5673     return text;
5674 }
5675
5676 /// Allocate or reuse a line object
5677 wxRichTextLine* wxRichTextParagraph::AllocateLine(int pos)
5678 {
5679     if (pos < (int) m_cachedLines.GetCount())
5680     {
5681         wxRichTextLine* line = m_cachedLines.Item(pos)->GetData();
5682         line->Init(this);
5683         return line;
5684     }
5685     else
5686     {
5687         wxRichTextLine* line = new wxRichTextLine(this);
5688         m_cachedLines.Append(line);
5689         return line;
5690     }
5691 }
5692
5693 /// Clear remaining unused line objects, if any
5694 bool wxRichTextParagraph::ClearUnusedLines(int lineCount)
5695 {
5696     int cachedLineCount = m_cachedLines.GetCount();
5697     if ((int) cachedLineCount > lineCount)
5698     {
5699         for (int i = 0; i < (int) (cachedLineCount - lineCount); i ++)
5700         {
5701             wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node = m_cachedLines.GetLast();
5702             wxRichTextLine* line = node->GetData();
5703             m_cachedLines.Erase(node);
5704             delete line;
5705         }
5706     }
5707     return true;
5708 }
5709
5710 /// Get combined attributes of the base style, paragraph style and character style. We use this to dynamically
5711 /// retrieve the actual style.
5712 wxRichTextAttr wxRichTextParagraph::GetCombinedAttributes(const wxRichTextAttr& contentStyle, bool includingBoxAttr) const
5713 {
5714     wxRichTextAttr attr;
5715     wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* buf = wxDynamicCast(GetParent(), wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox);
5716     if (buf)
5717     {
5718         attr = buf->GetBasicStyle();
5719         if (!includingBoxAttr)
5720         {
5721             attr.GetTextBoxAttr().Reset();
5722             // The background colour will be painted by the container, and we don't
5723             // want to unnecessarily overwrite the background when we're drawing text
5724             // because this may erase the guideline (which appears just under the text
5725             // if there's no padding).
5726             attr.SetFlags(attr.GetFlags() & ~wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR);
5727         }
5728         wxRichTextApplyStyle(attr, GetAttributes());
5729     }
5730     else
5731         attr = GetAttributes();
5732
5733     wxRichTextApplyStyle(attr, contentStyle);
5734     return attr;
5735 }
5736
5737 /// Get combined attributes of the base style and paragraph style.
5738 wxRichTextAttr wxRichTextParagraph::GetCombinedAttributes(bool includingBoxAttr) const
5739 {
5740     wxRichTextAttr attr;
5741     wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* buf = wxDynamicCast(GetParent(), wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox);
5742     if (buf)
5743     {
5744         attr = buf->GetBasicStyle();
5745         if (!includingBoxAttr)
5746             attr.GetTextBoxAttr().Reset();
5747         wxRichTextApplyStyle(attr, GetAttributes());
5748     }
5749     else
5750         attr = GetAttributes();
5751
5752     return attr;
5753 }
5754
5755 // Create default tabstop array
5756 void wxRichTextParagraph::InitDefaultTabs()
5757 {
5758     // create a default tab list at 10 mm each.
5759     for (int i = 0; i < 20; ++i)
5760     {
5761         sm_defaultTabs.Add(i*100);
5762     }
5763 }
5764
5765 // Clear default tabstop array
5766 void wxRichTextParagraph::ClearDefaultTabs()
5767 {
5768     sm_defaultTabs.Clear();
5769 }
5770
5771 void wxRichTextParagraph::LayoutFloat(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int style, wxRichTextFloatCollector* floatCollector)
5772 {
5773     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst();
5774     while (node)
5775     {
5776         wxRichTextObject* anchored = node->GetData();
5777         if (anchored && anchored->IsFloating() && !floatCollector->HasFloat(anchored))
5778         {
5779             wxSize size;
5780             int descent, x = 0;
5781             anchored->GetRangeSize(anchored->GetRange(), size, descent, dc, style);
5782
5783             int offsetY = 0;
5784             if (anchored->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetTop().IsValid())
5785             {
5786                 offsetY = anchored->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetTop().GetValue();
5787                 if (anchored->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetTop().GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM)
5788                 {
5789                     offsetY = ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc, offsetY);
5790                 }
5791             }
5792
5793             int pos = floatCollector->GetFitPosition(anchored->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetFloatMode(), rect.y + offsetY, size.y);
5794
5795             /* Update the offset */
5796             int newOffsetY = pos - rect.y;
5797             if (newOffsetY != offsetY)
5798             {
5799                 if (anchored->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetTop().GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM)
5800                     newOffsetY = ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(dc, newOffsetY);
5801                 anchored->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetTop().SetValue(newOffsetY);
5802             }
5803
5804             if (anchored->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetFloatMode() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_LEFT)
5805                 x = rect.x;
5806             else if (anchored->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetFloatMode() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_RIGHT)
5807                 x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x;
5808
5809             anchored->SetPosition(wxPoint(x, pos));
5810             anchored->SetCachedSize(size);
5811             floatCollector->CollectFloat(this, anchored);
5812         }
5813
5814         node = node->GetNext();
5815     }
5816 }
5817
5818 // Get the first position from pos that has a line break character.
5819 long wxRichTextParagraph::GetFirstLineBreakPosition(long pos)
5820 {
5821     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
5822     while (node)
5823     {
5824         wxRichTextObject* obj = node->GetData();
5825         if (pos >= obj->GetRange().GetStart() && pos <= obj->GetRange().GetEnd())
5826         {
5827             wxRichTextPlainText* textObj = wxDynamicCast(obj, wxRichTextPlainText);
5828             if (textObj)
5829             {
5830                 long breakPos = textObj->GetFirstLineBreakPosition(pos);
5831                 if (breakPos > -1)
5832                     return breakPos;
5833             }
5834         }
5835         node = node->GetNext();
5836     }
5837     return -1;
5838 }
5839
5840 /*!
5841  * wxRichTextLine
5842  * This object represents a line in a paragraph, and stores
5843  * offsets from the start of the paragraph representing the
5844  * start and end positions of the line.
5845  */
5846
5847 wxRichTextLine::wxRichTextLine(wxRichTextParagraph* parent)
5848 {
5849     Init(parent);
5850 }
5851
5852 /// Initialisation
5853 void wxRichTextLine::Init(wxRichTextParagraph* parent)
5854 {
5855     m_parent = parent;
5856     m_range.SetRange(-1, -1);
5857     m_pos = wxPoint(0, 0);
5858     m_size = wxSize(0, 0);
5859     m_descent = 0;
5860 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_LINE_DRAWING
5861     m_objectSizes.Clear();
5862 #endif
5863 }
5864
5865 /// Copy
5866 void wxRichTextLine::Copy(const wxRichTextLine& obj)
5867 {
5868     m_range = obj.m_range;
5869 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_LINE_DRAWING
5870     m_objectSizes = obj.m_objectSizes;
5871 #endif
5872 }
5873
5874 /// Get the absolute object position
5875 wxPoint wxRichTextLine::GetAbsolutePosition() const
5876 {
5877     return m_parent->GetPosition() + m_pos;
5878 }
5879
5880 /// Get the absolute range
5881 wxRichTextRange wxRichTextLine::GetAbsoluteRange() const
5882 {
5883     wxRichTextRange range(m_range.GetStart() + m_parent->GetRange().GetStart(), 0);
5884     range.SetEnd(range.GetStart() + m_range.GetLength()-1);
5885     return range;
5886 }
5887
5888 /*!
5889  * wxRichTextPlainText
5890  * This object represents a single piece of text.
5891  */
5892
5893 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextPlainText, wxRichTextObject)
5894
5895 wxRichTextPlainText::wxRichTextPlainText(const wxString& text, wxRichTextObject* parent, wxRichTextAttr* style):
5896     wxRichTextObject(parent)
5897 {
5898     if (style)
5899         SetAttributes(*style);
5900
5901     m_text = text;
5902 }
5903
5904 #define USE_KERNING_FIX 1
5905
5906 // If insufficient tabs are defined, this is the tab width used
5907 #define WIDTH_FOR_DEFAULT_TABS 50
5908
5909 /// Draw the item
5910 bool wxRichTextPlainText::Draw(wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int WXUNUSED(style))
5911 {
5912     wxRichTextParagraph* para = wxDynamicCast(GetParent(), wxRichTextParagraph);
5913     wxASSERT (para != NULL);
5914
5915     wxRichTextAttr textAttr(para ? para->GetCombinedAttributes(GetAttributes(), false /* no box attributes */) : GetAttributes());
5916
5917     // Let's make the assumption for now that for content in a paragraph, including
5918     // text, we never have a discontinuous selection. So we only deal with a
5919     // single range.
5920     wxRichTextRange selectionRange;
5921     if (selection.IsValid())
5922     {
5923         wxRichTextRangeArray selectionRanges = selection.GetSelectionForObject(this);
5924         if (selectionRanges.GetCount() > 0)
5925             selectionRange = selectionRanges[0];
5926         else
5927             selectionRange = wxRICHTEXT_NO_SELECTION;
5928     }
5929     else
5930         selectionRange = wxRICHTEXT_NO_SELECTION;
5931
5932     int offset = GetRange().GetStart();
5933
5934     // Replace line break characters with spaces
5935     wxString str = m_text;
5936     wxString toRemove = wxRichTextLineBreakChar;
5937     str.Replace(toRemove, wxT(" "));
5938     if (textAttr.HasTextEffects() && (textAttr.GetTextEffects() & wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_CAPITALS))
5939         str.MakeUpper();
5940
5941     long len = range.GetLength();
5942     wxString stringChunk = str.Mid(range.GetStart() - offset, (size_t) len);
5943
5944     // Test for the optimized situations where all is selected, or none
5945     // is selected.
5946
5947     wxFont textFont(GetBuffer()->GetFontTable().FindFont(textAttr));
5948     wxCheckSetFont(dc, textFont);
5949     int charHeight = dc.GetCharHeight();
5950
5951     int x, y;
5952     if ( textFont.IsOk() )
5953     {
5954         if ( textAttr.HasTextEffects() && (textAttr.GetTextEffects() & wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_SUPERSCRIPT) )
5955         {
5956             double size = static_cast<double>(textFont.GetPointSize()) / wxSCRIPT_MUL_FACTOR;
5957             textFont.SetPointSize( static_cast<int>(size) );
5958             x = rect.x;
5959             y = rect.y;
5960             wxCheckSetFont(dc, textFont);
5961         }
5962         else if ( textAttr.HasTextEffects() && (textAttr.GetTextEffects() & wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_SUBSCRIPT) )
5963         {
5964             double size = static_cast<double>(textFont.GetPointSize()) / wxSCRIPT_MUL_FACTOR;
5965             textFont.SetPointSize( static_cast<int>(size) );
5966             x = rect.x;
5967             int sub_height = static_cast<int>( static_cast<double>(charHeight) / wxSCRIPT_MUL_FACTOR);
5968             y = rect.y + (rect.height - sub_height + (descent - m_descent));
5969             wxCheckSetFont(dc, textFont);
5970         }
5971         else
5972         {
5973             x = rect.x;
5974             y = rect.y + (rect.height - charHeight - (descent - m_descent));
5975         }
5976     }
5977     else
5978     {
5979         x = rect.x;
5980         y = rect.y + (rect.height - charHeight - (descent - m_descent));
5981     }
5982
5983     // TODO: new selection code
5984
5985     // (a) All selected.
5986     if (selectionRange.GetStart() <= range.GetStart() && selectionRange.GetEnd() >= range.GetEnd())
5987     {
5988         DrawTabbedString(dc, textAttr, rect, stringChunk, x, y, true);
5989     }
5990     // (b) None selected.
5991     else if (selectionRange.GetEnd() < range.GetStart() || selectionRange.GetStart() > range.GetEnd())
5992     {
5993         // Draw all unselected
5994         DrawTabbedString(dc, textAttr, rect, stringChunk, x, y, false);
5995     }
5996     else
5997     {
5998         // (c) Part selected, part not
5999         // Let's draw unselected chunk, selected chunk, then unselected chunk.
6000
6001         dc.SetBackgroundMode(wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT);
6002
6003         // 1. Initial unselected chunk, if any, up until start of selection.
6004         if (selectionRange.GetStart() > range.GetStart() && selectionRange.GetStart() <= range.GetEnd())
6005         {
6006             int r1 = range.GetStart();
6007             int s1 = selectionRange.GetStart()-1;
6008             int fragmentLen = s1 - r1 + 1;
6009             if (fragmentLen < 0)
6010             {
6011                 wxLogDebug(wxT("Mid(%d, %d"), (int)(r1 - offset), (int)fragmentLen);
6012             }
6013             wxString stringFragment = str.Mid(r1 - offset, fragmentLen);
6014
6015             DrawTabbedString(dc, textAttr, rect, stringFragment, x, y, false);
6016
6017 #if USE_KERNING_FIX
6018             if (stringChunk.Find(wxT("\t")) == wxNOT_FOUND)
6019             {
6020                 // Compensate for kerning difference
6021                 wxString stringFragment2(str.Mid(r1 - offset, fragmentLen+1));
6022                 wxString stringFragment3(str.Mid(r1 - offset + fragmentLen, 1));
6023
6024                 wxCoord w1, h1, w2, h2, w3, h3;
6025                 dc.GetTextExtent(stringFragment,  & w1, & h1);
6026                 dc.GetTextExtent(stringFragment2, & w2, & h2);
6027                 dc.GetTextExtent(stringFragment3, & w3, & h3);
6028
6029                 int kerningDiff = (w1 + w3) - w2;
6030                 x = x - kerningDiff;
6031             }
6032 #endif
6033         }
6034
6035         // 2. Selected chunk, if any.
6036         if (selectionRange.GetEnd() >= range.GetStart())
6037         {
6038             int s1 = wxMax(selectionRange.GetStart(), range.GetStart());
6039             int s2 = wxMin(selectionRange.GetEnd(), range.GetEnd());
6040
6041             int fragmentLen = s2 - s1 + 1;
6042             if (fragmentLen < 0)
6043             {
6044                 wxLogDebug(wxT("Mid(%d, %d"), (int)(s1 - offset), (int)fragmentLen);
6045             }
6046             wxString stringFragment = str.Mid(s1 - offset, fragmentLen);
6047
6048             DrawTabbedString(dc, textAttr, rect, stringFragment, x, y, true);
6049
6050 #if USE_KERNING_FIX
6051             if (stringChunk.Find(wxT("\t")) == wxNOT_FOUND)
6052             {
6053                 // Compensate for kerning difference
6054                 wxString stringFragment2(str.Mid(s1 - offset, fragmentLen+1));
6055                 wxString stringFragment3(str.Mid(s1 - offset + fragmentLen, 1));
6056
6057                 wxCoord w1, h1, w2, h2, w3, h3;
6058                 dc.GetTextExtent(stringFragment,  & w1, & h1);
6059                 dc.GetTextExtent(stringFragment2, & w2, & h2);
6060                 dc.GetTextExtent(stringFragment3, & w3, & h3);
6061
6062                 int kerningDiff = (w1 + w3) - w2;
6063                 x = x - kerningDiff;
6064             }
6065 #endif
6066         }
6067
6068         // 3. Remaining unselected chunk, if any
6069         if (selectionRange.GetEnd() < range.GetEnd())
6070         {
6071             int s2 = wxMin(selectionRange.GetEnd()+1, range.GetEnd());
6072             int r2 = range.GetEnd();
6073
6074             int fragmentLen = r2 - s2 + 1;
6075             if (fragmentLen < 0)
6076             {
6077                 wxLogDebug(wxT("Mid(%d, %d"), (int)(s2 - offset), (int)fragmentLen);
6078             }
6079             wxString stringFragment = str.Mid(s2 - offset, fragmentLen);
6080
6081             DrawTabbedString(dc, textAttr, rect, stringFragment, x, y, false);
6082         }
6083     }
6084
6085     return true;
6086 }
6087
6088 bool wxRichTextPlainText::DrawTabbedString(wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect,wxString& str, wxCoord& x, wxCoord& y, bool selected)
6089 {
6090     bool hasTabs = (str.Find(wxT('\t')) != wxNOT_FOUND);
6091
6092     wxArrayInt tabArray;
6093     int tabCount;
6094     if (hasTabs)
6095     {
6096         if (attr.GetTabs().IsEmpty())
6097             tabArray = wxRichTextParagraph::GetDefaultTabs();
6098         else
6099             tabArray = attr.GetTabs();
6100         tabCount = tabArray.GetCount();
6101
6102         for (int i = 0; i < tabCount; ++i)
6103         {
6104             int pos = tabArray[i];
6105             pos = ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc, pos);
6106             tabArray[i] = pos;
6107         }
6108     }
6109     else
6110         tabCount = 0;
6111
6112     int nextTabPos = -1;
6113     int tabPos = -1;
6114     wxCoord w, h;
6115
6116     if (selected)
6117     {
6118         wxColour highlightColour(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT));
6119         wxColour highlightTextColour(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT));
6120
6121         wxCheckSetBrush(dc, wxBrush(highlightColour));
6122         wxCheckSetPen(dc, wxPen(highlightColour));
6123         dc.SetTextForeground(highlightTextColour);
6124         dc.SetBackgroundMode(wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT);
6125     }
6126     else
6127     {
6128         dc.SetTextForeground(attr.GetTextColour());
6129
6130         if (attr.HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR) && attr.GetBackgroundColour().IsOk())
6131         {
6132             dc.SetBackgroundMode(wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID);
6133             dc.SetTextBackground(attr.GetBackgroundColour());
6134         }
6135         else
6136             dc.SetBackgroundMode(wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT);
6137     }
6138
6139     wxCoord x_orig = GetParent()->GetPosition().x;
6140     while (hasTabs)
6141     {
6142         // the string has a tab
6143         // break up the string at the Tab
6144         wxString stringChunk = str.BeforeFirst(wxT('\t'));
6145         str = str.AfterFirst(wxT('\t'));
6146         dc.GetTextExtent(stringChunk, & w, & h);
6147         tabPos = x + w;
6148         bool not_found = true;
6149         for (int i = 0; i < tabCount && not_found; ++i)
6150         {
6151             nextTabPos = tabArray.Item(i) + x_orig;
6152
6153             // Find the next tab position.
6154             // Even if we're at the end of the tab array, we must still draw the chunk.
6155
6156             if (nextTabPos > tabPos || (i == (tabCount - 1)))
6157             {
6158                 if (nextTabPos <= tabPos)
6159                 {
6160                     int defaultTabWidth = ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc, WIDTH_FOR_DEFAULT_TABS);
6161                     nextTabPos = tabPos + defaultTabWidth;
6162                 }
6163
6164                 not_found = false;
6165                 if (selected)
6166                 {
6167                     w = nextTabPos - x;
6168                     wxRect selRect(x, rect.y, w, rect.GetHeight());
6169                     dc.DrawRectangle(selRect);
6170                 }
6171                 dc.DrawText(stringChunk, x, y);
6172
6173                 if (attr.HasTextEffects() && (attr.GetTextEffects() & wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_STRIKETHROUGH))
6174                 {
6175                     wxPen oldPen = dc.GetPen();
6176                     wxCheckSetPen(dc, wxPen(attr.GetTextColour(), 1));
6177                     dc.DrawLine(x, (int) (y+(h/2)+0.5), x+w, (int) (y+(h/2)+0.5));
6178                     wxCheckSetPen(dc, oldPen);
6179                 }
6180
6181                 x = nextTabPos;
6182             }
6183         }
6184         hasTabs = (str.Find(wxT('\t')) != wxNOT_FOUND);
6185     }
6186
6187     if (!str.IsEmpty())
6188     {
6189         dc.GetTextExtent(str, & w, & h);
6190         if (selected)
6191         {
6192             wxRect selRect(x, rect.y, w, rect.GetHeight());
6193             dc.DrawRectangle(selRect);
6194         }
6195         dc.DrawText(str, x, y);
6196
6197         if (attr.HasTextEffects() && (attr.GetTextEffects() & wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_STRIKETHROUGH))
6198         {
6199             wxPen oldPen = dc.GetPen();
6200             wxCheckSetPen(dc, wxPen(attr.GetTextColour(), 1));
6201             dc.DrawLine(x, (int) (y+(h/2)+0.5), x+w, (int) (y+(h/2)+0.5));
6202             wxCheckSetPen(dc, oldPen);
6203         }
6204
6205         x += w;
6206     }
6207     return true;
6208
6209 }
6210
6211 /// Lay the item out
6212 bool wxRichTextPlainText::Layout(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rect), int WXUNUSED(style))
6213 {
6214     // Only lay out if we haven't already cached the size
6215     if (m_size.x == -1)
6216         GetRangeSize(GetRange(), m_size, m_descent, dc, 0, wxPoint(0, 0));
6217     m_maxSize = m_size;
6218     // Eventually we want to have a reasonable estimate of minimum size.
6219     m_minSize = wxSize(0, 0);
6220     return true;
6221 }
6222
6223 /// Copy
6224 void wxRichTextPlainText::Copy(const wxRichTextPlainText& obj)
6225 {
6226     wxRichTextObject::Copy(obj);
6227
6228     m_text = obj.m_text;
6229 }
6230
6231 /// Get/set the object size for the given range. Returns false if the range
6232 /// is invalid for this object.
6233 bool wxRichTextPlainText::GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, int WXUNUSED(flags), wxPoint position, wxArrayInt* partialExtents) const
6234 {
6235     if (!range.IsWithin(GetRange()))
6236         return false;
6237
6238     wxRichTextParagraph* para = wxDynamicCast(GetParent(), wxRichTextParagraph);
6239     wxASSERT (para != NULL);
6240
6241     int relativeX = position.x - GetParent()->GetPosition().x;
6242
6243     wxRichTextAttr textAttr(para ? para->GetCombinedAttributes(GetAttributes()) : GetAttributes());
6244
6245     // Always assume unformatted text, since at this level we have no knowledge
6246     // of line breaks - and we don't need it, since we'll calculate size within
6247     // formatted text by doing it in chunks according to the line ranges
6248
6249     bool bScript(false);
6250     wxFont font(GetBuffer()->GetFontTable().FindFont(textAttr));
6251     if (font.IsOk())
6252     {
6253         if ( textAttr.HasTextEffects() && ( (textAttr.GetTextEffects() & wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_SUPERSCRIPT)
6254             || (textAttr.GetTextEffects() & wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_SUBSCRIPT) ) )
6255         {
6256             wxFont textFont = font;
6257             double size = static_cast<double>(textFont.GetPointSize()) / wxSCRIPT_MUL_FACTOR;
6258             textFont.SetPointSize( static_cast<int>(size) );
6259             wxCheckSetFont(dc, textFont);
6260             bScript = true;
6261         }
6262         else
6263         {
6264             wxCheckSetFont(dc, font);
6265         }
6266     }
6267
6268     bool haveDescent = false;
6269     int startPos = range.GetStart() - GetRange().GetStart();
6270     long len = range.GetLength();
6271
6272     wxString str(m_text);
6273     wxString toReplace = wxRichTextLineBreakChar;
6274     str.Replace(toReplace, wxT(" "));
6275
6276     wxString stringChunk = str.Mid(startPos, (size_t) len);
6277
6278     if (textAttr.HasTextEffects() && (textAttr.GetTextEffects() & wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_CAPITALS))
6279         stringChunk.MakeUpper();
6280
6281     wxCoord w, h;
6282     int width = 0;
6283     if (stringChunk.Find(wxT('\t')) != wxNOT_FOUND)
6284     {
6285         // the string has a tab
6286         wxArrayInt tabArray;
6287         if (textAttr.GetTabs().IsEmpty())
6288             tabArray = wxRichTextParagraph::GetDefaultTabs();
6289         else
6290             tabArray = textAttr.GetTabs();
6291
6292         int tabCount = tabArray.GetCount();
6293
6294         for (int i = 0; i < tabCount; ++i)
6295         {
6296             int pos = tabArray[i];
6297             pos = ((wxRichTextPlainText*) this)->ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc, pos);
6298             tabArray[i] = pos;
6299         }
6300
6301         int nextTabPos = -1;
6302
6303         while (stringChunk.Find(wxT('\t')) >= 0)
6304         {
6305             int absoluteWidth = 0;
6306
6307             // the string has a tab
6308             // break up the string at the Tab
6309             wxString stringFragment = stringChunk.BeforeFirst(wxT('\t'));
6310             stringChunk = stringChunk.AfterFirst(wxT('\t'));
6311
6312             if (partialExtents)
6313             {
6314                 int oldWidth;
6315                 if (partialExtents->GetCount() > 0)
6316                     oldWidth = (*partialExtents)[partialExtents->GetCount()-1];
6317                 else
6318                     oldWidth = 0;
6319
6320                 // Add these partial extents
6321                 wxArrayInt p;
6322                 dc.GetPartialTextExtents(stringFragment, p);
6323                 size_t j;
6324                 for (j = 0; j < p.GetCount(); j++)
6325                     partialExtents->Add(oldWidth + p[j]);
6326
6327                 if (partialExtents->GetCount() > 0)
6328                     absoluteWidth = (*partialExtents)[(*partialExtents).GetCount()-1] + relativeX;
6329                 else
6330                     absoluteWidth = relativeX;
6331             }
6332             else
6333             {
6334                 dc.GetTextExtent(stringFragment, & w, & h);
6335                 width += w;
6336                 absoluteWidth = width + relativeX;
6337                 haveDescent = true;
6338             }
6339
6340             bool notFound = true;
6341             for (int i = 0; i < tabCount && notFound; ++i)
6342             {
6343                 nextTabPos = tabArray.Item(i);
6344
6345                 // Find the next tab position.
6346                 // Even if we're at the end of the tab array, we must still process the chunk.
6347
6348                 if (nextTabPos > absoluteWidth || (i == (tabCount - 1)))
6349                 {
6350                     if (nextTabPos <= absoluteWidth)
6351                     {
6352                         int defaultTabWidth = ((wxRichTextPlainText*) this)->ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc, WIDTH_FOR_DEFAULT_TABS);
6353                         nextTabPos = absoluteWidth + defaultTabWidth;
6354                     }
6355
6356                     notFound = false;
6357                     width = nextTabPos - relativeX;
6358
6359                     if (partialExtents)
6360                         partialExtents->Add(width);
6361                 }
6362             }
6363         }
6364     }
6365
6366     if (!stringChunk.IsEmpty())
6367     {
6368         if (partialExtents)
6369         {
6370             int oldWidth;
6371             if (partialExtents->GetCount() > 0)
6372                 oldWidth = (*partialExtents)[partialExtents->GetCount()-1];
6373             else
6374                 oldWidth = 0;
6375
6376             // Add these partial extents
6377             wxArrayInt p;
6378             dc.GetPartialTextExtents(stringChunk, p);
6379             size_t j;
6380             for (j = 0; j < p.GetCount(); j++)
6381                 partialExtents->Add(oldWidth + p[j]);
6382         }
6383         else
6384         {
6385             dc.GetTextExtent(stringChunk, & w, & h, & descent);
6386             width += w;
6387             haveDescent = true;
6388         }
6389     }
6390
6391     if (partialExtents)
6392     {
6393         int charHeight = dc.GetCharHeight();
6394         if ((*partialExtents).GetCount() > 0)
6395             w = (*partialExtents)[partialExtents->GetCount()-1];
6396         else
6397             w = 0;
6398         size = wxSize(w, charHeight);
6399     }
6400     else
6401     {
6402         size = wxSize(width, dc.GetCharHeight());
6403     }
6404
6405     if (!haveDescent)
6406         dc.GetTextExtent(wxT("X"), & w, & h, & descent);
6407
6408     if ( bScript )
6409         dc.SetFont(font);
6410
6411     return true;
6412 }
6413
6414 /// Do a split, returning an object containing the second part, and setting
6415 /// the first part in 'this'.
6416 wxRichTextObject* wxRichTextPlainText::DoSplit(long pos)
6417 {
6418     long index = pos - GetRange().GetStart();
6419
6420     if (index < 0 || index >= (int) m_text.length())
6421         return NULL;
6422
6423     wxString firstPart = m_text.Mid(0, index);
6424     wxString secondPart = m_text.Mid(index);
6425
6426     m_text = firstPart;
6427
6428     wxRichTextPlainText* newObject = new wxRichTextPlainText(secondPart);
6429     newObject->SetAttributes(GetAttributes());
6430
6431     newObject->SetRange(wxRichTextRange(pos, GetRange().GetEnd()));
6432     GetRange().SetEnd(pos-1);
6433
6434     return newObject;
6435 }
6436
6437 /// Calculate range
6438 void wxRichTextPlainText::CalculateRange(long start, long& end)
6439 {
6440     end = start + m_text.length() - 1;
6441     m_range.SetRange(start, end);
6442 }
6443
6444 /// Delete range
6445 bool wxRichTextPlainText::DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& range)
6446 {
6447     wxRichTextRange r = range;
6448
6449     r.LimitTo(GetRange());
6450
6451     if (r.GetStart() == GetRange().GetStart() && r.GetEnd() == GetRange().GetEnd())
6452     {
6453         m_text.Empty();
6454         return true;
6455     }
6456
6457     long startIndex = r.GetStart() - GetRange().GetStart();
6458     long len = r.GetLength();
6459
6460     m_text = m_text.Mid(0, startIndex) + m_text.Mid(startIndex+len);
6461     return true;
6462 }
6463
6464 /// Get text for the given range.
6465 wxString wxRichTextPlainText::GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) const
6466 {
6467     wxRichTextRange r = range;
6468
6469     r.LimitTo(GetRange());
6470
6471     long startIndex = r.GetStart() - GetRange().GetStart();
6472     long len = r.GetLength();
6473
6474     return m_text.Mid(startIndex, len);
6475 }
6476
6477 /// Returns true if this object can merge itself with the given one.
6478 bool wxRichTextPlainText::CanMerge(wxRichTextObject* object) const
6479 {
6480     return object->GetClassInfo() == CLASSINFO(wxRichTextPlainText) &&
6481         (m_text.empty() || wxTextAttrEq(GetAttributes(), object->GetAttributes()));
6482 }
6483
6484 /// Returns true if this object merged itself with the given one.
6485 /// The calling code will then delete the given object.
6486 bool wxRichTextPlainText::Merge(wxRichTextObject* object)
6487 {
6488     wxRichTextPlainText* textObject = wxDynamicCast(object, wxRichTextPlainText);
6489     wxASSERT( textObject != NULL );
6490
6491     if (textObject)
6492     {
6493         m_text += textObject->GetText();
6494         wxRichTextApplyStyle(m_attributes, textObject->GetAttributes());
6495         return true;
6496     }
6497     else
6498         return false;
6499 }
6500
6501 /// Dump to output stream for debugging
6502 void wxRichTextPlainText::Dump(wxTextOutputStream& stream)
6503 {
6504     wxRichTextObject::Dump(stream);
6505     stream << m_text << wxT("\n");
6506 }
6507
6508 /// Get the first position from pos that has a line break character.
6509 long wxRichTextPlainText::GetFirstLineBreakPosition(long pos)
6510 {
6511     int i;
6512     int len = m_text.length();
6513     int startPos = pos - m_range.GetStart();
6514     for (i = startPos; i < len; i++)
6515     {
6516         wxChar ch = m_text[i];
6517         if (ch == wxRichTextLineBreakChar)
6518         {
6519             return i + m_range.GetStart();
6520         }
6521     }
6522     return -1;
6523 }
6524
6525 /*!
6526  * wxRichTextBuffer
6527  * This is a kind of box, used to represent the whole buffer
6528  */
6529
6530 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox)
6531
6532 wxList                  wxRichTextBuffer::sm_handlers;
6533 wxRichTextRenderer*     wxRichTextBuffer::sm_renderer = NULL;
6534 int                     wxRichTextBuffer::sm_bulletRightMargin = 20;
6535 float                   wxRichTextBuffer::sm_bulletProportion = (float) 0.3;
6536
6537 /// Initialisation
6538 void wxRichTextBuffer::Init()
6539 {
6540     m_commandProcessor = new wxCommandProcessor;
6541     m_styleSheet = NULL;
6542     m_modified = false;
6543     m_batchedCommandDepth = 0;
6544     m_batchedCommand = NULL;
6545     m_suppressUndo = 0;
6546     m_handlerFlags = 0;
6547     m_scale = 1.0;
6548 }
6549
6550 /// Initialisation
6551 wxRichTextBuffer::~wxRichTextBuffer()
6552 {
6553     delete m_commandProcessor;
6554     delete m_batchedCommand;
6555
6556     ClearStyleStack();
6557     ClearEventHandlers();
6558 }
6559
6560 void wxRichTextBuffer::ResetAndClearCommands()
6561 {
6562     Reset();
6563
6564     GetCommandProcessor()->ClearCommands();
6565
6566     Modify(false);
6567     Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL);
6568 }
6569
6570 void wxRichTextBuffer::Copy(const wxRichTextBuffer& obj)
6571 {
6572     wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Copy(obj);
6573
6574     m_styleSheet = obj.m_styleSheet;
6575     m_modified = obj.m_modified;
6576     m_batchedCommandDepth = 0;
6577     if (m_batchedCommand)
6578         delete m_batchedCommand;
6579     m_batchedCommand = NULL;
6580     m_suppressUndo = obj.m_suppressUndo;
6581     m_invalidRange = obj.m_invalidRange;
6582 }
6583
6584 /// Push style sheet to top of stack
6585 bool wxRichTextBuffer::PushStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet)
6586 {
6587     if (m_styleSheet)
6588         styleSheet->InsertSheet(m_styleSheet);
6589
6590     SetStyleSheet(styleSheet);
6591
6592     return true;
6593 }
6594
6595 /// Pop style sheet from top of stack
6596 wxRichTextStyleSheet* wxRichTextBuffer::PopStyleSheet()
6597 {
6598     if (m_styleSheet)
6599     {
6600         wxRichTextStyleSheet* oldSheet = m_styleSheet;
6601         m_styleSheet = oldSheet->GetNextSheet();
6602         oldSheet->Unlink();
6603
6604         return oldSheet;
6605     }
6606     else
6607         return NULL;
6608 }
6609
6610 /// Submit command to insert paragraphs
6611 bool wxRichTextBuffer::InsertParagraphsWithUndo(long pos, const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& paragraphs, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags)
6612 {
6613     return ctrl->GetFocusObject()->InsertParagraphsWithUndo(pos, paragraphs, ctrl, this, flags);
6614 }
6615
6616 /// Submit command to insert paragraphs
6617 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::InsertParagraphsWithUndo(long pos, const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& paragraphs, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, int WXUNUSED(flags))
6618 {
6619     wxRichTextAction* action = new wxRichTextAction(NULL, _("Insert Text"), wxRICHTEXT_INSERT, buffer, this, ctrl, false);
6620
6621     action->GetNewParagraphs() = paragraphs;
6622
6623     action->SetPosition(pos);
6624
6625     wxRichTextRange range = wxRichTextRange(pos, pos + paragraphs.GetOwnRange().GetEnd() - 1);
6626     if (!paragraphs.GetPartialParagraph())
6627         range.SetEnd(range.GetEnd()+1);
6628
6629     // Set the range we'll need to delete in Undo
6630     action->SetRange(range);
6631
6632     buffer->SubmitAction(action);
6633
6634     return true;
6635 }
6636
6637 /// Submit command to insert the given text
6638 bool wxRichTextBuffer::InsertTextWithUndo(long pos, const wxString& text, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags)
6639 {
6640     return ctrl->GetFocusObject()->InsertTextWithUndo(pos, text, ctrl, this, flags);
6641 }
6642
6643 /// Submit command to insert the given text
6644 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::InsertTextWithUndo(long pos, const wxString& text, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, int flags)
6645 {
6646     wxRichTextAction* action = new wxRichTextAction(NULL, _("Insert Text"), wxRICHTEXT_INSERT, buffer, this, ctrl, false);
6647
6648     wxRichTextAttr* p = NULL;
6649     wxRichTextAttr paraAttr;
6650     if (flags & wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_WITH_PREVIOUS_PARAGRAPH_STYLE)
6651     {
6652         // Get appropriate paragraph style
6653         paraAttr = GetStyleForNewParagraph(buffer, pos, false, false);
6654         if (!paraAttr.IsDefault())
6655             p = & paraAttr;
6656     }
6657
6658     action->GetNewParagraphs().AddParagraphs(text, p);
6659
6660     int length = action->GetNewParagraphs().GetOwnRange().GetLength();
6661
6662     if (!text.empty() && text.Last() != wxT('\n'))
6663     {
6664         // Don't count the newline when undoing
6665         length --;
6666         action->GetNewParagraphs().SetPartialParagraph(true);
6667     }
6668     else if (!text.empty() && text.Last() == wxT('\n'))
6669         length --;
6670
6671     action->SetPosition(pos);
6672
6673     // Set the range we'll need to delete in Undo
6674     action->SetRange(wxRichTextRange(pos, pos + length - 1));
6675
6676     buffer->SubmitAction(action);
6677
6678     return true;
6679 }
6680
6681 /// Submit command to insert the given text
6682 bool wxRichTextBuffer::InsertNewlineWithUndo(long pos, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags)
6683 {
6684     return ctrl->GetFocusObject()->InsertNewlineWithUndo(pos, ctrl, this, flags);
6685 }
6686
6687 /// Submit command to insert the given text
6688 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::InsertNewlineWithUndo(long pos, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, int flags)
6689 {
6690     wxRichTextAction* action = new wxRichTextAction(NULL, _("Insert Text"), wxRICHTEXT_INSERT, buffer, this, ctrl, false);
6691
6692     wxRichTextAttr* p = NULL;
6693     wxRichTextAttr paraAttr;
6694     if (flags & wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_WITH_PREVIOUS_PARAGRAPH_STYLE)
6695     {
6696         paraAttr = GetStyleForNewParagraph(buffer, pos, false, true /* look for next paragraph style */);
6697         if (!paraAttr.IsDefault())
6698             p = & paraAttr;
6699     }
6700
6701     wxRichTextAttr attr(buffer->GetDefaultStyle());
6702
6703     wxRichTextParagraph* newPara = new wxRichTextParagraph(wxEmptyString, this, & attr);
6704     action->GetNewParagraphs().AppendChild(newPara);
6705     action->GetNewParagraphs().UpdateRanges();
6706     action->GetNewParagraphs().SetPartialParagraph(false);
6707     wxRichTextParagraph* para = GetParagraphAtPosition(pos, false);
6708     long pos1 = pos;
6709
6710     if (p)
6711         newPara->SetAttributes(*p);
6712
6713     if (flags & wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_INTERACTIVE)
6714     {
6715         if (para && para->GetRange().GetEnd() == pos)
6716             pos1 ++;
6717
6718         // Now see if we need to number the paragraph.
6719         if (newPara->GetAttributes().HasBulletNumber())
6720         {
6721             wxRichTextAttr numberingAttr;
6722             if (FindNextParagraphNumber(para, numberingAttr))
6723                 wxRichTextApplyStyle(newPara->GetAttributes(), (const wxRichTextAttr&) numberingAttr);
6724         }
6725     }
6726
6727     action->SetPosition(pos);
6728
6729     // Use the default character style
6730     // Use the default character style
6731     if (!buffer->GetDefaultStyle().IsDefault() && newPara->GetChildren().GetFirst())
6732     {
6733         // Check whether the default style merely reflects the paragraph/basic style,
6734         // in which case don't apply it.
6735         wxRichTextAttr defaultStyle(buffer->GetDefaultStyle());
6736         wxRichTextAttr toApply;
6737         if (para)
6738         {
6739             wxRichTextAttr combinedAttr = para->GetCombinedAttributes(true /* include box attributes */);
6740             wxRichTextAttr newAttr;
6741             // This filters out attributes that are accounted for by the current
6742             // paragraph/basic style
6743             wxRichTextApplyStyle(toApply, defaultStyle, & combinedAttr);
6744         }
6745         else
6746             toApply = defaultStyle;
6747
6748         if (!toApply.IsDefault())
6749             newPara->GetChildren().GetFirst()->GetData()->SetAttributes(toApply);
6750     }
6751
6752     // Set the range we'll need to delete in Undo
6753     action->SetRange(wxRichTextRange(pos1, pos1));
6754
6755     buffer->SubmitAction(action);
6756
6757     return true;
6758 }
6759
6760 /// Submit command to insert the given image
6761 bool wxRichTextBuffer::InsertImageWithUndo(long pos, const wxRichTextImageBlock& imageBlock, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags,
6762                                             const wxRichTextAttr& textAttr)
6763 {
6764     return ctrl->GetFocusObject()->InsertImageWithUndo(pos, imageBlock, ctrl, this, flags, textAttr);
6765 }
6766
6767 /// Submit command to insert the given image
6768 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::InsertImageWithUndo(long pos, const wxRichTextImageBlock& imageBlock,
6769                                                         wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, int flags,
6770                                                         const wxRichTextAttr& textAttr)
6771 {
6772     wxRichTextAction* action = new wxRichTextAction(NULL, _("Insert Image"), wxRICHTEXT_INSERT, buffer, this, ctrl, false);
6773
6774     wxRichTextAttr* p = NULL;
6775     wxRichTextAttr paraAttr;
6776     if (flags & wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_WITH_PREVIOUS_PARAGRAPH_STYLE)
6777     {
6778         paraAttr = GetStyleForNewParagraph(buffer, pos);
6779         if (!paraAttr.IsDefault())
6780             p = & paraAttr;
6781     }
6782
6783     wxRichTextAttr attr(buffer->GetDefaultStyle());
6784
6785     wxRichTextParagraph* newPara = new wxRichTextParagraph(this, & attr);
6786     if (p)
6787         newPara->SetAttributes(*p);
6788
6789     wxRichTextImage* imageObject = new wxRichTextImage(imageBlock, newPara);
6790     newPara->AppendChild(imageObject);
6791     imageObject->SetAttributes(textAttr);
6792     action->GetNewParagraphs().AppendChild(newPara);
6793     action->GetNewParagraphs().UpdateRanges();
6794
6795     action->GetNewParagraphs().SetPartialParagraph(true);
6796
6797     action->SetPosition(pos);
6798
6799     // Set the range we'll need to delete in Undo
6800     action->SetRange(wxRichTextRange(pos, pos));
6801
6802     buffer->SubmitAction(action);
6803
6804     return true;
6805 }
6806
6807 // Insert an object with no change of it
6808 wxRichTextObject* wxRichTextBuffer::InsertObjectWithUndo(long pos, wxRichTextObject *object, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags)
6809 {
6810     return ctrl->GetFocusObject()->InsertObjectWithUndo(pos, object, ctrl, this, flags);
6811 }
6812
6813 // Insert an object with no change of it
6814 wxRichTextObject* wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::InsertObjectWithUndo(long pos, wxRichTextObject *object, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, int flags)
6815 {
6816     wxRichTextAction* action = new wxRichTextAction(NULL, _("Insert Object"), wxRICHTEXT_INSERT, buffer, this, ctrl, false);
6817
6818     wxRichTextAttr* p = NULL;
6819     wxRichTextAttr paraAttr;
6820     if (flags & wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_WITH_PREVIOUS_PARAGRAPH_STYLE)
6821     {
6822         paraAttr = GetStyleForNewParagraph(buffer, pos);
6823         if (!paraAttr.IsDefault())
6824             p = & paraAttr;
6825     }
6826
6827     wxRichTextAttr attr(buffer->GetDefaultStyle());
6828
6829     wxRichTextParagraph* newPara = new wxRichTextParagraph(this, & attr);
6830     if (p)
6831         newPara->SetAttributes(*p);
6832
6833     newPara->AppendChild(object);
6834     action->GetNewParagraphs().AppendChild(newPara);
6835     action->GetNewParagraphs().UpdateRanges();
6836
6837     action->GetNewParagraphs().SetPartialParagraph(true);
6838
6839     action->SetPosition(pos);
6840
6841     // Set the range we'll need to delete in Undo
6842     action->SetRange(wxRichTextRange(pos, pos));
6843
6844     buffer->SubmitAction(action);
6845
6846     wxRichTextObject* obj = GetLeafObjectAtPosition(pos);
6847     return obj;
6848 }
6849
6850 /// Get the style that is appropriate for a new paragraph at this position.
6851 /// If the previous paragraph has a paragraph style name, look up the next-paragraph
6852 /// style.
6853 wxRichTextAttr wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetStyleForNewParagraph(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, bool caretPosition, bool lookUpNewParaStyle) const
6854 {
6855     wxRichTextParagraph* para = GetParagraphAtPosition(pos, caretPosition);
6856     if (para)
6857     {
6858         wxRichTextAttr attr;
6859         bool foundAttributes = false;
6860
6861         // Look for a matching paragraph style
6862         if (lookUpNewParaStyle && !para->GetAttributes().GetParagraphStyleName().IsEmpty() && buffer->GetStyleSheet())
6863         {
6864             wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition* paraDef = buffer->GetStyleSheet()->FindParagraphStyle(para->GetAttributes().GetParagraphStyleName());
6865             if (paraDef)
6866             {
6867                 // If we're not at the end of the paragraph, then we apply THIS style, and not the designated next style.
6868                 if (para->GetRange().GetEnd() == pos && !paraDef->GetNextStyle().IsEmpty())
6869                 {
6870                     wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition* nextParaDef = buffer->GetStyleSheet()->FindParagraphStyle(paraDef->GetNextStyle());
6871                     if (nextParaDef)
6872                     {
6873                         foundAttributes = true;
6874                         attr = nextParaDef->GetStyleMergedWithBase(buffer->GetStyleSheet());
6875                     }
6876                 }
6877
6878                 // If we didn't find the 'next style', use this style instead.
6879                 if (!foundAttributes)
6880                 {
6881                     foundAttributes = true;
6882                     attr = paraDef->GetStyleMergedWithBase(buffer->GetStyleSheet());
6883                 }
6884             }
6885         }
6886
6887         // Also apply list style if present
6888         if (lookUpNewParaStyle && !para->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName().IsEmpty() && buffer->GetStyleSheet())
6889         {
6890             wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* listDef = buffer->GetStyleSheet()->FindListStyle(para->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName());
6891             if (listDef)
6892             {
6893                 int thisIndent = para->GetAttributes().GetLeftIndent();
6894                 int thisLevel = para->GetAttributes().HasOutlineLevel() ? para->GetAttributes().GetOutlineLevel() : listDef->FindLevelForIndent(thisIndent);
6895
6896                 // Apply the overall list style, and item style for this level
6897                 wxRichTextAttr listStyle(listDef->GetCombinedStyleForLevel(thisLevel, buffer->GetStyleSheet()));
6898                 wxRichTextApplyStyle(attr, listStyle);
6899                 attr.SetOutlineLevel(thisLevel);
6900                 if (para->GetAttributes().HasBulletNumber())
6901                     attr.SetBulletNumber(para->GetAttributes().GetBulletNumber());
6902             }
6903         }
6904
6905         if (!foundAttributes)
6906         {
6907             attr = para->GetAttributes();
6908             int flags = attr.GetFlags();
6909
6910             // Eliminate character styles
6911             flags &= ( (~ wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT) |
6912                     (~ wxTEXT_ATTR_TEXT_COLOUR) |
6913                     (~ wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR) );
6914             attr.SetFlags(flags);
6915         }
6916
6917         return attr;
6918     }
6919     else
6920         return wxRichTextAttr();
6921 }
6922
6923 /// Submit command to delete this range
6924 bool wxRichTextBuffer::DeleteRangeWithUndo(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl)
6925 {
6926     return ctrl->GetFocusObject()->DeleteRangeWithUndo(range, ctrl, this);
6927 }
6928
6929 /// Submit command to delete this range
6930 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::DeleteRangeWithUndo(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer)
6931 {
6932     wxRichTextAction* action = new wxRichTextAction(NULL, _("Delete"), wxRICHTEXT_DELETE, buffer, this, ctrl);
6933
6934     action->SetPosition(ctrl->GetCaretPosition());
6935
6936     // Set the range to delete
6937     action->SetRange(range);
6938
6939     // Copy the fragment that we'll need to restore in Undo
6940     CopyFragment(range, action->GetOldParagraphs());
6941
6942     // See if we're deleting a paragraph marker, in which case we need to
6943     // make a note not to copy the attributes from the 2nd paragraph to the 1st.
6944     if (range.GetStart() == range.GetEnd())
6945     {
6946         wxRichTextParagraph* para = GetParagraphAtPosition(range.GetStart());
6947         if (para && para->GetRange().GetEnd() == range.GetEnd())
6948         {
6949             wxRichTextParagraph* nextPara = GetParagraphAtPosition(range.GetStart()+1);
6950             if (nextPara && nextPara != para)
6951             {
6952                 action->GetOldParagraphs().GetChildren().GetFirst()->GetData()->SetAttributes(nextPara->GetAttributes());
6953                 action->GetOldParagraphs().GetAttributes().SetFlags(action->GetOldParagraphs().GetAttributes().GetFlags() | wxTEXT_ATTR_KEEP_FIRST_PARA_STYLE);
6954             }
6955         }
6956     }
6957
6958     buffer->SubmitAction(action);
6959
6960     return true;
6961 }
6962
6963 /// Collapse undo/redo commands
6964 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginBatchUndo(const wxString& cmdName)
6965 {
6966     if (m_batchedCommandDepth == 0)
6967     {
6968         wxASSERT(m_batchedCommand == NULL);
6969         if (m_batchedCommand)
6970         {
6971             GetCommandProcessor()->Store(m_batchedCommand);
6972         }
6973         m_batchedCommand = new wxRichTextCommand(cmdName);
6974     }
6975
6976     m_batchedCommandDepth ++;
6977
6978     return true;
6979 }
6980
6981 /// Collapse undo/redo commands
6982 bool wxRichTextBuffer::EndBatchUndo()
6983 {
6984     m_batchedCommandDepth --;
6985
6986     wxASSERT(m_batchedCommandDepth >= 0);
6987     wxASSERT(m_batchedCommand != NULL);
6988
6989     if (m_batchedCommandDepth == 0)
6990     {
6991         GetCommandProcessor()->Store(m_batchedCommand);
6992         m_batchedCommand = NULL;
6993     }
6994
6995     return true;
6996 }
6997
6998 /// Submit immediately, or delay according to whether collapsing is on
6999 bool wxRichTextBuffer::SubmitAction(wxRichTextAction* action)
7000 {
7001     if (BatchingUndo() && m_batchedCommand && !SuppressingUndo())
7002     {
7003         wxRichTextCommand* cmd = new wxRichTextCommand(action->GetName());
7004         cmd->AddAction(action);
7005         cmd->Do();
7006         cmd->GetActions().Clear();
7007         delete cmd;
7008
7009         m_batchedCommand->AddAction(action);
7010     }
7011     else
7012     {
7013         wxRichTextCommand* cmd = new wxRichTextCommand(action->GetName());
7014         cmd->AddAction(action);
7015
7016         // Only store it if we're not suppressing undo.
7017         return GetCommandProcessor()->Submit(cmd, !SuppressingUndo());
7018     }
7019
7020     return true;
7021 }
7022
7023 /// Begin suppressing undo/redo commands.
7024 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginSuppressUndo()
7025 {
7026     m_suppressUndo ++;
7027
7028     return true;
7029 }
7030
7031 /// End suppressing undo/redo commands.
7032 bool wxRichTextBuffer::EndSuppressUndo()
7033 {
7034     m_suppressUndo --;
7035
7036     return true;
7037 }
7038
7039 /// Begin using a style
7040 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& style)
7041 {
7042     wxRichTextAttr newStyle(GetDefaultStyle());
7043
7044     // Save the old default style
7045     m_attributeStack.Append((wxObject*) new wxRichTextAttr(GetDefaultStyle()));
7046
7047     wxRichTextApplyStyle(newStyle, style);
7048     newStyle.SetFlags(style.GetFlags()|newStyle.GetFlags());
7049
7050     SetDefaultStyle(newStyle);
7051
7052     return true;
7053 }
7054
7055 /// End the style
7056 bool wxRichTextBuffer::EndStyle()
7057 {
7058     if (!m_attributeStack.GetFirst())
7059     {
7060         wxLogDebug(_("Too many EndStyle calls!"));
7061         return false;
7062     }
7063
7064     wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_attributeStack.GetLast();
7065     wxRichTextAttr* attr = (wxRichTextAttr*)node->GetData();
7066     m_attributeStack.Erase(node);
7067
7068     SetDefaultStyle(*attr);
7069
7070     delete attr;
7071     return true;
7072 }
7073
7074 /// End all styles
7075 bool wxRichTextBuffer::EndAllStyles()
7076 {
7077     while (m_attributeStack.GetCount() != 0)
7078         EndStyle();
7079     return true;
7080 }
7081
7082 /// Clear the style stack
7083 void wxRichTextBuffer::ClearStyleStack()
7084 {
7085     for (wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_attributeStack.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext())
7086         delete (wxRichTextAttr*) node->GetData();
7087     m_attributeStack.Clear();
7088 }
7089
7090 /// Begin using bold
7091 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginBold()
7092 {
7093     wxRichTextAttr attr;
7094     attr.SetFontWeight(wxFONTWEIGHT_BOLD);
7095
7096     return BeginStyle(attr);
7097 }
7098
7099 /// Begin using italic
7100 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginItalic()
7101 {
7102     wxRichTextAttr attr;
7103     attr.SetFontStyle(wxFONTSTYLE_ITALIC);
7104
7105     return BeginStyle(attr);
7106 }
7107
7108 /// Begin using underline
7109 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginUnderline()
7110 {
7111     wxRichTextAttr attr;
7112     attr.SetFontUnderlined(true);
7113
7114     return BeginStyle(attr);
7115 }
7116
7117 /// Begin using point size
7118 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginFontSize(int pointSize)
7119 {
7120     wxRichTextAttr attr;
7121     attr.SetFontSize(pointSize);
7122
7123     return BeginStyle(attr);
7124 }
7125
7126 /// Begin using this font
7127 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginFont(const wxFont& font)
7128 {
7129     wxRichTextAttr attr;
7130     attr.SetFont(font);
7131
7132     return BeginStyle(attr);
7133 }
7134
7135 /// Begin using this colour
7136 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginTextColour(const wxColour& colour)
7137 {
7138     wxRichTextAttr attr;
7139     attr.SetFlags(wxTEXT_ATTR_TEXT_COLOUR);
7140     attr.SetTextColour(colour);
7141
7142     return BeginStyle(attr);
7143 }
7144
7145 /// Begin using alignment
7146 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginAlignment(wxTextAttrAlignment alignment)
7147 {
7148     wxRichTextAttr attr;
7149     attr.SetFlags(wxTEXT_ATTR_ALIGNMENT);
7150     attr.SetAlignment(alignment);
7151
7152     return BeginStyle(attr);
7153 }
7154
7155 /// Begin left indent
7156 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginLeftIndent(int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent)
7157 {
7158     wxRichTextAttr attr;
7159     attr.SetFlags(wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT);
7160     attr.SetLeftIndent(leftIndent, leftSubIndent);
7161
7162     return BeginStyle(attr);
7163 }
7164
7165 /// Begin right indent
7166 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginRightIndent(int rightIndent)
7167 {
7168     wxRichTextAttr attr;
7169     attr.SetFlags(wxTEXT_ATTR_RIGHT_INDENT);
7170     attr.SetRightIndent(rightIndent);
7171
7172     return BeginStyle(attr);
7173 }
7174
7175 /// Begin paragraph spacing
7176 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginParagraphSpacing(int before, int after)
7177 {
7178     long flags = 0;
7179     if (before != 0)
7180         flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_BEFORE;
7181     if (after != 0)
7182         flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_AFTER;
7183
7184     wxRichTextAttr attr;
7185     attr.SetFlags(flags);
7186     attr.SetParagraphSpacingBefore(before);
7187     attr.SetParagraphSpacingAfter(after);
7188
7189     return BeginStyle(attr);
7190 }
7191
7192 /// Begin line spacing
7193 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginLineSpacing(int lineSpacing)
7194 {
7195     wxRichTextAttr attr;
7196     attr.SetFlags(wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING);
7197     attr.SetLineSpacing(lineSpacing);
7198
7199     return BeginStyle(attr);
7200 }
7201
7202 /// Begin numbered bullet
7203 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginNumberedBullet(int bulletNumber, int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent, int bulletStyle)
7204 {
7205     wxRichTextAttr attr;
7206     attr.SetFlags(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE|wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT);
7207     attr.SetBulletStyle(bulletStyle);
7208     attr.SetBulletNumber(bulletNumber);
7209     attr.SetLeftIndent(leftIndent, leftSubIndent);
7210
7211     return BeginStyle(attr);
7212 }
7213
7214 /// Begin symbol bullet
7215 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginSymbolBullet(const wxString& symbol, int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent, int bulletStyle)
7216 {
7217     wxRichTextAttr attr;
7218     attr.SetFlags(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE|wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT);
7219     attr.SetBulletStyle(bulletStyle);
7220     attr.SetLeftIndent(leftIndent, leftSubIndent);
7221     attr.SetBulletText(symbol);
7222
7223     return BeginStyle(attr);
7224 }
7225
7226 /// Begin standard bullet
7227 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginStandardBullet(const wxString& bulletName, int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent, int bulletStyle)
7228 {
7229     wxRichTextAttr attr;
7230     attr.SetFlags(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE|wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT);
7231     attr.SetBulletStyle(bulletStyle);
7232     attr.SetLeftIndent(leftIndent, leftSubIndent);
7233     attr.SetBulletName(bulletName);
7234
7235     return BeginStyle(attr);
7236 }
7237
7238 /// Begin named character style
7239 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginCharacterStyle(const wxString& characterStyle)
7240 {
7241     if (GetStyleSheet())
7242     {
7243         wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition* def = GetStyleSheet()->FindCharacterStyle(characterStyle);
7244         if (def)
7245         {
7246             wxRichTextAttr attr = def->GetStyleMergedWithBase(GetStyleSheet());
7247             return BeginStyle(attr);
7248         }
7249     }
7250     return false;
7251 }
7252
7253 /// Begin named paragraph style
7254 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginParagraphStyle(const wxString& paragraphStyle)
7255 {
7256     if (GetStyleSheet())
7257     {
7258         wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition* def = GetStyleSheet()->FindParagraphStyle(paragraphStyle);
7259         if (def)
7260         {
7261             wxRichTextAttr attr = def->GetStyleMergedWithBase(GetStyleSheet());
7262             return BeginStyle(attr);
7263         }
7264     }
7265     return false;
7266 }
7267
7268 /// Begin named list style
7269 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginListStyle(const wxString& listStyle, int level, int number)
7270 {
7271     if (GetStyleSheet())
7272     {
7273         wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def = GetStyleSheet()->FindListStyle(listStyle);
7274         if (def)
7275         {
7276             wxRichTextAttr attr(def->GetCombinedStyleForLevel(level));
7277
7278             attr.SetBulletNumber(number);
7279
7280             return BeginStyle(attr);
7281         }
7282     }
7283     return false;
7284 }
7285
7286 /// Begin URL
7287 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginURL(const wxString& url, const wxString& characterStyle)
7288 {
7289     wxRichTextAttr attr;
7290
7291     if (!characterStyle.IsEmpty() && GetStyleSheet())
7292     {
7293         wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition* def = GetStyleSheet()->FindCharacterStyle(characterStyle);
7294         if (def)
7295         {
7296             attr = def->GetStyleMergedWithBase(GetStyleSheet());
7297         }
7298     }
7299     attr.SetURL(url);
7300
7301     return BeginStyle(attr);
7302 }
7303
7304 /// Adds a handler to the end
7305 void wxRichTextBuffer::AddHandler(wxRichTextFileHandler *handler)
7306 {
7307     sm_handlers.Append(handler);
7308 }
7309
7310 /// Inserts a handler at the front
7311 void wxRichTextBuffer::InsertHandler(wxRichTextFileHandler *handler)
7312 {
7313     sm_handlers.Insert( handler );
7314 }
7315
7316 /// Removes a handler
7317 bool wxRichTextBuffer::RemoveHandler(const wxString& name)
7318 {
7319     wxRichTextFileHandler *handler = FindHandler(name);
7320     if (handler)
7321     {
7322         sm_handlers.DeleteObject(handler);
7323         delete handler;
7324         return true;
7325     }
7326     else
7327         return false;
7328 }
7329
7330 /// Finds a handler by filename or, if supplied, type
7331 wxRichTextFileHandler *wxRichTextBuffer::FindHandlerFilenameOrType(const wxString& filename,
7332                                                                    wxRichTextFileType imageType)
7333 {
7334     if (imageType != wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY)
7335         return FindHandler(imageType);
7336     else if (!filename.IsEmpty())
7337     {
7338         wxString path, file, ext;
7339         wxFileName::SplitPath(filename, & path, & file, & ext);
7340         return FindHandler(ext, imageType);
7341     }
7342     else
7343         return NULL;
7344 }
7345
7346
7347 /// Finds a handler by name
7348 wxRichTextFileHandler* wxRichTextBuffer::FindHandler(const wxString& name)
7349 {
7350     wxList::compatibility_iterator node = sm_handlers.GetFirst();
7351     while (node)
7352     {
7353         wxRichTextFileHandler *handler = (wxRichTextFileHandler*)node->GetData();
7354         if (handler->GetName().Lower() == name.Lower()) return handler;
7355
7356         node = node->GetNext();
7357     }
7358     return NULL;
7359 }
7360
7361 /// Finds a handler by extension and type
7362 wxRichTextFileHandler* wxRichTextBuffer::FindHandler(const wxString& extension, wxRichTextFileType type)
7363 {
7364     wxList::compatibility_iterator node = sm_handlers.GetFirst();
7365     while (node)
7366     {
7367         wxRichTextFileHandler *handler = (wxRichTextFileHandler*)node->GetData();
7368         if ( handler->GetExtension().Lower() == extension.Lower() &&
7369             (type == wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY || handler->GetType() == type) )
7370             return handler;
7371         node = node->GetNext();
7372     }
7373     return 0;
7374 }
7375
7376 /// Finds a handler by type
7377 wxRichTextFileHandler* wxRichTextBuffer::FindHandler(wxRichTextFileType type)
7378 {
7379     wxList::compatibility_iterator node = sm_handlers.GetFirst();
7380     while (node)
7381     {
7382         wxRichTextFileHandler *handler = (wxRichTextFileHandler *)node->GetData();
7383         if (handler->GetType() == type) return handler;
7384         node = node->GetNext();
7385     }
7386     return NULL;
7387 }
7388
7389 void wxRichTextBuffer::InitStandardHandlers()
7390 {
7391     if (!FindHandler(wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_TEXT))
7392         AddHandler(new wxRichTextPlainTextHandler);
7393 }
7394
7395 void wxRichTextBuffer::CleanUpHandlers()
7396 {
7397     wxList::compatibility_iterator node = sm_handlers.GetFirst();
7398     while (node)
7399     {
7400         wxRichTextFileHandler* handler = (wxRichTextFileHandler*)node->GetData();
7401         wxList::compatibility_iterator next = node->GetNext();
7402         delete handler;
7403         node = next;
7404     }
7405
7406     sm_handlers.Clear();
7407 }
7408
7409 wxString wxRichTextBuffer::GetExtWildcard(bool combine, bool save, wxArrayInt* types)
7410 {
7411     if (types)
7412         types->Clear();
7413
7414     wxString wildcard;
7415
7416     wxList::compatibility_iterator node = GetHandlers().GetFirst();
7417     int count = 0;
7418     while (node)
7419     {
7420         wxRichTextFileHandler* handler = (wxRichTextFileHandler*) node->GetData();
7421         if (handler->IsVisible() && ((save && handler->CanSave()) || (!save && handler->CanLoad())))
7422         {
7423             if (combine)
7424             {
7425                 if (count > 0)
7426                     wildcard += wxT(";");
7427                 wildcard += wxT("*.") + handler->GetExtension();
7428             }
7429             else
7430             {
7431                 if (count > 0)
7432                     wildcard += wxT("|");
7433                 wildcard += handler->GetName();
7434                 wildcard += wxT(" ");
7435                 wildcard += _("files");
7436                 wildcard += wxT(" (*.");
7437                 wildcard += handler->GetExtension();
7438                 wildcard += wxT(")|*.");
7439                 wildcard += handler->GetExtension();
7440                 if (types)
7441                     types->Add(handler->GetType());
7442             }
7443             count ++;
7444         }
7445
7446         node = node->GetNext();
7447     }
7448
7449     if (combine)
7450         wildcard = wxT("(") + wildcard + wxT(")|") + wildcard;
7451     return wildcard;
7452 }
7453
7454 /// Load a file
7455 bool wxRichTextBuffer::LoadFile(const wxString& filename, wxRichTextFileType type)
7456 {
7457     wxRichTextFileHandler* handler = FindHandlerFilenameOrType(filename, type);
7458     if (handler)
7459     {
7460         SetDefaultStyle(wxRichTextAttr());
7461         handler->SetFlags(GetHandlerFlags());
7462         bool success = handler->LoadFile(this, filename);
7463         Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL);
7464         return success;
7465     }
7466     else
7467         return false;
7468 }
7469
7470 /// Save a file
7471 bool wxRichTextBuffer::SaveFile(const wxString& filename, wxRichTextFileType type)
7472 {
7473     wxRichTextFileHandler* handler = FindHandlerFilenameOrType(filename, type);
7474     if (handler)
7475     {
7476         handler->SetFlags(GetHandlerFlags());
7477         return handler->SaveFile(this, filename);
7478     }
7479     else
7480         return false;
7481 }
7482
7483 /// Load from a stream
7484 bool wxRichTextBuffer::LoadFile(wxInputStream& stream, wxRichTextFileType type)
7485 {
7486     wxRichTextFileHandler* handler = FindHandler(type);
7487     if (handler)
7488     {
7489         SetDefaultStyle(wxRichTextAttr());
7490         handler->SetFlags(GetHandlerFlags());
7491         bool success = handler->LoadFile(this, stream);
7492         Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL);
7493         return success;
7494     }
7495     else
7496         return false;
7497 }
7498
7499 /// Save to a stream
7500 bool wxRichTextBuffer::SaveFile(wxOutputStream& stream, wxRichTextFileType type)
7501 {
7502     wxRichTextFileHandler* handler = FindHandler(type);
7503     if (handler)
7504     {
7505         handler->SetFlags(GetHandlerFlags());
7506         return handler->SaveFile(this, stream);
7507     }
7508     else
7509         return false;
7510 }
7511
7512 /// Copy the range to the clipboard
7513 bool wxRichTextBuffer::CopyToClipboard(const wxRichTextRange& range)
7514 {
7515     bool success = false;
7516     wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container = this;
7517     if (GetRichTextCtrl())
7518         container = GetRichTextCtrl()->GetFocusObject();
7519
7520 #if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD && wxUSE_DATAOBJ
7521
7522     if (!wxTheClipboard->IsOpened() && wxTheClipboard->Open())
7523     {
7524         wxTheClipboard->Clear();
7525
7526         // Add composite object
7527
7528         wxDataObjectComposite* compositeObject = new wxDataObjectComposite();
7529
7530         {
7531             wxString text = container->GetTextForRange(range);
7532
7533 #ifdef __WXMSW__
7534             text = wxTextFile::Translate(text, wxTextFileType_Dos);
7535 #endif
7536
7537             compositeObject->Add(new wxTextDataObject(text), false /* not preferred */);
7538         }
7539
7540         // Add rich text buffer data object. This needs the XML handler to be present.
7541
7542         if (FindHandler(wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_XML))
7543         {
7544             wxRichTextBuffer* richTextBuf = new wxRichTextBuffer;
7545             container->CopyFragment(range, *richTextBuf);
7546
7547             compositeObject->Add(new wxRichTextBufferDataObject(richTextBuf), true /* preferred */);
7548         }
7549
7550         if (wxTheClipboard->SetData(compositeObject))
7551             success = true;
7552
7553         wxTheClipboard->Close();
7554     }
7555
7556 #else
7557     wxUnusedVar(range);
7558 #endif
7559     return success;
7560 }
7561
7562 /// Paste the clipboard content to the buffer
7563 bool wxRichTextBuffer::PasteFromClipboard(long position)
7564 {
7565     bool success = false;
7566     wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container = this;
7567     if (GetRichTextCtrl())
7568         container = GetRichTextCtrl()->GetFocusObject();
7569
7570 #if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD && wxUSE_DATAOBJ
7571     if (CanPasteFromClipboard())
7572     {
7573         if (wxTheClipboard->Open())
7574         {
7575             if (wxTheClipboard->IsSupported(wxDataFormat(wxRichTextBufferDataObject::GetRichTextBufferFormatId())))
7576             {
7577                 wxRichTextBufferDataObject data;
7578                 wxTheClipboard->GetData(data);
7579                 wxRichTextBuffer* richTextBuffer = data.GetRichTextBuffer();
7580                 if (richTextBuffer)
7581                 {
7582                     container->InsertParagraphsWithUndo(position+1, *richTextBuffer, GetRichTextCtrl(), this, 0);
7583                     if (GetRichTextCtrl())
7584                         GetRichTextCtrl()->ShowPosition(position + richTextBuffer->GetOwnRange().GetEnd());
7585                     delete richTextBuffer;
7586                 }
7587             }
7588             else if (wxTheClipboard->IsSupported(wxDF_TEXT)
7589  #if wxUSE_UNICODE
7590                      || wxTheClipboard->IsSupported(wxDF_UNICODETEXT)
7591  #endif
7592                     )
7593             {
7594                 wxTextDataObject data;
7595                 wxTheClipboard->GetData(data);
7596                 wxString text(data.GetText());
7597 #ifdef __WXMSW__
7598                 wxString text2;
7599                 text2.Alloc(text.Length()+1);
7600                 size_t i;
7601                 for (i = 0; i < text.Length(); i++)
7602                 {
7603                     wxChar ch = text[i];
7604                     if (ch != wxT('\r'))
7605                         text2 += ch;
7606                 }
7607 #else
7608                 wxString text2 = text;
7609 #endif
7610                 container->InsertTextWithUndo(position+1, text2, GetRichTextCtrl(), this, wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_WITH_PREVIOUS_PARAGRAPH_STYLE);
7611
7612                 if (GetRichTextCtrl())
7613                     GetRichTextCtrl()->ShowPosition(position + text2.Length());
7614
7615                 success = true;
7616             }
7617             else if (wxTheClipboard->IsSupported(wxDF_BITMAP))
7618             {
7619                 wxBitmapDataObject data;
7620                 wxTheClipboard->GetData(data);
7621                 wxBitmap bitmap(data.GetBitmap());
7622                 wxImage image(bitmap.ConvertToImage());
7623
7624                 wxRichTextAction* action = new wxRichTextAction(NULL, _("Insert Image"), wxRICHTEXT_INSERT, this, container, GetRichTextCtrl(), false);
7625
7626                 action->GetNewParagraphs().AddImage(image);
7627
7628                 if (action->GetNewParagraphs().GetChildCount() == 1)
7629                     action->GetNewParagraphs().SetPartialParagraph(true);
7630
7631                 action->SetPosition(position+1);
7632
7633                 // Set the range we'll need to delete in Undo
7634                 action->SetRange(wxRichTextRange(position+1, position+1));
7635
7636                 SubmitAction(action);
7637
7638                 success = true;
7639             }
7640             wxTheClipboard->Close();
7641         }
7642     }
7643 #else
7644     wxUnusedVar(position);
7645 #endif
7646     return success;
7647 }
7648
7649 /// Can we paste from the clipboard?
7650 bool wxRichTextBuffer::CanPasteFromClipboard() const
7651 {
7652     bool canPaste = false;
7653 #if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD && wxUSE_DATAOBJ
7654     if (!wxTheClipboard->IsOpened() && wxTheClipboard->Open())
7655     {
7656         if (wxTheClipboard->IsSupported(wxDF_TEXT)
7657 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
7658             || wxTheClipboard->IsSupported(wxDF_UNICODETEXT)
7659 #endif
7660             || wxTheClipboard->IsSupported(wxDataFormat(wxRichTextBufferDataObject::GetRichTextBufferFormatId())) ||
7661             wxTheClipboard->IsSupported(wxDF_BITMAP))
7662         {
7663             canPaste = true;
7664         }
7665         wxTheClipboard->Close();
7666     }
7667 #endif
7668     return canPaste;
7669 }
7670
7671 /// Dumps contents of buffer for debugging purposes
7672 void wxRichTextBuffer::Dump()
7673 {
7674     wxString text;
7675     {
7676         wxStringOutputStream stream(& text);
7677         wxTextOutputStream textStream(stream);
7678         Dump(textStream);
7679     }
7680
7681     wxLogDebug(text);
7682 }
7683
7684 /// Add an event handler
7685 bool wxRichTextBuffer::AddEventHandler(wxEvtHandler* handler)
7686 {
7687     m_eventHandlers.Append(handler);
7688     return true;
7689 }
7690
7691 /// Remove an event handler
7692 bool wxRichTextBuffer::RemoveEventHandler(wxEvtHandler* handler, bool deleteHandler)
7693 {
7694     wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_eventHandlers.Find(handler);
7695     if (node)
7696     {
7697         m_eventHandlers.Erase(node);
7698         if (deleteHandler)
7699             delete handler;
7700
7701         return true;
7702     }
7703     else
7704         return false;
7705 }
7706
7707 /// Clear event handlers
7708 void wxRichTextBuffer::ClearEventHandlers()
7709 {
7710     m_eventHandlers.Clear();
7711 }
7712
7713 /// Send event to event handlers. If sendToAll is true, will send to all event handlers,
7714 /// otherwise will stop at the first successful one.
7715 bool wxRichTextBuffer::SendEvent(wxEvent& event, bool sendToAll)
7716 {
7717     bool success = false;
7718     for (wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_eventHandlers.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext())
7719     {
7720         wxEvtHandler* handler = (wxEvtHandler*) node->GetData();
7721         if (handler->ProcessEvent(event))
7722         {
7723             success = true;
7724             if (!sendToAll)
7725                 return true;
7726         }
7727     }
7728     return success;
7729 }
7730
7731 /// Set style sheet and notify of the change
7732 bool wxRichTextBuffer::SetStyleSheetAndNotify(wxRichTextStyleSheet* sheet)
7733 {
7734     wxRichTextStyleSheet* oldSheet = GetStyleSheet();
7735
7736     wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY;
7737     if (GetRichTextCtrl())
7738         winid = GetRichTextCtrl()->GetId();
7739
7740     wxRichTextEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_REPLACING, winid);
7741     event.SetEventObject(GetRichTextCtrl());
7742     event.SetContainer(GetRichTextCtrl()->GetFocusObject());
7743     event.SetOldStyleSheet(oldSheet);
7744     event.SetNewStyleSheet(sheet);
7745     event.Allow();
7746
7747     if (SendEvent(event) && !event.IsAllowed())
7748     {
7749         if (sheet != oldSheet)
7750             delete sheet;
7751
7752         return false;
7753     }
7754
7755     if (oldSheet && oldSheet != sheet)
7756         delete oldSheet;
7757
7758     SetStyleSheet(sheet);
7759
7760     event.SetEventType(wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_REPLACED);
7761     event.SetOldStyleSheet(NULL);
7762     event.Allow();
7763
7764     return SendEvent(event);
7765 }
7766
7767 /// Set renderer, deleting old one
7768 void wxRichTextBuffer::SetRenderer(wxRichTextRenderer* renderer)
7769 {
7770     if (sm_renderer)
7771         delete sm_renderer;
7772     sm_renderer = renderer;
7773 }
7774
7775 /// Hit-testing: returns a flag indicating hit test details, plus
7776 /// information about position
7777 int wxRichTextBuffer::HitTest(wxDC& dc, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags)
7778 {
7779     int ret = wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::HitTest(dc, pt, textPosition, obj, contextObj, flags);
7780     if (ret != wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE)
7781     {
7782         return ret;
7783     }
7784     else
7785     {
7786         textPosition = m_ownRange.GetEnd()-1;
7787         *obj = this;
7788         *contextObj = this;
7789         return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_AFTER|wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_OUTSIDE;
7790     }
7791 }
7792
7793 bool wxRichTextStdRenderer::DrawStandardBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& bulletAttr, const wxRect& rect)
7794 {
7795     if (bulletAttr.GetTextColour().IsOk())
7796     {
7797         wxCheckSetPen(dc, wxPen(bulletAttr.GetTextColour()));
7798         wxCheckSetBrush(dc, wxBrush(bulletAttr.GetTextColour()));
7799     }
7800     else
7801     {
7802         wxCheckSetPen(dc, *wxBLACK_PEN);
7803         wxCheckSetBrush(dc, *wxBLACK_BRUSH);
7804     }
7805
7806     wxFont font;
7807     if (bulletAttr.HasFont())
7808     {
7809         font = paragraph->GetBuffer()->GetFontTable().FindFont(bulletAttr);
7810     }
7811     else
7812         font = (*wxNORMAL_FONT);
7813
7814     wxCheckSetFont(dc, font);
7815
7816     int charHeight = dc.GetCharHeight();
7817
7818     int bulletWidth = (int) (((float) charHeight) * wxRichTextBuffer::GetBulletProportion());
7819     int bulletHeight = bulletWidth;
7820
7821     int x = rect.x;
7822
7823     // Calculate the top position of the character (as opposed to the whole line height)
7824     int y = rect.y + (rect.height - charHeight);
7825
7826     // Calculate where the bullet should be positioned
7827     y = y + (charHeight+1)/2 - (bulletHeight+1)/2;
7828
7829     // The margin between a bullet and text.
7830     int margin = paragraph->ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc, wxRichTextBuffer::GetBulletRightMargin());
7831
7832     if (bulletAttr.GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ALIGN_RIGHT)
7833         x = rect.x + rect.width - bulletWidth - margin;
7834     else if (bulletAttr.GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ALIGN_CENTRE)
7835         x = x + (rect.width)/2 - bulletWidth/2;
7836
7837     if (bulletAttr.GetBulletName() == wxT("standard/square"))
7838     {
7839         dc.DrawRectangle(x, y, bulletWidth, bulletHeight);
7840     }
7841     else if (bulletAttr.GetBulletName() == wxT("standard/diamond"))
7842     {
7843         wxPoint pts[5];
7844         pts[0].x = x;                   pts[0].y = y + bulletHeight/2;
7845         pts[1].x = x + bulletWidth/2;   pts[1].y = y;
7846         pts[2].x = x + bulletWidth;     pts[2].y = y + bulletHeight/2;
7847         pts[3].x = x + bulletWidth/2;   pts[3].y = y + bulletHeight;
7848
7849         dc.DrawPolygon(4, pts);
7850     }
7851     else if (bulletAttr.GetBulletName() == wxT("standard/triangle"))
7852     {
7853         wxPoint pts[3];
7854         pts[0].x = x;                   pts[0].y = y;
7855         pts[1].x = x + bulletWidth;     pts[1].y = y + bulletHeight/2;
7856         pts[2].x = x;                   pts[2].y = y + bulletHeight;
7857
7858         dc.DrawPolygon(3, pts);
7859     }
7860     else if (bulletAttr.GetBulletName() == wxT("standard/circle-outline"))
7861     {
7862         wxCheckSetBrush(dc, *wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
7863         dc.DrawEllipse(x, y, bulletWidth, bulletHeight);
7864     }
7865     else // "standard/circle", and catch-all
7866     {
7867         dc.DrawEllipse(x, y, bulletWidth, bulletHeight);
7868     }
7869
7870     return true;
7871 }
7872
7873 bool wxRichTextStdRenderer::DrawTextBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect, const wxString& text)
7874 {
7875     if (!text.empty())
7876     {
7877         wxFont font;
7878         if ((attr.GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_SYMBOL) && !attr.GetBulletFont().IsEmpty() && attr.HasFont())
7879         {
7880             wxRichTextAttr fontAttr;
7881             fontAttr.SetFontSize(attr.GetFontSize());
7882             fontAttr.SetFontStyle(attr.GetFontStyle());
7883             fontAttr.SetFontWeight(attr.GetFontWeight());
7884             fontAttr.SetFontUnderlined(attr.GetFontUnderlined());
7885             fontAttr.SetFontFaceName(attr.GetBulletFont());
7886             font = paragraph->GetBuffer()->GetFontTable().FindFont(fontAttr);
7887         }
7888         else if (attr.HasFont())
7889             font = paragraph->GetBuffer()->GetFontTable().FindFont(attr);
7890         else
7891             font = (*wxNORMAL_FONT);
7892
7893         wxCheckSetFont(dc, font);
7894
7895         if (attr.GetTextColour().IsOk())
7896             dc.SetTextForeground(attr.GetTextColour());
7897
7898         dc.SetBackgroundMode(wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT);
7899
7900         int charHeight = dc.GetCharHeight();
7901         wxCoord tw, th;
7902         dc.GetTextExtent(text, & tw, & th);
7903
7904         int x = rect.x;
7905
7906         // Calculate the top position of the character (as opposed to the whole line height)
7907         int y = rect.y + (rect.height - charHeight);
7908
7909         // The margin between a bullet and text.
7910         int margin = paragraph->ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc, wxRichTextBuffer::GetBulletRightMargin());
7911
7912         if (attr.GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ALIGN_RIGHT)
7913             x = (rect.x + rect.width) - tw - margin;
7914         else if (attr.GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ALIGN_CENTRE)
7915             x = x + (rect.width)/2 - tw/2;
7916
7917         dc.DrawText(text, x, y);
7918
7919         return true;
7920     }
7921     else
7922         return false;
7923 }
7924
7925 bool wxRichTextStdRenderer::DrawBitmapBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* WXUNUSED(paragraph), wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc), const wxRichTextAttr& WXUNUSED(attr), const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rect))
7926 {
7927     // Currently unimplemented. The intention is to store bitmaps by name in a media store associated
7928     // with the buffer. The store will allow retrieval from memory, disk or other means.
7929     return false;
7930 }
7931
7932 /// Enumerate the standard bullet names currently supported
7933 bool wxRichTextStdRenderer::EnumerateStandardBulletNames(wxArrayString& bulletNames)
7934 {
7935     bulletNames.Add(wxTRANSLATE("standard/circle"));
7936     bulletNames.Add(wxTRANSLATE("standard/circle-outline"));
7937     bulletNames.Add(wxTRANSLATE("standard/square"));
7938     bulletNames.Add(wxTRANSLATE("standard/diamond"));
7939     bulletNames.Add(wxTRANSLATE("standard/triangle"));
7940
7941     return true;
7942 }
7943
7944 /*!
7945  * wxRichTextBox
7946  */
7947
7948 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextBox, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox)
7949
7950 wxRichTextBox::wxRichTextBox(wxRichTextObject* parent):
7951     wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox(parent)
7952 {
7953 }
7954
7955 /// Draw the item
7956 bool wxRichTextBox::Draw(wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style)
7957 {
7958     if (!IsShown())
7959         return true;
7960
7961     // TODO: if the active object in the control, draw an indication.
7962     // We need to add the concept of active object, and not just focus object,
7963     // so we can apply commands (properties, delete, ...) to objects such as text boxes and images.
7964     // Ultimately we would like to be able to interactively resize an active object
7965     // using drag handles.
7966     return wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Draw(dc, range, selection, rect, descent, style);
7967 }
7968
7969 /// Copy
7970 void wxRichTextBox::Copy(const wxRichTextBox& obj)
7971 {
7972     wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Copy(obj);
7973 }
7974
7975 // Edit properties via a GUI
7976 bool wxRichTextBox::EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer)
7977 {
7978     wxRichTextObjectPropertiesDialog boxDlg(this, wxGetTopLevelParent(parent), wxID_ANY, _("Box Properties"));
7979     boxDlg.SetAttributes(GetAttributes());
7980
7981     if (boxDlg.ShowModal() == wxID_OK)
7982     {
7983         // By passing wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET, indeterminate attributes set by the user will be set as
7984         // indeterminate in the object.
7985         boxDlg.ApplyStyle(buffer->GetRichTextCtrl(), wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO|wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET);
7986         return true;
7987     }
7988     else
7989         return false;
7990 }
7991
7992 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextCell, wxRichTextBox)
7993
7994 wxRichTextCell::wxRichTextCell(wxRichTextObject* parent):
7995     wxRichTextBox(parent)
7996 {
7997 }
7998
7999 /// Draw the item
8000 bool wxRichTextCell::Draw(wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style)
8001 {
8002     return wxRichTextBox::Draw(dc, range, selection, rect, descent, style);
8003 }
8004
8005 /// Copy
8006 void wxRichTextCell::Copy(const wxRichTextCell& obj)
8007 {
8008     wxRichTextBox::Copy(obj);
8009 }
8010
8011 // Edit properties via a GUI
8012 bool wxRichTextCell::EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer)
8013 {
8014     // We need to gather common attributes for all selected cells.
8015
8016     wxRichTextTable* table = wxDynamicCast(GetParent(), wxRichTextTable);
8017     bool multipleCells = false;
8018     wxRichTextAttr attr;
8019
8020     if (table && buffer && buffer->GetRichTextCtrl() && buffer->GetRichTextCtrl()->GetSelection().IsValid() &&
8021         buffer->GetRichTextCtrl()->GetSelection().GetContainer() == GetParent())
8022     {
8023         wxRichTextAttr clashingAttr, absentAttr;
8024         const wxRichTextSelection& sel = buffer->GetRichTextCtrl()->GetSelection();
8025         size_t i;
8026         int selectedCellCount = 0;
8027         for (i = 0; i < sel.GetCount(); i++)
8028         {
8029             const wxRichTextRange& range = sel[i];
8030             wxRichTextCell* cell = table->GetCell(range.GetStart());
8031             if (cell)
8032             {
8033                 wxRichTextAttr cellStyle = cell->GetAttributes();
8034
8035                 CollectStyle(attr, cellStyle, clashingAttr, absentAttr);
8036
8037                 selectedCellCount ++;
8038             }
8039         }
8040         multipleCells = selectedCellCount > 1;
8041     }
8042     else
8043     {
8044         attr = GetAttributes();
8045     }
8046
8047     wxString caption;
8048     if (multipleCells)
8049         caption = _("Multiple Cell Properties");
8050     else
8051         caption = _("Cell Properties");
8052
8053     wxRichTextObjectPropertiesDialog cellDlg(this, wxGetTopLevelParent(parent), wxID_ANY, caption);
8054     cellDlg.SetAttributes(attr);
8055
8056     wxRichTextSizePage* sizePage = wxDynamicCast(cellDlg.FindPage(CLASSINFO(wxRichTextSizePage)), wxRichTextSizePage);
8057     if (sizePage)
8058     {
8059         // We don't want position and floating controls for a cell.
8060         sizePage->ShowPositionControls(false);
8061         sizePage->ShowFloatingControls(false);
8062     }
8063
8064     if (cellDlg.ShowModal() == wxID_OK)
8065     {
8066         if (multipleCells)
8067         {
8068             const wxRichTextSelection& sel = buffer->GetRichTextCtrl()->GetSelection();
8069             // Apply the style; we interpret indeterminate attributes as 'don't touch this attribute'
8070             // since it may represent clashing attributes across multiple objects.
8071             table->SetCellStyle(sel, attr);
8072         }
8073         else
8074             // For a single object, indeterminate attributes set by the user should be reflected in the
8075             // actual object style, so pass the wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET flag to assign
8076             // the style directly instead of applying (which ignores indeterminate attributes,
8077             // leaving them as they were).
8078             cellDlg.ApplyStyle(buffer->GetRichTextCtrl(), wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO|wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET);
8079         return true;
8080     }
8081     else
8082         return false;
8083 }
8084
8085 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxRichTextObjectPtrArrayArray)
8086
8087 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextTable, wxRichTextBox)
8088
8089 wxRichTextTable::wxRichTextTable(wxRichTextObject* parent): wxRichTextBox(parent)
8090 {
8091     m_rowCount = 0;
8092     m_colCount = 0;
8093 }
8094
8095 // Draws the object.
8096 bool wxRichTextTable::Draw(wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style)
8097 {
8098     return wxRichTextBox::Draw(dc, range, selection, rect, descent, style);
8099 }
8100
8101 WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY(wxRect, wxRichTextRectArray);
8102 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxRichTextRectArray);
8103
8104 // Lays the object out. rect is the space available for layout. Often it will
8105 // be the specified overall space for this object, if trying to constrain
8106 // layout to a particular size, or it could be the total space available in the
8107 // parent. rect is the overall size, so we must subtract margins and padding.
8108 // to get the actual available space.
8109 bool wxRichTextTable::Layout(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int style)
8110 {
8111     SetPosition(rect.GetPosition());
8112
8113     // TODO: the meaty bit. Calculate sizes of all cells and rows. Try to use
8114     // minimum size if within alloted size, then divide up remaining size
8115     // between rows/cols.
8116
8117     double scale = 1.0;
8118     wxRichTextBuffer* buffer = GetBuffer();
8119     if (buffer) scale = buffer->GetScale();
8120
8121     wxRect availableSpace = GetAvailableContentArea(dc, rect);
8122     wxTextAttrDimensionConverter converter(dc, scale, availableSpace.GetSize());
8123
8124     // If we have no fixed table size, and assuming we're not pushed for
8125     // space, then we don't have to try to stretch the table to fit the contents.
8126     bool stretchToFitTableWidth = false;
8127
8128     int tableWidth = rect.width;
8129     if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().IsValid())
8130     {
8131         tableWidth = converter.GetPixels(GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth());
8132
8133         // Fixed table width, so we do want to stretch columns out if necessary.
8134         stretchToFitTableWidth = true;
8135
8136         // Shouldn't be able to exceed the size passed to this function
8137         tableWidth = wxMin(rect.width, tableWidth);
8138     }
8139
8140     // Get internal padding
8141     int paddingLeft = 0, paddingRight = 0, paddingTop = 0, paddingBottom = 0;
8142     if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetLeft().IsValid())
8143         paddingLeft = converter.GetPixels(GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetLeft());
8144     if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetRight().IsValid())
8145         paddingRight = converter.GetPixels(GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetRight());
8146     if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetTop().IsValid())
8147         paddingTop = converter.GetPixels(GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetTop());
8148     if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetLeft().IsValid())
8149         paddingBottom = converter.GetPixels(GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetBottom());
8150
8151     // Assume that left and top padding are also used for inter-cell padding.
8152     int paddingX = paddingLeft;
8153     int paddingY = paddingTop;
8154
8155     int totalLeftMargin = 0, totalRightMargin = 0, totalTopMargin = 0, totalBottomMargin = 0;
8156     GetTotalMargin(dc, buffer, GetAttributes(), totalLeftMargin, totalRightMargin, totalTopMargin, totalBottomMargin);
8157
8158     // Internal table width - the area for content
8159     int internalTableWidth = tableWidth - totalLeftMargin - totalRightMargin;
8160
8161     int rowCount = m_cells.GetCount();
8162     if (m_colCount == 0 || rowCount == 0)
8163     {
8164         wxRect overallRect(rect.x, rect.y, totalLeftMargin + totalRightMargin, totalTopMargin + totalBottomMargin);
8165         SetCachedSize(overallRect.GetSize());
8166
8167         // Zero content size
8168         SetMinSize(overallRect.GetSize());
8169         SetMaxSize(GetMinSize());
8170         return true;
8171     }
8172
8173     // The final calculated widths
8174     wxArrayInt colWidths(m_colCount);
8175
8176     wxArrayInt absoluteColWidths(m_colCount);
8177     // wxArrayInt absoluteColWidthsSpanning(m_colCount);
8178     wxArrayInt percentageColWidths(m_colCount);
8179     // wxArrayInt percentageColWidthsSpanning(m_colCount);
8180     // These are only relevant when the first column contains spanning information.
8181     // wxArrayInt columnSpans(m_colCount); // Each contains 1 for non-spanning cell, > 1 for spanning cell.
8182     wxArrayInt maxColWidths(m_colCount);
8183     wxArrayInt minColWidths(m_colCount);
8184
8185     wxSize tableSize(tableWidth, 0);
8186
8187     int i, j, k;
8188
8189     for (i = 0; i < m_colCount; i++)
8190     {
8191         absoluteColWidths[i] = 0;
8192         // absoluteColWidthsSpanning[i] = 0;
8193         percentageColWidths[i] = -1;
8194         // percentageColWidthsSpanning[i] = -1;
8195         colWidths[i] = 0;
8196         maxColWidths[i] = 0;
8197         minColWidths[i] = 0;
8198         // columnSpans[i] = 1;
8199     }
8200
8201     // (0) Determine which cells are visible according to spans
8202     //   1  2   3  4   5
8203     //  __________________
8204     // |  |   |      |    | 1
8205     // |------|      |----|
8206     // |------|      |    | 2
8207     // |------|      |    | 3
8208     // |------------------|
8209     // |__________________| 4
8210
8211     // To calculate cell visibility:
8212     // First find all spanning cells. Build an array of span records with start x, y and end x, y.
8213     // Then for each cell, test whether we're within one of those cells, and unless we're at the start of
8214     // that cell, hide the cell.
8215
8216     // We can also use this array to match the size of spanning cells to the grid. Or just do
8217     // this when we iterate through all cells.
8218
8219     // 0.1: add spanning cells to an array
8220     wxRichTextRectArray rectArray;
8221     for (j = 0; j < m_rowCount; j++)
8222     {
8223         for (i = 0; i < m_colCount; i++)
8224         {
8225             wxRichTextBox* cell = GetCell(j, i);
8226             int colSpan = 1, rowSpan = 1;
8227             if (cell->GetProperties().HasProperty(wxT("colspan")))
8228                 colSpan = cell->GetProperties().GetPropertyLong(wxT("colspan"));
8229             if (cell->GetProperties().HasProperty(wxT("rowspan")))
8230                 rowSpan = cell->GetProperties().GetPropertyLong(wxT("rowspan"));
8231             if (colSpan > 1 || rowSpan > 1)
8232             {
8233                 rectArray.Add(wxRect(i, j, colSpan, rowSpan));
8234             }
8235         }
8236     }
8237     // 0.2: find which cells are subsumed by a spanning cell
8238     for (j = 0; j < m_rowCount; j++)
8239     {
8240         for (i = 0; i < m_colCount; i++)
8241         {
8242             wxRichTextBox* cell = GetCell(j, i);
8243             if (rectArray.GetCount() == 0)
8244             {
8245                 cell->Show(true);
8246             }
8247             else
8248             {
8249                 int colSpan = 1, rowSpan = 1;
8250                 if (cell->GetProperties().HasProperty(wxT("colspan")))
8251                     colSpan = cell->GetProperties().GetPropertyLong(wxT("colspan"));
8252                 if (cell->GetProperties().HasProperty(wxT("rowspan")))
8253                     rowSpan = cell->GetProperties().GetPropertyLong(wxT("rowspan"));
8254                 if (colSpan > 1 || rowSpan > 1)
8255                 {
8256                     // Assume all spanning cells are shown
8257                     cell->Show(true);
8258                 }
8259                 else
8260                 {
8261                     bool shown = true;
8262                     for (k = 0; k < (int) rectArray.GetCount(); k++)
8263                     {
8264                         if (rectArray[k].Contains(wxPoint(i, j)))
8265                         {
8266                             shown = false;
8267                             break;
8268                         }
8269                     }
8270                     cell->Show(shown);
8271                 }
8272             }
8273         }
8274     }
8275
8276     // TODO: find the first spanned cell in each row that spans the most columns and doesn't
8277     // overlap with a spanned cell starting at a previous column position.
8278     // This means we need to keep an array of rects so we can check. However
8279     // it does also mean that some spans simply may not be taken into account
8280     // where there are different spans happening on different rows. In these cases,
8281     // they will simply be as wide as their constituent columns.
8282
8283     // (1) Do an initial layout for all cells to get minimum and maximum size, and get
8284     // the absolute or percentage width of each column.
8285
8286     for (j = 0; j < m_rowCount; j++)
8287     {
8288         // First get the overall margins so we can calculate percentage widths based on
8289         // the available content space for all cells on the row
8290
8291         int overallRowContentMargin = 0;
8292         int visibleCellCount = 0;
8293
8294         for (i = 0; i < m_colCount; i++)
8295         {
8296             wxRichTextBox* cell = GetCell(j, i);
8297             if (cell->IsShown())
8298             {
8299                 int cellTotalLeftMargin = 0, cellTotalRightMargin = 0, cellTotalTopMargin = 0, cellTotalBottomMargin = 0;
8300                 GetTotalMargin(dc, buffer, cell->GetAttributes(), cellTotalLeftMargin, cellTotalRightMargin, cellTotalTopMargin, cellTotalBottomMargin);
8301
8302                 overallRowContentMargin += (cellTotalLeftMargin + cellTotalRightMargin);
8303                 visibleCellCount ++;
8304             }
8305         }
8306
8307         // Add in inter-cell padding
8308         overallRowContentMargin += ((visibleCellCount-1) * paddingX);
8309
8310         int rowContentWidth = internalTableWidth - overallRowContentMargin;
8311         wxSize rowTableSize(rowContentWidth, 0);
8312         wxTextAttrDimensionConverter converter(dc, scale, rowTableSize);
8313
8314         for (i = 0; i < m_colCount; i++)
8315         {
8316             wxRichTextBox* cell = GetCell(j, i);
8317             if (cell->IsShown())
8318             {
8319                 int colSpan = 1;
8320                 if (cell->GetProperties().HasProperty(wxT("colspan")))
8321                     colSpan = cell->GetProperties().GetPropertyLong(wxT("colspan"));
8322
8323                 // Lay out cell to find min/max widths
8324                 cell->Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL);
8325                 cell->Layout(dc, availableSpace, style);
8326
8327                 if (colSpan == 1)
8328                 {
8329                     int absoluteCellWidth = -1;
8330                     int percentageCellWidth = -1;
8331
8332                     // I think we need to calculate percentages from the internal table size,
8333                     // minus the padding between cells which we'll need to calculate from the
8334                     // (number of VISIBLE cells - 1)*paddingX. Then percentages that add up to 100%
8335                     // will add up to 100%. In CSS, the width specifies the cell's content rect width,
8336                     // so if we want to conform to that we'll need to add in the overall cell margins.
8337                     // However, this will make it difficult to specify percentages that add up to
8338                     // 100% and still fit within the table width.
8339                     // Let's say two cells have 50% width. They have 10 pixels of overall margin each.
8340                     // The table content rect is 500 pixels and the inter-cell padding is 20 pixels.
8341                     // If we're using internal content size for the width, we would calculate the
8342                     // the overall cell width for n cells as:
8343                     // (500 - 20*(n-1) - overallCellMargin1 - overallCellMargin2 - ...) * percentage / 100
8344                     // + thisOverallCellMargin
8345                     // = 500 - 20 - 10 - 10) * 0.5 + 10 = 240 pixels overall cell width.
8346                     // Adding this back, we get 240 + 240 + 20 = 500 pixels.
8347
8348                     if (cell->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().IsValid())
8349                     {
8350                         int w = converter.GetPixels(cell->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth());
8351                         if (cell->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PERCENTAGE)
8352                         {
8353                             percentageCellWidth = w;
8354                         }
8355                         else
8356                         {
8357                             absoluteCellWidth = w;
8358                         }
8359                         // Override absolute width with minimum width if necessary
8360                         if (cell->GetMinSize().x > 0 && absoluteCellWidth !=1 && cell->GetMinSize().x > absoluteCellWidth)
8361                             absoluteCellWidth = cell->GetMinSize().x;
8362                     }
8363
8364                     if (absoluteCellWidth != -1)
8365                     {
8366                         if (absoluteCellWidth > absoluteColWidths[i])
8367                             absoluteColWidths[i] = absoluteCellWidth;
8368                     }
8369
8370                     if (percentageCellWidth != -1)
8371                     {
8372                         if (percentageCellWidth > percentageColWidths[i])
8373                             percentageColWidths[i] = percentageCellWidth;
8374                     }
8375
8376                     if (colSpan == 1 && cell->GetMinSize().x && cell->GetMinSize().x > minColWidths[i])
8377                         minColWidths[i] = cell->GetMinSize().x;
8378                     if (colSpan == 1 && cell->GetMaxSize().x && cell->GetMaxSize().x > maxColWidths[i])
8379                         maxColWidths[i] = cell->GetMaxSize().x;
8380                 }
8381             }
8382         }
8383     }
8384
8385     // (2) Allocate initial column widths from minimum widths, absolute values and proportions
8386     // TODO: simply merge this into (1).
8387     for (i = 0; i < m_colCount; i++)
8388     {
8389         if (absoluteColWidths[i] > 0)
8390         {
8391             colWidths[i] = absoluteColWidths[i];
8392         }
8393         else if (percentageColWidths[i] > 0)
8394         {
8395             colWidths[i] = percentageColWidths[i];
8396
8397             // This is rubbish - we calculated the absolute widths from percentages, so
8398             // we can't do it again here.
8399             //colWidths[i] = (int) (double(percentageColWidths[i]) * double(tableWidth) / 100.0 + 0.5);
8400         }
8401     }
8402
8403     // (3) Process absolute or proportional widths of spanning columns,
8404     // now that we know what our fixed column widths are going to be.
8405     // Spanned cells will try to adjust columns so the span will fit.
8406     // Even existing fixed column widths can be expanded if necessary.
8407     // Actually, currently fixed columns widths aren't adjusted; instead,
8408     // the algorithm favours earlier rows and adjusts unspecified column widths
8409     // the first time only. After that, we can't know whether the column has been
8410     // specified explicitly or not. (We could make a note if necessary.)
8411     for (j = 0; j < m_rowCount; j++)
8412     {
8413         // First get the overall margins so we can calculate percentage widths based on
8414         // the available content space for all cells on the row
8415
8416         int overallRowContentMargin = 0;
8417         int visibleCellCount = 0;
8418
8419         for (i = 0; i < m_colCount; i++)
8420         {
8421             wxRichTextBox* cell = GetCell(j, i);
8422             if (cell->IsShown())
8423             {
8424                 int cellTotalLeftMargin = 0, cellTotalRightMargin = 0, cellTotalTopMargin = 0, cellTotalBottomMargin = 0;
8425                 GetTotalMargin(dc, buffer, cell->GetAttributes(), cellTotalLeftMargin, cellTotalRightMargin, cellTotalTopMargin, cellTotalBottomMargin);
8426
8427                 overallRowContentMargin += (cellTotalLeftMargin + cellTotalRightMargin);
8428                 visibleCellCount ++;
8429             }
8430         }
8431
8432         // Add in inter-cell padding
8433         overallRowContentMargin += ((visibleCellCount-1) * paddingX);
8434
8435         int rowContentWidth = internalTableWidth - overallRowContentMargin;
8436         wxSize rowTableSize(rowContentWidth, 0);
8437         wxTextAttrDimensionConverter converter(dc, scale, rowTableSize);
8438
8439         for (i = 0; i < m_colCount; i++)
8440         {
8441             wxRichTextBox* cell = GetCell(j, i);
8442             if (cell->IsShown())
8443             {
8444                 int colSpan = 1;
8445                 if (cell->GetProperties().HasProperty(wxT("colspan")))
8446                     colSpan = cell->GetProperties().GetPropertyLong(wxT("colspan"));
8447
8448                 if (colSpan > 1)
8449                 {
8450                     int spans = wxMin(colSpan, m_colCount - i);
8451                     int cellWidth = 0;
8452                     if (spans > 0)
8453                     {
8454                         if (cell->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().IsValid())
8455                         {
8456                             cellWidth = converter.GetPixels(cell->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth());
8457                             // Override absolute width with minimum width if necessary
8458                             if (cell->GetMinSize().x > 0 && cellWidth !=1 && cell->GetMinSize().x > cellWidth)
8459                                 cellWidth = cell->GetMinSize().x;
8460                         }
8461                         else
8462                         {
8463                             // Do we want to do this? It's the only chance we get to
8464                             // use the cell's min/max sizes, so we need to work out
8465                             // how we're going to balance the unspecified spanning cell
8466                             // width with the possibility more-constrained constituent cell widths.
8467                             // Say there's a tiny bitmap giving it a max width of 10 pixels. We
8468                             // don't want to constraint all the spanned columns to fit into this cell.
8469                             // OK, let's say that if any of the constituent columns don't fit,
8470                             // then we simply stop constraining the columns; instead, we'll just fit the spanning
8471                             // cells to the columns later.
8472                             cellWidth = cell->GetMinSize().x;
8473                             if (cell->GetMaxSize().x > cellWidth)
8474                                 cellWidth = cell->GetMaxSize().x;
8475                         }
8476
8477                         // Subtract the padding between cells
8478                         int spanningWidth = cellWidth;
8479                         spanningWidth -= paddingX * (spans-1);
8480
8481                         if (spanningWidth > 0)
8482                         {
8483                             // Now share the spanning width between columns within that span
8484                             // TODO: take into account min widths of columns within the span
8485                             int spanningWidthLeft = spanningWidth;
8486                             int stretchColCount = 0;
8487                             for (k = i; k < (i+spans); k++)
8488                             {
8489                                 if (colWidths[k] > 0) // absolute or proportional width has been specified
8490                                     spanningWidthLeft -= colWidths[k];
8491                                 else
8492                                     stretchColCount ++;
8493                             }
8494                             // Now divide what's left between the remaining columns
8495                             int colShare = 0;
8496                             if (stretchColCount > 0)
8497                                 colShare = spanningWidthLeft / stretchColCount;
8498                             int colShareRemainder = spanningWidthLeft - (colShare * stretchColCount);
8499
8500                             // If fixed-width columns are currently too big, then we'll later
8501                             // stretch the spanned cell to fit.
8502
8503                             if (spanningWidthLeft > 0)
8504                             {
8505                                 for (k = i; k < (i+spans); k++)
8506                                 {
8507                                     if (colWidths[k] <= 0) // absolute or proportional width has not been specified
8508                                     {
8509                                         int newWidth = colShare;
8510                                         if (k == (i+spans-1))
8511                                             newWidth += colShareRemainder; // ensure all pixels are filled
8512                                         colWidths[k] = newWidth;
8513                                     }
8514                                 }
8515                             }
8516                         }
8517                     }
8518                 }
8519             }
8520         }
8521     }
8522
8523     // (4) Next, share any remaining space out between columns that have not yet been calculated.
8524     // TODO: take into account min widths of columns within the span
8525     int tableWidthMinusPadding = internalTableWidth - (m_colCount-1)*paddingX;
8526     int widthLeft = tableWidthMinusPadding;
8527     int stretchColCount = 0;
8528     for (i = 0; i < m_colCount; i++)
8529     {
8530         // TODO: we need to take into account min widths.
8531         // Subtract min width from width left, then
8532         // add the colShare to the min width
8533         if (colWidths[i] > 0) // absolute or proportional width has been specified
8534             widthLeft -= colWidths[i];
8535         else
8536         {
8537             if (minColWidths[i] > 0)
8538                 widthLeft -= minColWidths[i];
8539
8540             stretchColCount ++;
8541         }
8542     }
8543
8544     // Now divide what's left between the remaining columns
8545     int colShare = 0;
8546     if (stretchColCount > 0)
8547         colShare = widthLeft / stretchColCount;
8548     int colShareRemainder = widthLeft - (colShare * stretchColCount);
8549
8550     // Check we don't have enough space, in which case shrink all columns, overriding
8551     // any absolute/proportional widths
8552     // TODO: actually we would like to divide up the shrinkage according to size.
8553     // How do we calculate the proportions that will achieve this?
8554     // Could first choose an arbitrary value for stretching cells, and then calculate
8555     // factors to multiply each width by.
8556     // TODO: want to record this fact and pass to an iteration that tries e.g. min widths
8557     if (widthLeft < 0 || (stretchToFitTableWidth && (stretchColCount == 0)))
8558     {
8559         colShare = tableWidthMinusPadding / m_colCount;
8560         colShareRemainder = tableWidthMinusPadding - (colShare * m_colCount);
8561         for (i = 0; i < m_colCount; i++)
8562         {
8563             colWidths[i] = 0;
8564             minColWidths[i] = 0;
8565         }
8566     }
8567
8568     // We have to adjust the columns if either we need to shrink the
8569     // table to fit the parent/table width, or we explicitly set the
8570     // table width and need to stretch out the table.
8571     if (widthLeft < 0 || stretchToFitTableWidth)
8572     {
8573         for (i = 0; i < m_colCount; i++)
8574         {
8575             if (colWidths[i] <= 0) // absolute or proportional width has not been specified
8576             {
8577                 if (minColWidths[i] > 0)
8578                     colWidths[i] = minColWidths[i] + colShare;
8579                 else
8580                     colWidths[i] = colShare;
8581                 if (i == (m_colCount-1))
8582                     colWidths[i] += colShareRemainder; // ensure all pixels are filled
8583             }
8584         }
8585     }
8586
8587     // TODO: if spanned cells have no specified or max width, make them the
8588     // as big as the columns they span. Do this for all spanned cells in all
8589     // rows, of course. Size any spanned cells left over at the end - even if they
8590     // have width > 0, make sure they're limited to the appropriate column edge.
8591
8592
8593 /*
8594     Sort out confusion between content width
8595     and overall width later. For now, assume we specify overall width.
8596
8597     So, now we've laid out the table to fit into the given space
8598     and have used specified widths and minimum widths.
8599
8600     Now we need to consider how we will try to take maximum width into account.
8601
8602 */
8603
8604     // (??) TODO: take max width into account
8605
8606     // (6) Lay out all cells again with the current values
8607
8608     int maxRight = 0;
8609     int y = availableSpace.y;
8610     for (j = 0; j < m_rowCount; j++)
8611     {
8612         int x = availableSpace.x; // TODO: take into account centering etc.
8613         int maxCellHeight = 0;
8614         int maxSpecifiedCellHeight = 0;
8615
8616         wxArrayInt actualWidths(m_colCount);
8617
8618         wxTextAttrDimensionConverter converter(dc, scale);
8619         for (i = 0; i < m_colCount; i++)
8620         {
8621             wxRichTextCell* cell = GetCell(j, i);
8622             if (cell->IsShown())
8623             {
8624                 // Get max specified cell height
8625                 // Don't handle percentages for height
8626                 if (cell->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight().IsValid() && cell->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight().GetUnits() != wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PERCENTAGE)
8627                 {
8628                     int h = converter.GetPixels(cell->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight());
8629                     if (h > maxSpecifiedCellHeight)
8630                         maxSpecifiedCellHeight = h;
8631                 }
8632
8633                 if (colWidths[i] > 0) // absolute or proportional width has been specified
8634                 {
8635                     int colSpan = 1;
8636                     if (cell->GetProperties().HasProperty(wxT("colspan")))
8637                         colSpan = cell->GetProperties().GetPropertyLong(wxT("colspan"));
8638
8639                     wxRect availableCellSpace;
8640
8641                     // TODO: take into acount spans
8642                     if (colSpan > 1)
8643                     {
8644                         // Calculate the size of this spanning cell from its constituent columns
8645                         int xx = x;
8646                         int spans = wxMin(colSpan, m_colCount - i);
8647                         for (k = i; k < spans; k++)
8648                         {
8649                             if (k != i)
8650                                 xx += paddingX;
8651                             xx += colWidths[k];
8652                         }
8653                         availableCellSpace = wxRect(x, y, xx, -1);
8654                     }
8655                     else
8656                         availableCellSpace = wxRect(x, y, colWidths[i], -1);
8657
8658                     // Store actual width so we can force cell to be the appropriate width on the final loop
8659                     actualWidths[i] = availableCellSpace.GetWidth();
8660
8661                     // Lay out cell
8662                     cell->Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL);
8663                     cell->Layout(dc, availableCellSpace, style);
8664
8665                     // TODO: use GetCachedSize().x to compute 'natural' size
8666
8667                     x += (availableCellSpace.GetWidth() + paddingX);
8668                     if (cell->GetCachedSize().y > maxCellHeight)
8669                         maxCellHeight = cell->GetCachedSize().y;
8670                 }
8671             }
8672         }
8673
8674         maxCellHeight = wxMax(maxCellHeight, maxSpecifiedCellHeight);
8675
8676         for (i = 0; i < m_colCount; i++)
8677         {
8678             wxRichTextCell* cell = GetCell(j, i);
8679             if (cell->IsShown())
8680             {
8681                 wxRect availableCellSpace = wxRect(cell->GetPosition(), wxSize(actualWidths[i], maxCellHeight));
8682                 // Lay out cell with new height
8683                 cell->Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL);
8684                 cell->Layout(dc, availableCellSpace, style);
8685
8686                 // Make sure the cell size really is the appropriate size,
8687                 // not the calculated box size
8688                 cell->SetCachedSize(wxSize(actualWidths[i], maxCellHeight));
8689
8690                 maxRight = wxMax(maxRight, cell->GetPosition().x + cell->GetCachedSize().x);
8691             }
8692         }
8693
8694         y += maxCellHeight;
8695         if (j < (m_rowCount-1))
8696             y += paddingY;
8697     }
8698
8699     // We need to add back the margins etc.
8700     {
8701         wxRect marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect;
8702         contentRect = wxRect(wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(maxRight - availableSpace.x, y - availableSpace.y));
8703         GetBoxRects(dc, GetBuffer(), GetAttributes(), marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect);
8704         SetCachedSize(marginRect.GetSize());
8705     }
8706
8707     // TODO: calculate max size
8708     {
8709         SetMaxSize(GetCachedSize());
8710     }
8711
8712     // TODO: calculate min size
8713     {
8714         SetMinSize(GetCachedSize());
8715     }
8716
8717     // TODO: currently we use either a fixed table width or the parent's size.
8718     // We also want to be able to calculate the table width from its content,
8719     // whether using fixed column widths or cell content min/max width.
8720     // Probably need a boolean flag to say whether we need to stretch cells
8721     // to fit the table width, or to simply use min/max cell widths. The
8722     // trouble with this is that if cell widths are not specified, they
8723     // will be tiny; we could use arbitrary defaults but this seems unsatisfactory.
8724     // Anyway, ignoring that problem, we probably need to factor layout into a function
8725     // that can can calculate the maximum unconstrained layout in case table size is
8726     // not specified. Then LayoutToBestSize() can choose to use either parent size to
8727     // constrain Layout(), or the previously-calculated max size to constraint layout.
8728
8729     return true;
8730 }
8731
8732 // Finds the absolute position and row height for the given character position
8733 bool wxRichTextTable::FindPosition(wxDC& dc, long index, wxPoint& pt, int* height, bool forceLineStart)
8734 {
8735     wxRichTextCell* child = GetCell(index+1);
8736     if (child)
8737     {
8738         // Find the position at the start of the child cell, since the table doesn't
8739         // have any caret position of its own.
8740         return child->FindPosition(dc, -1, pt, height, forceLineStart);
8741     }
8742     else
8743         return false;
8744 }
8745
8746 // Get the cell at the given character position (in the range of the table).
8747 wxRichTextCell* wxRichTextTable::GetCell(long pos) const
8748 {
8749     int row = 0, col = 0;
8750     if (GetCellRowColumnPosition(pos, row, col))
8751     {
8752         return GetCell(row, col);
8753     }
8754     else
8755         return NULL;
8756 }
8757
8758 // Get the row/column for a given character position
8759 bool wxRichTextTable::GetCellRowColumnPosition(long pos, int& row, int& col) const
8760 {
8761     if (m_colCount == 0 || m_rowCount == 0)
8762         return false;
8763
8764     row = (int) (pos / m_colCount);
8765     col = pos - (row * m_colCount);
8766
8767     wxASSERT(row < m_rowCount && col < m_colCount);
8768
8769     if (row < m_rowCount && col < m_colCount)
8770         return true;
8771     else
8772         return false;
8773 }
8774
8775 // Calculate range, taking row/cell ordering into account instead of relying
8776 // on list ordering.
8777 void wxRichTextTable::CalculateRange(long start, long& end)
8778 {
8779     long current = start;
8780     long lastEnd = current;
8781
8782     if (IsTopLevel())
8783     {
8784         current = 0;
8785         lastEnd = 0;
8786     }
8787
8788     int i, j;
8789     for (i = 0; i < m_rowCount; i++)
8790     {
8791         for (j = 0; j < m_colCount; j++)
8792         {
8793             wxRichTextCell* child = GetCell(i, j);
8794             if (child)
8795             {
8796                 long childEnd = 0;
8797
8798                 child->CalculateRange(current, childEnd);
8799
8800                 lastEnd = childEnd;
8801                 current = childEnd + 1;
8802             }
8803         }
8804     }
8805
8806     // A top-level object always has a range of size 1,
8807     // because its children don't count at this level.
8808     end = start;
8809     m_range.SetRange(start, start);
8810
8811     // An object with no children has zero length
8812     if (m_children.GetCount() == 0)
8813         lastEnd --;
8814     m_ownRange.SetRange(0, lastEnd);
8815 }
8816
8817 // Gets the range size.
8818 bool wxRichTextTable::GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, int flags, wxPoint position, wxArrayInt* partialExtents) const
8819 {
8820     return wxRichTextBox::GetRangeSize(range, size, descent, dc, flags, position, partialExtents);
8821 }
8822
8823 // Deletes content in the given range.
8824 bool wxRichTextTable::DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& WXUNUSED(range))
8825 {
8826     // TODO: implement deletion of cells
8827     return true;
8828 }
8829
8830 // Gets any text in this object for the given range.
8831 wxString wxRichTextTable::GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) const
8832 {
8833     return wxRichTextBox::GetTextForRange(range);
8834 }
8835
8836 // Copies this object.
8837 void wxRichTextTable::Copy(const wxRichTextTable& obj)
8838 {
8839     wxRichTextBox::Copy(obj);
8840
8841     ClearTable();
8842
8843     m_rowCount = obj.m_rowCount;
8844     m_colCount = obj.m_colCount;
8845
8846     m_cells.Add(wxRichTextObjectPtrArray(), m_rowCount);
8847
8848     int i, j;
8849     for (i = 0; i < m_rowCount; i++)
8850     {
8851         wxRichTextObjectPtrArray& colArray = m_cells[i];
8852         for (j = 0; j < m_colCount; j++)
8853         {
8854             wxRichTextCell* cell = wxDynamicCast(obj.GetCell(i, j)->Clone(), wxRichTextCell);
8855             AppendChild(cell);
8856
8857             colArray.Add(cell);
8858         }
8859     }
8860 }
8861
8862 void wxRichTextTable::ClearTable()
8863 {
8864     m_cells.Clear();
8865     DeleteChildren();
8866 }
8867
8868 bool wxRichTextTable::CreateTable(int rows, int cols)
8869 {
8870     ClearTable();
8871
8872     m_rowCount = rows;
8873     m_colCount = cols;
8874
8875     m_cells.Add(wxRichTextObjectPtrArray(), rows);
8876
8877     int i, j;
8878     for (i = 0; i < rows; i++)
8879     {
8880         wxRichTextObjectPtrArray& colArray = m_cells[i];
8881         for (j = 0; j < cols; j++)
8882         {
8883             wxRichTextCell* cell = new wxRichTextCell;
8884             AppendChild(cell);
8885             cell->AddParagraph(wxEmptyString);
8886
8887             colArray.Add(cell);
8888         }
8889     }
8890
8891     return true;
8892 }
8893
8894 wxRichTextCell* wxRichTextTable::GetCell(int row, int col) const
8895 {
8896     wxASSERT(row < m_rowCount);
8897     wxASSERT(col < m_colCount);
8898
8899     if (row < m_rowCount && col < m_colCount)
8900     {
8901         wxRichTextObjectPtrArray& colArray = m_cells[row];
8902         wxRichTextObject* obj = colArray[col];
8903         return wxDynamicCast(obj, wxRichTextCell);
8904     }
8905     else
8906         return NULL;
8907 }
8908
8909 // Returns a selection object specifying the selections between start and end character positions.
8910 // For example, a table would deduce what cells (of range length 1) are selected when dragging across the table.
8911 wxRichTextSelection wxRichTextTable::GetSelection(long start, long end) const
8912 {
8913     wxRichTextSelection selection;
8914     selection.SetContainer((wxRichTextTable*) this);
8915
8916     if (start > end)
8917     {
8918         long tmp = end;
8919         end = start;
8920         start = tmp;
8921     }
8922
8923     wxASSERT( start >= 0 && end < (m_colCount * m_rowCount));
8924
8925     if (end >= (m_colCount * m_rowCount))
8926         return selection;
8927
8928     // We need to find the rectangle of cells that is described by the rectangle
8929     // with start, end as the diagonal. Make sure we don't add cells that are
8930     // not currenty visible because they are overlapped by spanning cells.
8931 /*
8932     --------------------------
8933     | 0  | 1  | 2  | 3  | 4  |
8934     --------------------------
8935     | 5  | 6  | 7  | 8  | 9  |
8936     --------------------------
8937     | 10 | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 |
8938     --------------------------
8939     | 15 | 16 | 17 | 18 | 19 |
8940     --------------------------
8941
8942     Let's say we select 6 -> 18.
8943
8944     Left and right edge cols of rectangle are 1 and 3 inclusive. Find least/greatest to find
8945     which is left and which is right.
8946
8947     Top and bottom edge rows are 1 and 3 inclusive. Again, find least/greatest to find top and bottom.
8948
8949     Now go through rows from 1 to 3 and only add cells that are (a) within above column range
8950     and (b) shown.
8951
8952
8953 */
8954
8955     int leftCol = start - m_colCount * int(start/m_colCount);
8956     int rightCol = end - m_colCount * int(end/m_colCount);
8957
8958     int topRow = int(start/m_colCount);
8959     int bottomRow = int(end/m_colCount);
8960
8961     if (leftCol > rightCol)
8962     {
8963         int tmp = rightCol;
8964         rightCol = leftCol;
8965         leftCol = tmp;
8966     }
8967
8968     if (topRow > bottomRow)
8969     {
8970         int tmp = bottomRow;
8971         bottomRow = topRow;
8972         topRow = tmp;
8973     }
8974
8975     int i, j;
8976     for (i = topRow; i <= bottomRow; i++)
8977     {
8978         for (j = leftCol; j <= rightCol; j++)
8979         {
8980             wxRichTextCell* cell = GetCell(i, j);
8981             if (cell && cell->IsShown())
8982                 selection.Add(cell->GetRange());
8983         }
8984     }
8985
8986     return selection;
8987 }
8988
8989 // Sets the attributes for the cells specified by the selection.
8990 bool wxRichTextTable::SetCellStyle(const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRichTextAttr& style, int flags)
8991 {
8992     if (selection.GetContainer() != this)
8993         return false;
8994
8995     wxRichTextBuffer* buffer = GetBuffer();
8996     bool haveControl = (buffer && buffer->GetRichTextCtrl() != NULL);
8997     bool withUndo = haveControl && ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO) != 0);
8998
8999     if (withUndo)
9000         buffer->BeginBatchUndo(_("Set Cell Style"));
9001
9002     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = m_children.GetFirst();
9003     while (node)
9004     {
9005         wxRichTextCell* cell = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxRichTextCell);
9006         if (cell && selection.WithinSelection(cell->GetRange().GetStart()))
9007             SetStyle(cell, style, flags);
9008         node = node->GetNext();
9009     }
9010
9011     // Do action, or delay it until end of batch.
9012     if (withUndo)
9013         buffer->EndBatchUndo();
9014
9015     return true;
9016 }
9017
9018 bool wxRichTextTable::DeleteRows(int startRow, int noRows)
9019 {
9020     wxASSERT((startRow + noRows) < m_rowCount);
9021     if ((startRow + noRows) >= m_rowCount)
9022         return false;
9023
9024     int i, j;
9025     for (i = startRow; i < (startRow+noRows); i++)
9026     {
9027         wxRichTextObjectPtrArray& colArray = m_cells[startRow];
9028         for (j = 0; j < (int) colArray.GetCount(); j++)
9029         {
9030             wxRichTextObject* cell = colArray[j];
9031             RemoveChild(cell, true);
9032         }
9033
9034         // Keep deleting at the same position, since we move all
9035         // the others up
9036         m_cells.RemoveAt(startRow);
9037     }
9038
9039     m_rowCount = m_rowCount - noRows;
9040
9041     return true;
9042 }
9043
9044 bool wxRichTextTable::DeleteColumns(int startCol, int noCols)
9045 {
9046     wxASSERT((startCol + noCols) < m_colCount);
9047     if ((startCol + noCols) >= m_colCount)
9048         return false;
9049
9050     bool deleteRows = (noCols == m_colCount);
9051
9052     int i, j;
9053     for (i = 0; i < m_rowCount; i++)
9054     {
9055         wxRichTextObjectPtrArray& colArray = m_cells[deleteRows ? 0 : i];
9056         for (j = startCol; j < (startCol+noCols); j++)
9057         {
9058             wxRichTextObject* cell = colArray[j];
9059             RemoveChild(cell, true);
9060         }
9061
9062         if (deleteRows)
9063             m_cells.RemoveAt(0);
9064     }
9065
9066     if (deleteRows)
9067         m_rowCount = 0;
9068     m_colCount = m_colCount - noCols;
9069
9070     return true;
9071 }
9072
9073 bool wxRichTextTable::AddRows(int startRow, int noRows, const wxRichTextAttr& attr)
9074 {
9075     wxASSERT(startRow <= m_rowCount);
9076     if (startRow > m_rowCount)
9077         return false;
9078
9079     int i, j;
9080     for (i = 0; i < noRows; i++)
9081     {
9082         int idx;
9083         if (startRow == m_rowCount)
9084         {
9085             m_cells.Add(wxRichTextObjectPtrArray());
9086             idx = m_cells.GetCount() - 1;
9087         }
9088         else
9089         {
9090             m_cells.Insert(wxRichTextObjectPtrArray(), startRow+i);
9091             idx = startRow+i;
9092         }
9093
9094         wxRichTextObjectPtrArray& colArray = m_cells[idx];
9095         for (j = 0; j < m_colCount; j++)
9096         {
9097             wxRichTextCell* cell = new wxRichTextCell;
9098             cell->GetAttributes() = attr;
9099
9100             AppendChild(cell);
9101             colArray.Add(cell);
9102         }
9103     }
9104
9105     m_rowCount = m_rowCount + noRows;
9106     return true;
9107 }
9108
9109 bool wxRichTextTable::AddColumns(int startCol, int noCols, const wxRichTextAttr& attr)
9110 {
9111     wxASSERT(startCol <= m_colCount);
9112     if (startCol > m_colCount)
9113         return false;
9114
9115     int i, j;
9116     for (i = 0; i < m_rowCount; i++)
9117     {
9118         wxRichTextObjectPtrArray& colArray = m_cells[i];
9119         for (j = 0; j < noCols; j++)
9120         {
9121             wxRichTextCell* cell = new wxRichTextCell;
9122             cell->GetAttributes() = attr;
9123
9124             AppendChild(cell);
9125
9126             if (startCol == m_colCount)
9127                 colArray.Add(cell);
9128             else
9129                 colArray.Insert(cell, startCol+j);
9130         }
9131     }
9132
9133     m_colCount = m_colCount + noCols;
9134
9135     return true;
9136 }
9137
9138 // Edit properties via a GUI
9139 bool wxRichTextTable::EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer)
9140 {
9141     wxRichTextObjectPropertiesDialog boxDlg(this, wxGetTopLevelParent(parent), wxID_ANY, _("Table Properties"));
9142     boxDlg.SetAttributes(GetAttributes());
9143
9144     if (boxDlg.ShowModal() == wxID_OK)
9145     {
9146         boxDlg.ApplyStyle(buffer->GetRichTextCtrl(), wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO|wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET);
9147         return true;
9148     }
9149     else
9150         return false;
9151 }
9152
9153 /*
9154  * Module to initialise and clean up handlers
9155  */
9156
9157 class wxRichTextModule: public wxModule
9158 {
9159 DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextModule)
9160 public:
9161     wxRichTextModule() {}
9162     bool OnInit()
9163     {
9164         wxRichTextBuffer::SetRenderer(new wxRichTextStdRenderer);
9165         wxRichTextBuffer::InitStandardHandlers();
9166         wxRichTextParagraph::InitDefaultTabs();
9167         return true;
9168     }
9169     void OnExit()
9170     {
9171         wxRichTextBuffer::CleanUpHandlers();
9172         wxRichTextDecimalToRoman(-1);
9173         wxRichTextParagraph::ClearDefaultTabs();
9174         wxRichTextCtrl::ClearAvailableFontNames();
9175         wxRichTextBuffer::SetRenderer(NULL);
9176     }
9177 };
9178
9179 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextModule, wxModule)
9180
9181
9182 // If the richtext lib is dynamically loaded after the app has already started
9183 // (such as from wxPython) then the built-in module system will not init this
9184 // module.  Provide this function to do it manually.
9185 void wxRichTextModuleInit()
9186 {
9187     wxModule* module = new wxRichTextModule;
9188     module->Init();
9189     wxModule::RegisterModule(module);
9190 }
9191
9192
9193 /*!
9194  * Commands for undo/redo
9195  *
9196  */
9197
9198 wxRichTextCommand::wxRichTextCommand(const wxString& name, wxRichTextCommandId id, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer,
9199                                      wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, bool ignoreFirstTime): wxCommand(true, name)
9200 {
9201     /* wxRichTextAction* action = */ new wxRichTextAction(this, name, id, buffer, container, ctrl, ignoreFirstTime);
9202 }
9203
9204 wxRichTextCommand::wxRichTextCommand(const wxString& name): wxCommand(true, name)
9205 {
9206 }
9207
9208 wxRichTextCommand::~wxRichTextCommand()
9209 {
9210     ClearActions();
9211 }
9212
9213 void wxRichTextCommand::AddAction(wxRichTextAction* action)
9214 {
9215     if (!m_actions.Member(action))
9216         m_actions.Append(action);
9217 }
9218
9219 bool wxRichTextCommand::Do()
9220 {
9221     for (wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_actions.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext())
9222     {
9223         wxRichTextAction* action = (wxRichTextAction*) node->GetData();
9224         action->Do();
9225     }
9226
9227     return true;
9228 }
9229
9230 bool wxRichTextCommand::Undo()
9231 {
9232     for (wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_actions.GetLast(); node; node = node->GetPrevious())
9233     {
9234         wxRichTextAction* action = (wxRichTextAction*) node->GetData();
9235         action->Undo();
9236     }
9237
9238     return true;
9239 }
9240
9241 void wxRichTextCommand::ClearActions()
9242 {
9243     WX_CLEAR_LIST(wxList, m_actions);
9244 }
9245
9246 /*!
9247  * Individual action
9248  *
9249  */
9250
9251 wxRichTextAction::wxRichTextAction(wxRichTextCommand* cmd, const wxString& name, wxRichTextCommandId id,
9252                                    wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container,
9253                                    wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, bool ignoreFirstTime)
9254 {
9255     m_buffer = buffer;
9256     m_object = NULL;
9257     m_containerAddress.Create(buffer, container);
9258     m_ignoreThis = ignoreFirstTime;
9259     m_cmdId = id;
9260     m_position = -1;
9261     m_ctrl = ctrl;
9262     m_name = name;
9263     m_newParagraphs.SetDefaultStyle(buffer->GetDefaultStyle());
9264     m_newParagraphs.SetBasicStyle(buffer->GetBasicStyle());
9265     if (cmd)
9266         cmd->AddAction(this);
9267 }
9268
9269 wxRichTextAction::~wxRichTextAction()
9270 {
9271     if (m_object)
9272         delete m_object;
9273 }
9274
9275 // Returns the container that this action refers to, using the container address and top-level buffer.
9276 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* wxRichTextAction::GetContainer() const
9277 {
9278     wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container = wxDynamicCast(GetContainerAddress().GetObject(m_buffer), wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox);
9279     return container;
9280 }
9281
9282
9283 void wxRichTextAction::CalculateRefreshOptimizations(wxArrayInt& optimizationLineCharPositions, wxArrayInt& optimizationLineYPositions)
9284 {
9285     // Store a list of line start character and y positions so we can figure out which area
9286     // we need to refresh
9287
9288 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_DRAWING
9289     wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container = GetContainer();
9290     wxASSERT(container != NULL);
9291     if (!container)
9292         return;
9293
9294     // NOTE: we're assuming that the buffer is laid out correctly at this point.
9295     // If we had several actions, which only invalidate and leave layout until the
9296     // paint handler is called, then this might not be true. So we may need to switch
9297     // optimisation on only when we're simply adding text and not simultaneously
9298     // deleting a selection, for example. Or, we make sure the buffer is laid out correctly
9299     // first, but of course this means we'll be doing it twice.
9300     if (!m_buffer->IsDirty() && m_ctrl) // can only do optimisation if the buffer is already laid out correctly
9301     {
9302         wxSize clientSize = m_ctrl->GetClientSize();
9303         wxPoint firstVisiblePt = m_ctrl->GetFirstVisiblePoint();
9304         int lastY = firstVisiblePt.y + clientSize.y;
9305
9306         wxRichTextParagraph* para = container->GetParagraphAtPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
9307         wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = container->GetChildren().Find(para);
9308         while (node)
9309         {
9310             wxRichTextParagraph* child = (wxRichTextParagraph*) node->GetData();
9311             wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node2 = child->GetLines().GetFirst();
9312             while (node2)
9313             {
9314                 wxRichTextLine* line = node2->GetData();
9315                 wxPoint pt = line->GetAbsolutePosition();
9316                 wxRichTextRange range = line->GetAbsoluteRange();
9317
9318                 if (pt.y > lastY)
9319                 {
9320                     node2 = wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator();
9321                     node = wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator();
9322                 }
9323                 else if (range.GetStart() > GetPosition() && pt.y >= firstVisiblePt.y)
9324                 {
9325                     optimizationLineCharPositions.Add(range.GetStart());
9326                     optimizationLineYPositions.Add(pt.y);
9327                 }
9328
9329                 if (node2)
9330                     node2 = node2->GetNext();
9331             }
9332
9333             if (node)
9334                 node = node->GetNext();
9335         }
9336     }
9337 #endif
9338 }
9339
9340 bool wxRichTextAction::Do()
9341 {
9342     m_buffer->Modify(true);
9343
9344     wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container = GetContainer();
9345     wxASSERT(container != NULL);
9346     if (!container)
9347         return false;
9348
9349     switch (m_cmdId)
9350     {
9351     case wxRICHTEXT_INSERT:
9352         {
9353             // Store a list of line start character and y positions so we can figure out which area
9354             // we need to refresh
9355             wxArrayInt optimizationLineCharPositions;
9356             wxArrayInt optimizationLineYPositions;
9357
9358 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_DRAWING
9359             CalculateRefreshOptimizations(optimizationLineCharPositions, optimizationLineYPositions);
9360 #endif
9361
9362             container->InsertFragment(GetRange().GetStart(), m_newParagraphs);
9363             container->UpdateRanges();
9364
9365             // InvalidateHierarchy goes up the hierarchy as well as down, otherwise with a nested object,
9366             // Layout() would stop prematurely at the top level.
9367             container->InvalidateHierarchy(wxRichTextRange(wxMax(0, GetRange().GetStart()-1), GetRange().GetEnd()));
9368
9369             long newCaretPosition = GetPosition() + m_newParagraphs.GetOwnRange().GetLength();
9370
9371             // Character position to caret position
9372             newCaretPosition --;
9373
9374             // Don't take into account the last newline
9375             if (m_newParagraphs.GetPartialParagraph())
9376                 newCaretPosition --;
9377             else
9378                 if (m_newParagraphs.GetChildren().GetCount() > 1)
9379                 {
9380                     wxRichTextObject* p = (wxRichTextObject*) m_newParagraphs.GetChildren().GetLast()->GetData();
9381                     if (p->GetRange().GetLength() == 1)
9382                         newCaretPosition --;
9383                 }
9384
9385             newCaretPosition = wxMin(newCaretPosition, (container->GetOwnRange().GetEnd()-1));
9386
9387             UpdateAppearance(newCaretPosition, true /* send update event */, & optimizationLineCharPositions, & optimizationLineYPositions, true /* do */);
9388
9389             wxRichTextEvent cmdEvent(
9390                 wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_CONTENT_INSERTED,
9391                 m_ctrl ? m_ctrl->GetId() : -1);
9392             cmdEvent.SetEventObject(m_ctrl ? (wxObject*) m_ctrl : (wxObject*) m_buffer);
9393             cmdEvent.SetRange(GetRange());
9394             cmdEvent.SetPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
9395             cmdEvent.SetContainer(container);
9396
9397             m_buffer->SendEvent(cmdEvent);
9398
9399             break;
9400         }
9401     case wxRICHTEXT_DELETE:
9402         {
9403             wxArrayInt optimizationLineCharPositions;
9404             wxArrayInt optimizationLineYPositions;
9405
9406 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_DRAWING
9407             CalculateRefreshOptimizations(optimizationLineCharPositions, optimizationLineYPositions);
9408 #endif
9409
9410             container->DeleteRange(GetRange());
9411             container->UpdateRanges();
9412             // InvalidateHierarchy goes up the hierarchy as well as down, otherwise with a nested object,
9413             // Layout() would stop prematurely at the top level.
9414             container->InvalidateHierarchy(wxRichTextRange(GetRange().GetStart(), GetRange().GetStart()));
9415
9416             long caretPos = GetRange().GetStart()-1;
9417             if (caretPos >= container->GetOwnRange().GetEnd())
9418                 caretPos --;
9419
9420             UpdateAppearance(caretPos, true /* send update event */, & optimizationLineCharPositions, & optimizationLineYPositions, true /* do */);
9421
9422             wxRichTextEvent cmdEvent(
9423                 wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_CONTENT_DELETED,
9424                 m_ctrl ? m_ctrl->GetId() : -1);
9425             cmdEvent.SetEventObject(m_ctrl ? (wxObject*) m_ctrl : (wxObject*) m_buffer);
9426             cmdEvent.SetRange(GetRange());
9427             cmdEvent.SetPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
9428             cmdEvent.SetContainer(container);
9429
9430             m_buffer->SendEvent(cmdEvent);
9431
9432             break;
9433         }
9434     case wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_STYLE:
9435         {
9436             ApplyParagraphs(GetNewParagraphs());
9437
9438             // InvalidateHierarchy goes up the hierarchy as well as down, otherwise with a nested object,
9439             // Layout() would stop prematurely at the top level.
9440             container->InvalidateHierarchy(GetRange());
9441
9442             UpdateAppearance(GetPosition());
9443
9444             wxRichTextEvent cmdEvent(
9445                 wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_STYLE_CHANGED,
9446                 m_ctrl ? m_ctrl->GetId() : -1);
9447             cmdEvent.SetEventObject(m_ctrl ? (wxObject*) m_ctrl : (wxObject*) m_buffer);
9448             cmdEvent.SetRange(GetRange());
9449             cmdEvent.SetPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
9450             cmdEvent.SetContainer(container);
9451
9452             m_buffer->SendEvent(cmdEvent);
9453
9454             break;
9455         }
9456     case wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_ATTRIBUTES:
9457         {
9458             wxRichTextObject* obj = m_objectAddress.GetObject(m_buffer); // container->GetChildAtPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
9459             if (obj)
9460             {
9461                 wxRichTextAttr oldAttr = obj->GetAttributes();
9462                 obj->GetAttributes() = m_attributes;
9463                 m_attributes = oldAttr;
9464             }
9465
9466             // InvalidateHierarchy goes up the hierarchy as well as down, otherwise with a nested object,
9467             // Layout() would stop prematurely at the top level.
9468             container->InvalidateHierarchy(GetRange());
9469
9470             UpdateAppearance(GetPosition());
9471
9472             wxRichTextEvent cmdEvent(
9473                 wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_STYLE_CHANGED,
9474                 m_ctrl ? m_ctrl->GetId() : -1);
9475             cmdEvent.SetEventObject(m_ctrl ? (wxObject*) m_ctrl : (wxObject*) m_buffer);
9476             cmdEvent.SetRange(GetRange());
9477             cmdEvent.SetPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
9478             cmdEvent.SetContainer(container);
9479
9480             m_buffer->SendEvent(cmdEvent);
9481
9482             break;
9483         }
9484     case wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_OBJECT:
9485         {
9486             wxRichTextObject* obj = m_objectAddress.GetObject(m_buffer);
9487             // wxRichTextObject* obj = container->GetChildAtPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
9488             if (obj && m_object)
9489             {
9490                 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = container->GetChildren().Find(obj);
9491                 if (node)
9492                 {
9493                     wxRichTextObject* obj = node->GetData();
9494                     node->SetData(m_object);
9495                     m_object = obj;
9496                 }
9497             }
9498
9499             // InvalidateHierarchy goes up the hierarchy as well as down, otherwise with a nested object,
9500             // Layout() would stop prematurely at the top level.
9501             container->InvalidateHierarchy(GetRange());
9502
9503             UpdateAppearance(GetPosition());
9504
9505             // TODO: send new kind of modification event
9506
9507             break;
9508         }
9509     default:
9510         break;
9511     }
9512
9513     return true;
9514 }
9515
9516 bool wxRichTextAction::Undo()
9517 {
9518     m_buffer->Modify(true);
9519
9520     wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container = GetContainer();
9521     wxASSERT(container != NULL);
9522     if (!container)
9523         return false;
9524
9525     switch (m_cmdId)
9526     {
9527     case wxRICHTEXT_INSERT:
9528         {
9529             wxArrayInt optimizationLineCharPositions;
9530             wxArrayInt optimizationLineYPositions;
9531
9532 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_DRAWING
9533             CalculateRefreshOptimizations(optimizationLineCharPositions, optimizationLineYPositions);
9534 #endif
9535
9536             container->DeleteRange(GetRange());
9537             container->UpdateRanges();
9538             // InvalidateHierarchy goes up the hierarchy as well as down, otherwise with a nested object,
9539             // Layout() would stop prematurely at the top level.
9540             container->InvalidateHierarchy(wxRichTextRange(GetRange().GetStart(), GetRange().GetStart()));
9541
9542             long newCaretPosition = GetPosition() - 1;
9543
9544             UpdateAppearance(newCaretPosition, true, /* send update event */ & optimizationLineCharPositions, & optimizationLineYPositions, false /* undo */);
9545
9546             wxRichTextEvent cmdEvent(
9547                 wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_CONTENT_DELETED,
9548                 m_ctrl ? m_ctrl->GetId() : -1);
9549             cmdEvent.SetEventObject(m_ctrl ? (wxObject*) m_ctrl : (wxObject*) m_buffer);
9550             cmdEvent.SetRange(GetRange());
9551             cmdEvent.SetPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
9552             cmdEvent.SetContainer(container);
9553
9554             m_buffer->SendEvent(cmdEvent);
9555
9556             break;
9557         }
9558     case wxRICHTEXT_DELETE:
9559         {
9560             wxArrayInt optimizationLineCharPositions;
9561             wxArrayInt optimizationLineYPositions;
9562
9563 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_DRAWING
9564             CalculateRefreshOptimizations(optimizationLineCharPositions, optimizationLineYPositions);
9565 #endif
9566
9567             container->InsertFragment(GetRange().GetStart(), m_oldParagraphs);
9568             container->UpdateRanges();
9569             // InvalidateHierarchy goes up the hierarchy as well as down, otherwise with a nested object,
9570             // Layout() would stop prematurely at the top level.
9571             container->InvalidateHierarchy(GetRange());
9572
9573             UpdateAppearance(GetPosition(), true, /* send update event */ & optimizationLineCharPositions, & optimizationLineYPositions, false /* undo */);
9574
9575             wxRichTextEvent cmdEvent(
9576                 wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_CONTENT_INSERTED,
9577                 m_ctrl ? m_ctrl->GetId() : -1);
9578             cmdEvent.SetEventObject(m_ctrl ? (wxObject*) m_ctrl : (wxObject*) m_buffer);
9579             cmdEvent.SetRange(GetRange());
9580             cmdEvent.SetPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
9581             cmdEvent.SetContainer(container);
9582
9583             m_buffer->SendEvent(cmdEvent);
9584
9585             break;
9586         }
9587     case wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_STYLE:
9588         {
9589             ApplyParagraphs(GetOldParagraphs());
9590             // InvalidateHierarchy goes up the hierarchy as well as down, otherwise with a nested object,
9591             // Layout() would stop prematurely at the top level.
9592             container->InvalidateHierarchy(GetRange());
9593
9594             UpdateAppearance(GetPosition());
9595
9596             wxRichTextEvent cmdEvent(
9597                 wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_STYLE_CHANGED,
9598                 m_ctrl ? m_ctrl->GetId() : -1);
9599             cmdEvent.SetEventObject(m_ctrl ? (wxObject*) m_ctrl : (wxObject*) m_buffer);
9600             cmdEvent.SetRange(GetRange());
9601             cmdEvent.SetPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
9602             cmdEvent.SetContainer(container);
9603
9604             m_buffer->SendEvent(cmdEvent);
9605
9606             break;
9607         }
9608     case wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_ATTRIBUTES:
9609     case wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_OBJECT:
9610         {
9611             return Do();
9612         }
9613     default:
9614         break;
9615     }
9616
9617     return true;
9618 }
9619
9620 /// Update the control appearance
9621 void wxRichTextAction::UpdateAppearance(long caretPosition, bool sendUpdateEvent, wxArrayInt* optimizationLineCharPositions, wxArrayInt* optimizationLineYPositions, bool isDoCmd)
9622 {
9623     wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container = GetContainer();
9624     wxASSERT(container != NULL);
9625     if (!container)
9626         return;
9627
9628     if (m_ctrl)
9629     {
9630         m_ctrl->SetFocusObject(container);
9631         m_ctrl->SetCaretPosition(caretPosition);
9632
9633         if (!m_ctrl->IsFrozen())
9634         {
9635             wxRect containerRect = container->GetRect();
9636
9637             m_ctrl->LayoutContent();
9638
9639             // Refresh everything if there were floating objects or the container changed size
9640             // (we can't yet optimize in these cases, since more complex interaction with other content occurs)
9641             if (container->GetFloatingObjectCount() > 0 || (container->GetParent() && containerRect != container->GetRect()))
9642             {
9643                 m_ctrl->Refresh(false);
9644             }
9645             else
9646
9647 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_DRAWING
9648             // Find refresh rectangle if we are in a position to optimise refresh
9649             if ((m_cmdId == wxRICHTEXT_INSERT || m_cmdId == wxRICHTEXT_DELETE) && optimizationLineCharPositions)
9650             {
9651                 size_t i;
9652
9653                 wxSize clientSize = m_ctrl->GetClientSize();
9654                 wxPoint firstVisiblePt = m_ctrl->GetFirstVisiblePoint();
9655
9656                 // Start/end positions
9657                 int firstY = 0;
9658                 int lastY = firstVisiblePt.y + clientSize.y;
9659
9660                 bool foundEnd = false;
9661
9662                 // position offset - how many characters were inserted
9663                 int positionOffset = GetRange().GetLength();
9664
9665                 // Determine whether this is Do or Undo, and adjust positionOffset accordingly
9666                 if ((m_cmdId == wxRICHTEXT_DELETE && isDoCmd) || (m_cmdId == wxRICHTEXT_INSERT && !isDoCmd))
9667                     positionOffset = - positionOffset;
9668
9669                 // find the first line which is being drawn at the same position as it was
9670                 // before. Since we're talking about a simple insertion, we can assume
9671                 // that the rest of the window does not need to be redrawn.
9672
9673                 wxRichTextParagraph* para = container->GetParagraphAtPosition(GetPosition());
9674                 // Since we support floating layout, we should redraw the whole para instead of just
9675                 // the first line touching the invalid range.
9676                 if (para)
9677                 {
9678                     firstY = para->GetPosition().y;
9679                 }
9680
9681                 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = container->GetChildren().Find(para);
9682                 while (node)
9683                 {
9684                     wxRichTextParagraph* child = (wxRichTextParagraph*) node->GetData();
9685                     wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node2 = child->GetLines().GetFirst();
9686                     while (node2)
9687                     {
9688                         wxRichTextLine* line = node2->GetData();
9689                         wxPoint pt = line->GetAbsolutePosition();
9690                         wxRichTextRange range = line->GetAbsoluteRange();
9691
9692                         // we want to find the first line that is in the same position
9693                         // as before. This will mean we're at the end of the changed text.
9694
9695                         if (pt.y > lastY) // going past the end of the window, no more info
9696                         {
9697                             node2 = wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator();
9698                             node = wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator();
9699                         }
9700                         // Detect last line in the buffer
9701                         else if (!node2->GetNext() && para->GetRange().Contains(container->GetOwnRange().GetEnd()))
9702                         {
9703                             // If deleting text, make sure we refresh below as well as above
9704                             if (positionOffset >= 0)
9705                             {
9706                                 foundEnd = true;
9707                                 lastY = pt.y + line->GetSize().y;
9708                             }
9709
9710                             node2 = wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator();
9711                             node = wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator();
9712
9713                             break;
9714                         }
9715                         else
9716                         {
9717                             // search for this line being at the same position as before
9718                             for (i = 0; i < optimizationLineCharPositions->GetCount(); i++)
9719                             {
9720                                 if (((*optimizationLineCharPositions)[i] + positionOffset == range.GetStart()) &&
9721                                     ((*optimizationLineYPositions)[i] == pt.y))
9722                                 {
9723                                     // Stop, we're now the same as we were
9724                                     foundEnd = true;
9725
9726                                     lastY = pt.y;
9727
9728                                     node2 = wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator();
9729                                     node = wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator();
9730
9731                                     break;
9732                                 }
9733                             }
9734                         }
9735
9736                         if (node2)
9737                             node2 = node2->GetNext();
9738                     }
9739
9740                     if (node)
9741                         node = node->GetNext();
9742                 }
9743
9744                 firstY = wxMax(firstVisiblePt.y, firstY);
9745                 if (!foundEnd)
9746                     lastY = firstVisiblePt.y + clientSize.y;
9747
9748                 // Convert to device coordinates
9749                 wxRect rect(m_ctrl->GetPhysicalPoint(wxPoint(firstVisiblePt.x, firstY)), wxSize(clientSize.x, lastY - firstY));
9750                 m_ctrl->RefreshRect(rect);
9751             }
9752             else
9753 #endif
9754                 m_ctrl->Refresh(false);
9755
9756             m_ctrl->PositionCaret();
9757
9758             // This causes styles to persist when doing programmatic
9759             // content creation except when Freeze/Thaw is used, so
9760             // disable this and check for the consequences.
9761             // m_ctrl->SetDefaultStyleToCursorStyle();
9762
9763             if (sendUpdateEvent)
9764                 wxTextCtrl::SendTextUpdatedEvent(m_ctrl);
9765         }
9766     }
9767 }
9768
9769 /// Replace the buffer paragraphs with the new ones.
9770 void wxRichTextAction::ApplyParagraphs(const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& fragment)
9771 {
9772     wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container = GetContainer();
9773     wxASSERT(container != NULL);
9774     if (!container)
9775         return;
9776
9777     wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node = fragment.GetChildren().GetFirst();
9778     while (node)
9779     {
9780         wxRichTextParagraph* para = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph);
9781         wxASSERT (para != NULL);
9782
9783         // We'll replace the existing paragraph by finding the paragraph at this position,
9784         // delete its node data, and setting a copy as the new node data.
9785         // TODO: make more efficient by simply swapping old and new paragraph objects.
9786
9787         wxRichTextParagraph* existingPara = container->GetParagraphAtPosition(para->GetRange().GetStart());
9788         if (existingPara)
9789         {
9790             wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator bufferParaNode = container->GetChildren().Find(existingPara);
9791             if (bufferParaNode)
9792             {
9793                 wxRichTextParagraph* newPara = new wxRichTextParagraph(*para);
9794                 newPara->SetParent(container);
9795
9796                 bufferParaNode->SetData(newPara);
9797
9798                 delete existingPara;
9799             }
9800         }
9801
9802         node = node->GetNext();
9803     }
9804 }
9805
9806
9807 /*!
9808  * wxRichTextRange
9809  * This stores beginning and end positions for a range of data.
9810  */
9811
9812 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxRichTextRangeArray);
9813
9814 /// Limit this range to be within 'range'
9815 bool wxRichTextRange::LimitTo(const wxRichTextRange& range)
9816 {
9817     if (m_start < range.m_start)
9818         m_start = range.m_start;
9819
9820     if (m_end > range.m_end)
9821         m_end = range.m_end;
9822
9823     return true;
9824 }
9825
9826 /*!
9827  * wxRichTextImage implementation
9828  * This object represents an image.
9829  */
9830
9831 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextImage, wxRichTextObject)
9832
9833 wxRichTextImage::wxRichTextImage(const wxImage& image, wxRichTextObject* parent, wxRichTextAttr* charStyle):
9834     wxRichTextObject(parent)
9835 {
9836     m_imageBlock.MakeImageBlockDefaultQuality(image, wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG);
9837     if (charStyle)
9838         SetAttributes(*charStyle);
9839 }
9840
9841 wxRichTextImage::wxRichTextImage(const wxRichTextImageBlock& imageBlock, wxRichTextObject* parent, wxRichTextAttr* charStyle):
9842     wxRichTextObject(parent)
9843 {
9844     m_imageBlock = imageBlock;
9845     if (charStyle)
9846         SetAttributes(*charStyle);
9847 }
9848
9849 /// Create a cached image at the required size
9850 bool wxRichTextImage::LoadImageCache(wxDC& dc, bool resetCache)
9851 {
9852     if (resetCache || !m_imageCache.IsOk() /* || m_imageCache.GetWidth() != size.x || m_imageCache.GetHeight() != size.y */)
9853     {
9854         if (!m_imageBlock.IsOk())
9855             return false;
9856
9857         wxImage image;
9858         m_imageBlock.Load(image);
9859         if (!image.IsOk())
9860             return false;
9861
9862         int width = image.GetWidth();
9863         int height = image.GetHeight();
9864
9865         if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().IsValid() && GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().GetValue() > 0)
9866         {
9867             if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM)
9868                 width = ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc, GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().GetValue());
9869             else
9870                 width = GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().GetValue();
9871         }
9872         if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight().IsValid() && GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight().GetValue() > 0)
9873         {
9874             if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight().GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM)
9875                 height = ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc, GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight().GetValue());
9876             else
9877                 height = GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight().GetValue();
9878         }
9879
9880         if (image.GetWidth() == width && image.GetHeight() == height)
9881             m_imageCache = wxBitmap(image);
9882         else
9883         {
9884             // If the original width and height is small, e.g. 400 or below,
9885             // scale up and then down to improve image quality. This can make
9886             // a big difference, with not much performance hit.
9887             int upscaleThreshold = 400;
9888             wxImage img;
9889             if (image.GetWidth() <= upscaleThreshold || image.GetHeight() <= upscaleThreshold)
9890             {
9891                 img = image.Scale(image.GetWidth()*2, image.GetHeight()*2);
9892                 img.Rescale(width, height, wxIMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH);
9893             }
9894             else
9895                 img = image.Scale(width, height, wxIMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH);
9896             m_imageCache = wxBitmap(img);
9897         }
9898     }
9899
9900     return m_imageCache.IsOk();
9901 }
9902
9903 /// Draw the item
9904 bool wxRichTextImage::Draw(wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int WXUNUSED(descent), int WXUNUSED(style))
9905 {
9906     if (!IsShown())
9907         return true;
9908
9909     // Don't need cached size AFAIK
9910     // wxSize size = GetCachedSize();
9911     if (!LoadImageCache(dc))
9912         return false;
9913
9914     DrawBoxAttributes(dc, GetBuffer(), GetAttributes(), wxRect(GetPosition(), GetCachedSize()));
9915
9916 #if 0
9917     int y = rect.y + (rect.height - m_imageCache.GetHeight());
9918
9919     dc.DrawBitmap(m_imageCache, rect.x, y, true);
9920 #endif
9921
9922     wxSize imageSize(m_imageCache.GetWidth(), m_imageCache.GetHeight());
9923     wxRect marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect;
9924     marginRect = rect; // outer rectangle, will calculate contentRect
9925     GetBoxRects(dc, GetBuffer(), GetAttributes(), marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect);
9926
9927     dc.DrawBitmap(m_imageCache, contentRect.x, contentRect.y, true);
9928
9929     if (selection.WithinSelection(range.GetStart(), this))
9930     {
9931         wxCheckSetBrush(dc, *wxBLACK_BRUSH);
9932         wxCheckSetPen(dc, *wxBLACK_PEN);
9933         dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
9934         dc.DrawRectangle(contentRect);
9935         dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxCOPY);
9936     }
9937
9938     return true;
9939 }
9940
9941 /// Lay the item out
9942 bool wxRichTextImage::Layout(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int WXUNUSED(style))
9943 {
9944     if (!LoadImageCache(dc))
9945         return false;
9946
9947     wxSize imageSize(m_imageCache.GetWidth(), m_imageCache.GetHeight());
9948     wxRect marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect;
9949     contentRect = wxRect(wxPoint(0,0), imageSize);
9950     GetBoxRects(dc, GetBuffer(), GetAttributes(), marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect);
9951
9952     wxSize overallSize = marginRect.GetSize();
9953
9954     SetCachedSize(overallSize);
9955     SetMaxSize(overallSize);
9956     SetMinSize(overallSize);
9957     SetPosition(rect.GetPosition());
9958
9959     return true;
9960 }
9961
9962 /// Get/set the object size for the given range. Returns false if the range
9963 /// is invalid for this object.
9964 bool wxRichTextImage::GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& WXUNUSED(descent), wxDC& dc, int WXUNUSED(flags), wxPoint WXUNUSED(position), wxArrayInt* partialExtents) const
9965 {
9966     if (!range.IsWithin(GetRange()))
9967         return false;
9968
9969     if (!((wxRichTextImage*)this)->LoadImageCache(dc))
9970     {
9971         size.x = 0; size.y = 0;
9972         if (partialExtents)
9973             partialExtents->Add(0);
9974         return false;
9975     }
9976
9977     wxSize imageSize(m_imageCache.GetWidth(), m_imageCache.GetHeight());
9978     wxRect marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect;
9979     contentRect = wxRect(wxPoint(0,0), imageSize);
9980     GetBoxRects(dc, GetBuffer(), GetAttributes(), marginRect, borderRect, contentRect, paddingRect, outlineRect);
9981
9982     wxSize overallSize = marginRect.GetSize();
9983
9984     if (partialExtents)
9985         partialExtents->Add(overallSize.x);
9986
9987     size = overallSize;
9988
9989     return true;
9990 }
9991
9992 // Get the 'natural' size for an object. For an image, it would be the
9993 // image size.
9994 wxTextAttrSize wxRichTextImage::GetNaturalSize() const
9995 {
9996     wxTextAttrSize size;
9997     if (GetImageCache().IsOk())
9998     {
9999         size.SetWidth(GetImageCache().GetWidth(), wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS);
10000         size.SetHeight(GetImageCache().GetHeight(), wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS);
10001     }
10002     return size;
10003 }
10004
10005
10006 /// Copy
10007 void wxRichTextImage::Copy(const wxRichTextImage& obj)
10008 {
10009     wxRichTextObject::Copy(obj);
10010
10011     m_imageBlock = obj.m_imageBlock;
10012 }
10013
10014 /// Edit properties via a GUI
10015 bool wxRichTextImage::EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer)
10016 {
10017     wxRichTextObjectPropertiesDialog imageDlg(this, wxGetTopLevelParent(parent), wxID_ANY, _("Picture Properties"));
10018     imageDlg.SetAttributes(GetAttributes());
10019
10020     if (imageDlg.ShowModal() == wxID_OK)
10021     {
10022         // By passing wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET, indeterminate attributes set by the user will be set as
10023         // indeterminate in the object.
10024         imageDlg.ApplyStyle(buffer->GetRichTextCtrl(), wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO|wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET);
10025         return true;
10026     }
10027     else
10028         return false;
10029 }
10030
10031 /*!
10032  * Utilities
10033  *
10034  */
10035
10036 /// Compare two attribute objects
10037 bool wxTextAttrEq(const wxRichTextAttr& attr1, const wxRichTextAttr& attr2)
10038 {
10039     return (attr1 == attr2);
10040 }
10041
10042 // Partial equality test taking flags into account
10043 bool wxTextAttrEqPartial(const wxRichTextAttr& attr1, const wxRichTextAttr& attr2)
10044 {
10045     return attr1.EqPartial(attr2);
10046 }
10047
10048 /// Compare tabs
10049 bool wxRichTextTabsEq(const wxArrayInt& tabs1, const wxArrayInt& tabs2)
10050 {
10051     if (tabs1.GetCount() != tabs2.GetCount())
10052         return false;
10053
10054     size_t i;
10055     for (i = 0; i < tabs1.GetCount(); i++)
10056     {
10057         if (tabs1[i] != tabs2[i])
10058             return false;
10059     }
10060     return true;
10061 }
10062
10063 bool wxRichTextApplyStyle(wxRichTextAttr& destStyle, const wxRichTextAttr& style, wxRichTextAttr* compareWith)
10064 {
10065     return destStyle.Apply(style, compareWith);
10066 }
10067
10068 // Remove attributes
10069 bool wxRichTextRemoveStyle(wxRichTextAttr& destStyle, const wxRichTextAttr& style)
10070 {
10071     return destStyle.RemoveStyle(style);
10072 }
10073
10074 /// Combine two bitlists, specifying the bits of interest with separate flags.
10075 bool wxRichTextCombineBitlists(int& valueA, int valueB, int& flagsA, int flagsB)
10076 {
10077     return wxRichTextAttr::CombineBitlists(valueA, valueB, flagsA, flagsB);
10078 }
10079
10080 /// Compare two bitlists
10081 bool wxRichTextBitlistsEqPartial(int valueA, int valueB, int flags)
10082 {
10083     return wxRichTextAttr::BitlistsEqPartial(valueA, valueB, flags);
10084 }
10085
10086 /// Split into paragraph and character styles
10087 bool wxRichTextSplitParaCharStyles(const wxRichTextAttr& style, wxRichTextAttr& parStyle, wxRichTextAttr& charStyle)
10088 {
10089     return wxRichTextAttr::SplitParaCharStyles(style, parStyle, charStyle);
10090 }
10091
10092 /// Convert a decimal to Roman numerals
10093 wxString wxRichTextDecimalToRoman(long n)
10094 {
10095     static wxArrayInt decimalNumbers;
10096     static wxArrayString romanNumbers;
10097
10098     // Clean up arrays
10099     if (n == -1)
10100     {
10101         decimalNumbers.Clear();
10102         romanNumbers.Clear();
10103         return wxEmptyString;
10104     }
10105
10106     if (decimalNumbers.GetCount() == 0)
10107     {
10108         #define wxRichTextAddDecRom(n, r) decimalNumbers.Add(n); romanNumbers.Add(r);
10109
10110         wxRichTextAddDecRom(1000, wxT("M"));
10111         wxRichTextAddDecRom(900, wxT("CM"));
10112         wxRichTextAddDecRom(500, wxT("D"));
10113         wxRichTextAddDecRom(400, wxT("CD"));
10114         wxRichTextAddDecRom(100, wxT("C"));
10115         wxRichTextAddDecRom(90, wxT("XC"));
10116         wxRichTextAddDecRom(50, wxT("L"));
10117         wxRichTextAddDecRom(40, wxT("XL"));
10118         wxRichTextAddDecRom(10, wxT("X"));
10119         wxRichTextAddDecRom(9, wxT("IX"));
10120         wxRichTextAddDecRom(5, wxT("V"));
10121         wxRichTextAddDecRom(4, wxT("IV"));
10122         wxRichTextAddDecRom(1, wxT("I"));
10123     }
10124
10125     int i = 0;
10126     wxString roman;
10127
10128     while (n > 0 && i < 13)
10129     {
10130         if (n >= decimalNumbers[i])
10131         {
10132             n -= decimalNumbers[i];
10133             roman += romanNumbers[i];
10134         }
10135         else
10136         {
10137             i ++;
10138         }
10139     }
10140     if (roman.IsEmpty())
10141         roman = wxT("0");
10142     return roman;
10143 }
10144
10145 /*!
10146  * wxRichTextFileHandler
10147  * Base class for file handlers
10148  */
10149
10150 IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxRichTextFileHandler, wxObject)
10151
10152 #if wxUSE_FFILE && wxUSE_STREAMS
10153 bool wxRichTextFileHandler::LoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, const wxString& filename)
10154 {
10155     wxFFileInputStream stream(filename);
10156     if (stream.IsOk())
10157         return LoadFile(buffer, stream);
10158
10159     return false;
10160 }
10161
10162 bool wxRichTextFileHandler::SaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, const wxString& filename)
10163 {
10164     wxFFileOutputStream stream(filename);
10165     if (stream.IsOk())
10166         return SaveFile(buffer, stream);
10167
10168     return false;
10169 }
10170 #endif // wxUSE_FFILE && wxUSE_STREAMS
10171
10172 /// Can we handle this filename (if using files)? By default, checks the extension.
10173 bool wxRichTextFileHandler::CanHandle(const wxString& filename) const
10174 {
10175     wxString path, file, ext;
10176     wxFileName::SplitPath(filename, & path, & file, & ext);
10177
10178     return (ext.Lower() == GetExtension());
10179 }
10180
10181 /*!
10182  * wxRichTextTextHandler
10183  * Plain text handler
10184  */
10185
10186 IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxRichTextPlainTextHandler, wxRichTextFileHandler)
10187
10188 #if wxUSE_STREAMS
10189 bool wxRichTextPlainTextHandler::DoLoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxInputStream& stream)
10190 {
10191     if (!stream.IsOk())
10192         return false;
10193
10194     wxString str;
10195     int lastCh = 0;
10196
10197     while (!stream.Eof())
10198     {
10199         int ch = stream.GetC();
10200
10201         if (!stream.Eof())
10202         {
10203             if (ch == 10 && lastCh != 13)
10204                 str += wxT('\n');
10205
10206             if (ch > 0 && ch != 10)
10207                 str += wxChar(ch);
10208
10209             lastCh = ch;
10210         }
10211     }
10212
10213     buffer->ResetAndClearCommands();
10214     buffer->Clear();
10215     buffer->AddParagraphs(str);
10216     buffer->UpdateRanges();
10217
10218     return true;
10219 }
10220
10221 bool wxRichTextPlainTextHandler::DoSaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxOutputStream& stream)
10222 {
10223     if (!stream.IsOk())
10224         return false;
10225
10226     wxString text = buffer->GetText();
10227
10228     wxString newLine = wxRichTextLineBreakChar;
10229     text.Replace(newLine, wxT("\n"));
10230
10231     wxCharBuffer buf = text.ToAscii();
10232
10233     stream.Write((const char*) buf, text.length());
10234     return true;
10235 }
10236 #endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
10237
10238 /*
10239  * Stores information about an image, in binary in-memory form
10240  */
10241
10242 wxRichTextImageBlock::wxRichTextImageBlock()
10243 {
10244     Init();
10245 }
10246
10247 wxRichTextImageBlock::wxRichTextImageBlock(const wxRichTextImageBlock& block):wxObject()
10248 {
10249     Init();
10250     Copy(block);
10251 }
10252
10253 wxRichTextImageBlock::~wxRichTextImageBlock()
10254 {
10255     wxDELETEA(m_data);
10256 }
10257
10258 void wxRichTextImageBlock::Init()
10259 {
10260     m_data = NULL;
10261     m_dataSize = 0;
10262     m_imageType = wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID;
10263 }
10264
10265 void wxRichTextImageBlock::Clear()
10266 {
10267     wxDELETEA(m_data);
10268     m_dataSize = 0;
10269     m_imageType = wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID;
10270 }
10271
10272
10273 // Load the original image into a memory block.
10274 // If the image is not a JPEG, we must convert it into a JPEG
10275 // to conserve space.
10276 // If it's not a JPEG we can make use of 'image', already scaled, so we don't have to
10277 // load the image a 2nd time.
10278
10279 bool wxRichTextImageBlock::MakeImageBlock(const wxString& filename, wxBitmapType imageType,
10280                                           wxImage& image, bool convertToJPEG)
10281 {
10282     m_imageType = imageType;
10283
10284     wxString filenameToRead(filename);
10285     bool removeFile = false;
10286
10287     if (imageType == wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID)
10288         return false; // Could not determine image type
10289
10290     if ((imageType != wxBITMAP_TYPE_JPEG) && convertToJPEG)
10291     {
10292         wxString tempFile =
10293             wxFileName::CreateTempFileName(_("image"));
10294
10295         wxASSERT(!tempFile.IsEmpty());
10296
10297         image.SaveFile(tempFile, wxBITMAP_TYPE_JPEG);
10298         filenameToRead = tempFile;
10299         removeFile = true;
10300
10301         m_imageType = wxBITMAP_TYPE_JPEG;
10302     }
10303     wxFile file;
10304     if (!file.Open(filenameToRead))
10305         return false;
10306
10307     m_dataSize = (size_t) file.Length();
10308     file.Close();
10309
10310     if (m_data)
10311         delete[] m_data;
10312     m_data = ReadBlock(filenameToRead, m_dataSize);
10313
10314     if (removeFile)
10315         wxRemoveFile(filenameToRead);
10316
10317     return (m_data != NULL);
10318 }
10319
10320 // Make an image block from the wxImage in the given
10321 // format.
10322 bool wxRichTextImageBlock::MakeImageBlock(wxImage& image, wxBitmapType imageType, int quality)
10323 {
10324     image.SetOption(wxT("quality"), quality);
10325
10326     if (imageType == wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID)
10327         return false; // Could not determine image type
10328
10329     return DoMakeImageBlock(image, imageType);
10330 }
10331
10332 // Uses a const wxImage for efficiency, but can't set quality (only relevant for JPEG)
10333 bool wxRichTextImageBlock::MakeImageBlockDefaultQuality(const wxImage& image, wxBitmapType imageType)
10334 {
10335     if (imageType == wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID)
10336         return false; // Could not determine image type
10337
10338     return DoMakeImageBlock(image, imageType);
10339 }
10340
10341 // Makes the image block
10342 bool wxRichTextImageBlock::DoMakeImageBlock(const wxImage& image, wxBitmapType imageType)
10343 {
10344     wxMemoryOutputStream memStream;
10345     if (!image.SaveFile(memStream, imageType))
10346     {
10347         return false;
10348     }
10349
10350     unsigned char* block = new unsigned char[memStream.GetSize()];
10351     if (!block)
10352         return false;
10353
10354     if (m_data)
10355         delete[] m_data;
10356     m_data = block;
10357
10358     m_imageType = imageType;
10359     m_dataSize = memStream.GetSize();
10360
10361     memStream.CopyTo(m_data, m_dataSize);
10362
10363     return (m_data != NULL);
10364 }
10365
10366 // Write to a file
10367 bool wxRichTextImageBlock::Write(const wxString& filename)
10368 {
10369     return WriteBlock(filename, m_data, m_dataSize);
10370 }
10371
10372 void wxRichTextImageBlock::Copy(const wxRichTextImageBlock& block)
10373 {
10374     m_imageType = block.m_imageType;
10375     wxDELETEA(m_data);
10376     m_dataSize = block.m_dataSize;
10377     if (m_dataSize == 0)
10378         return;
10379
10380     m_data = new unsigned char[m_dataSize];
10381     unsigned int i;
10382     for (i = 0; i < m_dataSize; i++)
10383         m_data[i] = block.m_data[i];
10384 }
10385
10386 //// Operators
10387 void wxRichTextImageBlock::operator=(const wxRichTextImageBlock& block)
10388 {
10389     Copy(block);
10390 }
10391
10392 // Load a wxImage from the block
10393 bool wxRichTextImageBlock::Load(wxImage& image)
10394 {
10395     if (!m_data)
10396         return false;
10397
10398     // Read in the image.
10399 #if wxUSE_STREAMS
10400     wxMemoryInputStream mstream(m_data, m_dataSize);
10401     bool success = image.LoadFile(mstream, GetImageType());
10402 #else
10403     wxString tempFile = wxFileName::CreateTempFileName(_("image"));
10404     wxASSERT(!tempFile.IsEmpty());
10405
10406     if (!WriteBlock(tempFile, m_data, m_dataSize))
10407     {
10408         return false;
10409     }
10410     success = image.LoadFile(tempFile, GetImageType());
10411     wxRemoveFile(tempFile);
10412 #endif
10413
10414     return success;
10415 }
10416
10417 // Write data in hex to a stream
10418 bool wxRichTextImageBlock::WriteHex(wxOutputStream& stream)
10419 {
10420     if (m_dataSize == 0)
10421         return true;
10422
10423     int bufSize = 100000;
10424     if (int(2*m_dataSize) < bufSize)
10425         bufSize = 2*m_dataSize;
10426     char* buf = new char[bufSize+1];
10427
10428     int left = m_dataSize;
10429     int n, i, j;
10430     j = 0;
10431     while (left > 0)
10432     {
10433         if (left*2 > bufSize)
10434         {
10435             n = bufSize; left -= (bufSize/2);
10436         }
10437         else
10438         {
10439             n = left*2; left = 0;
10440         }
10441
10442         char* b = buf;
10443         for (i = 0; i < (n/2); i++)
10444         {
10445             wxDecToHex(m_data[j], b, b+1);
10446             b += 2; j ++;
10447         }
10448
10449         buf[n] = 0;
10450         stream.Write((const char*) buf, n);
10451     }
10452     delete[] buf;
10453     return true;
10454 }
10455
10456 // Read data in hex from a stream
10457 bool wxRichTextImageBlock::ReadHex(wxInputStream& stream, int length, wxBitmapType imageType)
10458 {
10459     int dataSize = length/2;
10460
10461     if (m_data)
10462         delete[] m_data;
10463
10464     // create a null terminated temporary string:
10465     char str[3];
10466     str[2] = '\0';
10467
10468     m_data = new unsigned char[dataSize];
10469     int i;
10470     for (i = 0; i < dataSize; i ++)
10471     {
10472         str[0] = (char)stream.GetC();
10473         str[1] = (char)stream.GetC();
10474
10475         m_data[i] = (unsigned char)wxHexToDec(str);
10476     }
10477
10478     m_dataSize = dataSize;
10479     m_imageType = imageType;
10480
10481     return true;
10482 }
10483
10484 // Allocate and read from stream as a block of memory
10485 unsigned char* wxRichTextImageBlock::ReadBlock(wxInputStream& stream, size_t size)
10486 {
10487     unsigned char* block = new unsigned char[size];
10488     if (!block)
10489         return NULL;
10490
10491     stream.Read(block, size);
10492
10493     return block;
10494 }
10495
10496 unsigned char* wxRichTextImageBlock::ReadBlock(const wxString& filename, size_t size)
10497 {
10498     wxFileInputStream stream(filename);
10499     if (!stream.IsOk())
10500         return NULL;
10501
10502     return ReadBlock(stream, size);
10503 }
10504
10505 // Write memory block to stream
10506 bool wxRichTextImageBlock::WriteBlock(wxOutputStream& stream, unsigned char* block, size_t size)
10507 {
10508     stream.Write((void*) block, size);
10509     return stream.IsOk();
10510
10511 }
10512
10513 // Write memory block to file
10514 bool wxRichTextImageBlock::WriteBlock(const wxString& filename, unsigned char* block, size_t size)
10515 {
10516     wxFileOutputStream outStream(filename);
10517     if (!outStream.IsOk())
10518         return false;
10519
10520     return WriteBlock(outStream, block, size);
10521 }
10522
10523 // Gets the extension for the block's type
10524 wxString wxRichTextImageBlock::GetExtension() const
10525 {
10526     wxImageHandler* handler = wxImage::FindHandler(GetImageType());
10527     if (handler)
10528         return handler->GetExtension();
10529     else
10530         return wxEmptyString;
10531 }
10532
10533 #if wxUSE_DATAOBJ
10534
10535 /*!
10536  * The data object for a wxRichTextBuffer
10537  */
10538
10539 const wxChar *wxRichTextBufferDataObject::ms_richTextBufferFormatId = wxT("wxShape");
10540
10541 wxRichTextBufferDataObject::wxRichTextBufferDataObject(wxRichTextBuffer* richTextBuffer)
10542 {
10543     m_richTextBuffer = richTextBuffer;
10544
10545     // this string should uniquely identify our format, but is otherwise
10546     // arbitrary
10547     m_formatRichTextBuffer.SetId(GetRichTextBufferFormatId());
10548
10549     SetFormat(m_formatRichTextBuffer);
10550 }
10551
10552 wxRichTextBufferDataObject::~wxRichTextBufferDataObject()
10553 {
10554     delete m_richTextBuffer;
10555 }
10556
10557 // after a call to this function, the richTextBuffer is owned by the caller and it
10558 // is responsible for deleting it!
10559 wxRichTextBuffer* wxRichTextBufferDataObject::GetRichTextBuffer()
10560 {
10561     wxRichTextBuffer* richTextBuffer = m_richTextBuffer;
10562     m_richTextBuffer = NULL;
10563
10564     return richTextBuffer;
10565 }
10566
10567 wxDataFormat wxRichTextBufferDataObject::GetPreferredFormat(Direction WXUNUSED(dir)) const
10568 {
10569     return m_formatRichTextBuffer;
10570 }
10571
10572 size_t wxRichTextBufferDataObject::GetDataSize() const
10573 {
10574     if (!m_richTextBuffer)
10575         return 0;
10576
10577     wxString bufXML;
10578
10579     {
10580         wxStringOutputStream stream(& bufXML);
10581         if (!m_richTextBuffer->SaveFile(stream, wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_XML))
10582         {
10583             wxLogError(wxT("Could not write the buffer to an XML stream.\nYou may have forgotten to add the XML file handler."));
10584             return 0;
10585         }
10586     }
10587
10588 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
10589     wxCharBuffer buffer = bufXML.mb_str(wxConvUTF8);
10590     return strlen(buffer) + 1;
10591 #else
10592     return bufXML.Length()+1;
10593 #endif
10594 }
10595
10596 bool wxRichTextBufferDataObject::GetDataHere(void *pBuf) const
10597 {
10598     if (!pBuf || !m_richTextBuffer)
10599         return false;
10600
10601     wxString bufXML;
10602
10603     {
10604         wxStringOutputStream stream(& bufXML);
10605         if (!m_richTextBuffer->SaveFile(stream, wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_XML))
10606         {
10607             wxLogError(wxT("Could not write the buffer to an XML stream.\nYou may have forgotten to add the XML file handler."));
10608             return 0;
10609         }
10610     }
10611
10612 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
10613     wxCharBuffer buffer = bufXML.mb_str(wxConvUTF8);
10614     size_t len = strlen(buffer);
10615     memcpy((char*) pBuf, (const char*) buffer, len);
10616     ((char*) pBuf)[len] = 0;
10617 #else
10618     size_t len = bufXML.Length();
10619     memcpy((char*) pBuf, (const char*) bufXML.c_str(), len);
10620     ((char*) pBuf)[len] = 0;
10621 #endif
10622
10623     return true;
10624 }
10625
10626 bool wxRichTextBufferDataObject::SetData(size_t WXUNUSED(len), const void *buf)
10627 {
10628     wxDELETE(m_richTextBuffer);
10629
10630     wxString bufXML((const char*) buf, wxConvUTF8);
10631
10632     m_richTextBuffer = new wxRichTextBuffer;
10633
10634     wxStringInputStream stream(bufXML);
10635     if (!m_richTextBuffer->LoadFile(stream, wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_XML))
10636     {
10637         wxLogError(wxT("Could not read the buffer from an XML stream.\nYou may have forgotten to add the XML file handler."));
10638
10639         wxDELETE(m_richTextBuffer);
10640
10641         return false;
10642     }
10643     return true;
10644 }
10645
10646 #endif
10647     // wxUSE_DATAOBJ
10648
10649
10650 /*
10651  * wxRichTextFontTable
10652  * Manages quick access to a pool of fonts for rendering rich text
10653  */
10654
10655 WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL(wxFont, wxRichTextFontTableHashMap, class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT);
10656
10657 class wxRichTextFontTableData: public wxObjectRefData
10658 {
10659 public:
10660     wxRichTextFontTableData() {}
10661
10662     wxFont FindFont(const wxRichTextAttr& fontSpec);
10663
10664     wxRichTextFontTableHashMap  m_hashMap;
10665 };
10666
10667 wxFont wxRichTextFontTableData::FindFont(const wxRichTextAttr& fontSpec)
10668 {
10669     wxString facename(fontSpec.GetFontFaceName());
10670     wxString spec(wxString::Format(wxT("%d-%d-%d-%d-%s-%d"), fontSpec.GetFontSize(), fontSpec.GetFontStyle(), fontSpec.GetFontWeight(), (int) fontSpec.GetFontUnderlined(), facename.c_str(), (int) fontSpec.GetFontEncoding()));
10671     wxRichTextFontTableHashMap::iterator entry = m_hashMap.find(spec);
10672
10673     if ( entry == m_hashMap.end() )
10674     {
10675         wxFont font(fontSpec.GetFontSize(), wxDEFAULT, fontSpec.GetFontStyle(), fontSpec.GetFontWeight(), fontSpec.GetFontUnderlined(), facename.c_str());
10676         m_hashMap[spec] = font;
10677         return font;
10678     }
10679     else
10680     {
10681         return entry->second;
10682     }
10683 }
10684
10685 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextFontTable, wxObject)
10686
10687 wxRichTextFontTable::wxRichTextFontTable()
10688 {
10689     m_refData = new wxRichTextFontTableData;
10690 }
10691
10692 wxRichTextFontTable::wxRichTextFontTable(const wxRichTextFontTable& table)
10693     : wxObject()
10694 {
10695     (*this) = table;
10696 }
10697
10698 wxRichTextFontTable::~wxRichTextFontTable()
10699 {
10700     UnRef();
10701 }
10702
10703 bool wxRichTextFontTable::operator == (const wxRichTextFontTable& table) const
10704 {
10705     return (m_refData == table.m_refData);
10706 }
10707
10708 void wxRichTextFontTable::operator= (const wxRichTextFontTable& table)
10709 {
10710     Ref(table);
10711 }
10712
10713 wxFont wxRichTextFontTable::FindFont(const wxRichTextAttr& fontSpec)
10714 {
10715     wxRichTextFontTableData* data = (wxRichTextFontTableData*) m_refData;
10716     if (data)
10717         return data->FindFont(fontSpec);
10718     else
10719         return wxFont();
10720 }
10721
10722 void wxRichTextFontTable::Clear()
10723 {
10724     wxRichTextFontTableData* data = (wxRichTextFontTableData*) m_refData;
10725     if (data)
10726         data->m_hashMap.clear();
10727 }
10728
10729 // wxTextBoxAttr
10730
10731
10732 void wxTextBoxAttr::Reset()
10733 {
10734     m_flags = 0;
10735     m_floatMode = wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_NONE;
10736     m_clearMode = wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR_NONE;
10737     m_collapseMode = wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_NONE;
10738     m_verticalAlignment = wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_NONE;
10739
10740     m_margins.Reset();
10741     m_padding.Reset();
10742     m_position.Reset();
10743
10744     m_size.Reset();
10745
10746     m_border.Reset();
10747     m_outline.Reset();
10748 }
10749
10750 // Equality test
10751 bool wxTextBoxAttr::operator== (const wxTextBoxAttr& attr) const
10752 {
10753     return (
10754         m_flags == attr.m_flags &&
10755         m_floatMode == attr.m_floatMode &&
10756         m_clearMode == attr.m_clearMode &&
10757         m_collapseMode == attr.m_collapseMode &&
10758         m_verticalAlignment == attr.m_verticalAlignment &&
10759
10760         m_margins == attr.m_margins &&
10761         m_padding == attr.m_padding &&
10762         m_position == attr.m_position &&
10763
10764         m_size == attr.m_size &&
10765
10766         m_border == attr.m_border &&
10767         m_outline == attr.m_outline
10768         );
10769 }
10770
10771 // Partial equality test
10772 bool wxTextBoxAttr::EqPartial(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr) const
10773 {
10774     if (attr.HasFloatMode() && HasFloatMode() && (GetFloatMode() != attr.GetFloatMode()))
10775         return false;
10776
10777     if (attr.HasClearMode() && HasClearMode() && (GetClearMode() != attr.GetClearMode()))
10778         return false;
10779
10780     if (attr.HasCollapseBorders() && HasCollapseBorders() && (attr.GetCollapseBorders() != GetCollapseBorders()))
10781         return false;
10782
10783     if (attr.HasVerticalAlignment() && HasVerticalAlignment() && (attr.GetVerticalAlignment() != GetVerticalAlignment()))
10784         return false;
10785
10786     // Position
10787
10788     if (!m_position.EqPartial(attr.m_position))
10789         return false;
10790
10791     // Margins
10792
10793     if (!m_margins.EqPartial(attr.m_margins))
10794         return false;
10795
10796     // Padding
10797
10798     if (!m_padding.EqPartial(attr.m_padding))
10799         return false;
10800
10801     // Border
10802
10803     if (!GetBorder().EqPartial(attr.GetBorder()))
10804         return false;
10805
10806     // Outline
10807
10808     if (!GetOutline().EqPartial(attr.GetOutline()))
10809         return false;
10810
10811     return true;
10812 }
10813
10814 // Merges the given attributes. If compareWith
10815 // is non-NULL, then it will be used to mask out those attributes that are the same in style
10816 // and compareWith, for situations where we don't want to explicitly set inherited attributes.
10817 bool wxTextBoxAttr::Apply(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr, const wxTextBoxAttr* compareWith)
10818 {
10819     if (attr.HasFloatMode())
10820     {
10821         if (!(compareWith && compareWith->HasFloatMode() && compareWith->GetFloatMode() == attr.GetFloatMode()))
10822             SetFloatMode(attr.GetFloatMode());
10823     }
10824
10825     if (attr.HasClearMode())
10826     {
10827         if (!(compareWith && compareWith->HasClearMode() && compareWith->GetClearMode() == attr.GetClearMode()))
10828             SetClearMode(attr.GetClearMode());
10829     }
10830
10831     if (attr.HasCollapseBorders())
10832     {
10833         if (!(compareWith && compareWith->HasCollapseBorders() && compareWith->GetCollapseBorders() == attr.GetCollapseBorders()))
10834             SetCollapseBorders(attr.GetCollapseBorders());
10835     }
10836
10837     if (attr.HasVerticalAlignment())
10838     {
10839         if (!(compareWith && compareWith->HasVerticalAlignment() && compareWith->GetVerticalAlignment() == attr.GetVerticalAlignment()))
10840             SetVerticalAlignment(attr.GetVerticalAlignment());
10841     }
10842
10843     m_margins.Apply(attr.m_margins, compareWith ? (& attr.m_margins) : (const wxTextAttrDimensions*) NULL);
10844     m_padding.Apply(attr.m_padding, compareWith ? (& attr.m_padding) : (const wxTextAttrDimensions*) NULL);
10845     m_position.Apply(attr.m_position, compareWith ? (& attr.m_position) : (const wxTextAttrDimensions*) NULL);
10846
10847     m_size.Apply(attr.m_size, compareWith ? (& attr.m_size) : (const wxTextAttrSize*) NULL);
10848
10849     m_border.Apply(attr.m_border, compareWith ? (& attr.m_border) : (const wxTextAttrBorders*) NULL);
10850     m_outline.Apply(attr.m_outline, compareWith ? (& attr.m_outline) : (const wxTextAttrBorders*) NULL);
10851
10852     return true;
10853 }
10854
10855 // Remove specified attributes from this object
10856 bool wxTextBoxAttr::RemoveStyle(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr)
10857 {
10858     if (attr.HasFloatMode())
10859         RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT);
10860
10861     if (attr.HasClearMode())
10862         RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR);
10863
10864     if (attr.HasCollapseBorders())
10865         RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_BORDERS);
10866
10867     if (attr.HasVerticalAlignment())
10868         RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT);
10869
10870     m_margins.RemoveStyle(attr.m_margins);
10871     m_padding.RemoveStyle(attr.m_padding);
10872     m_position.RemoveStyle(attr.m_position);
10873
10874     m_size.RemoveStyle(attr.m_size);
10875
10876     m_border.RemoveStyle(attr.m_border);
10877     m_outline.RemoveStyle(attr.m_outline);
10878
10879     return true;
10880 }
10881
10882 // Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
10883 // which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
10884 void wxTextBoxAttr::CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr, wxTextBoxAttr& clashingAttr, wxTextBoxAttr& absentAttr)
10885 {
10886     if (attr.HasFloatMode())
10887     {
10888         if (!clashingAttr.HasFloatMode() && !absentAttr.HasFloatMode())
10889         {
10890             if (HasFloatMode())
10891             {
10892                 if (GetFloatMode() != attr.GetFloatMode())
10893                 {
10894                     clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT);
10895                     RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT);
10896                 }
10897             }
10898             else
10899                 SetFloatMode(attr.GetFloatMode());
10900         }
10901     }
10902     else
10903         absentAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT);
10904
10905     if (attr.HasClearMode())
10906     {
10907         if (!clashingAttr.HasClearMode() && !absentAttr.HasClearMode())
10908         {
10909             if (HasClearMode())
10910             {
10911                 if (GetClearMode() != attr.GetClearMode())
10912                 {
10913                     clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR);
10914                     RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR);
10915                 }
10916             }
10917             else
10918                 SetClearMode(attr.GetClearMode());
10919         }
10920     }
10921     else
10922         absentAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR);
10923
10924     if (attr.HasCollapseBorders())
10925     {
10926         if (!clashingAttr.HasCollapseBorders() && !absentAttr.HasCollapseBorders())
10927         {
10928             if (HasCollapseBorders())
10929             {
10930                 if (GetCollapseBorders() != attr.GetCollapseBorders())
10931                 {
10932                     clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_BORDERS);
10933                     RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_BORDERS);
10934                 }
10935             }
10936             else
10937                 SetCollapseBorders(attr.GetCollapseBorders());
10938         }
10939     }
10940     else
10941         absentAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_BORDERS);
10942
10943     if (attr.HasVerticalAlignment())
10944     {
10945         if (!clashingAttr.HasVerticalAlignment() && !absentAttr.HasVerticalAlignment())
10946         {
10947             if (HasVerticalAlignment())
10948             {
10949                 if (GetVerticalAlignment() != attr.GetVerticalAlignment())
10950                 {
10951                     clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT);
10952                     RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT);
10953                 }
10954             }
10955             else
10956                 SetVerticalAlignment(attr.GetVerticalAlignment());
10957         }
10958     }
10959     else
10960         absentAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT);
10961
10962     m_margins.CollectCommonAttributes(attr.m_margins, clashingAttr.m_margins, absentAttr.m_margins);
10963     m_padding.CollectCommonAttributes(attr.m_padding, clashingAttr.m_padding, absentAttr.m_padding);
10964     m_position.CollectCommonAttributes(attr.m_position, clashingAttr.m_position, absentAttr.m_position);
10965
10966     m_size.CollectCommonAttributes(attr.m_size, clashingAttr.m_size, absentAttr.m_size);
10967
10968     m_border.CollectCommonAttributes(attr.m_border, clashingAttr.m_border, absentAttr.m_border);
10969     m_outline.CollectCommonAttributes(attr.m_outline, clashingAttr.m_outline, absentAttr.m_outline);
10970 }
10971
10972 // wxRichTextAttr
10973
10974 void wxRichTextAttr::Copy(const wxRichTextAttr& attr)
10975 {
10976     wxTextAttr::Copy(attr);
10977
10978     m_textBoxAttr = attr.m_textBoxAttr;
10979 }
10980
10981 bool wxRichTextAttr::operator==(const wxRichTextAttr& attr) const
10982 {
10983     if (!(wxTextAttr::operator==(attr)))
10984         return false;
10985
10986     return (m_textBoxAttr == attr.m_textBoxAttr);
10987 }
10988
10989 // Partial equality test taking comparison object into account
10990 bool wxRichTextAttr::EqPartial(const wxRichTextAttr& attr) const
10991 {
10992     if (!(wxTextAttr::EqPartial(attr)))
10993         return false;
10994
10995     return m_textBoxAttr.EqPartial(attr.m_textBoxAttr);
10996 }
10997
10998 // Merges the given attributes. If compareWith
10999 // is non-NULL, then it will be used to mask out those attributes that are the same in style
11000 // and compareWith, for situations where we don't want to explicitly set inherited attributes.
11001 bool wxRichTextAttr::Apply(const wxRichTextAttr& style, const wxRichTextAttr* compareWith)
11002 {
11003     wxTextAttr::Apply(style, compareWith);
11004
11005     return m_textBoxAttr.Apply(style.m_textBoxAttr, compareWith ? (& compareWith->m_textBoxAttr) : (const wxTextBoxAttr*) NULL);
11006 }
11007
11008 // Remove specified attributes from this object
11009 bool wxRichTextAttr::RemoveStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& attr)
11010 {
11011     wxTextAttr::RemoveStyle(*this, attr);
11012
11013     return m_textBoxAttr.RemoveStyle(attr.m_textBoxAttr);
11014 }
11015
11016 // Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
11017 // which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
11018 void wxRichTextAttr::CollectCommonAttributes(const wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxRichTextAttr& clashingAttr, wxRichTextAttr& absentAttr)
11019 {
11020     wxTextAttrCollectCommonAttributes(*this, attr, clashingAttr, absentAttr);
11021
11022     m_textBoxAttr.CollectCommonAttributes(attr.m_textBoxAttr, clashingAttr.m_textBoxAttr, absentAttr.m_textBoxAttr);
11023 }
11024
11025 // Partial equality test
11026 bool wxTextAttrBorder::EqPartial(const wxTextAttrBorder& border) const
11027 {
11028     if (border.HasStyle() && !HasStyle() && (border.GetStyle() != GetStyle()))
11029         return false;
11030
11031     if (border.HasColour() && !HasColour() && (border.GetColourLong() != GetColourLong()))
11032         return false;
11033
11034     if (border.HasWidth() && !HasWidth() && !(border.GetWidth() == GetWidth()))
11035         return false;
11036
11037     return true;
11038 }
11039
11040 // Apply border to 'this', but not if the same as compareWith
11041 bool wxTextAttrBorder::Apply(const wxTextAttrBorder& border, const wxTextAttrBorder* compareWith)
11042 {
11043     if (border.HasStyle())
11044     {
11045         if (!(compareWith && (border.GetStyle() == compareWith->GetStyle())))
11046             SetStyle(border.GetStyle());
11047     }
11048     if (border.HasColour())
11049     {
11050         if (!(compareWith && (border.GetColourLong() == compareWith->GetColourLong())))
11051             SetColour(border.GetColourLong());
11052     }
11053     if (border.HasWidth())
11054     {
11055         if (!(compareWith && (border.GetWidth() == compareWith->GetWidth())))
11056             SetWidth(border.GetWidth());
11057     }
11058
11059     return true;
11060 }
11061
11062 // Remove specified attributes from this object
11063 bool wxTextAttrBorder::RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrBorder& attr)
11064 {
11065     if (attr.HasStyle() && HasStyle())
11066         SetFlags(GetFlags() & ~wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_STYLE);
11067     if (attr.HasColour() && HasColour())
11068         SetFlags(GetFlags() & ~wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR);
11069     if (attr.HasWidth() && HasWidth())
11070         m_borderWidth.Reset();
11071
11072     return true;
11073 }
11074
11075 // Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
11076 // which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
11077 void wxTextAttrBorder::CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrBorder& attr, wxTextAttrBorder& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrBorder& absentAttr)
11078 {
11079     if (attr.HasStyle())
11080     {
11081         if (!clashingAttr.HasStyle() && !absentAttr.HasStyle())
11082         {
11083             if (HasStyle())
11084             {
11085                 if (GetStyle() != attr.GetStyle())
11086                 {
11087                     clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_STYLE);
11088                     RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_STYLE);
11089                 }
11090             }
11091             else
11092                 SetStyle(attr.GetStyle());
11093         }
11094     }
11095     else
11096         absentAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_STYLE);
11097
11098     if (attr.HasColour())
11099     {
11100         if (!clashingAttr.HasColour() && !absentAttr.HasColour())
11101         {
11102             if (HasColour())
11103             {
11104                 if (GetColour() != attr.GetColour())
11105                 {
11106                     clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR);
11107                     RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR);
11108                 }
11109             }
11110             else
11111                 SetColour(attr.GetColourLong());
11112         }
11113     }
11114     else
11115         absentAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR);
11116
11117     m_borderWidth.CollectCommonAttributes(attr.m_borderWidth, clashingAttr.m_borderWidth, absentAttr.m_borderWidth);
11118 }
11119
11120 // Partial equality test
11121 bool wxTextAttrBorders::EqPartial(const wxTextAttrBorders& borders) const
11122 {
11123     return m_left.EqPartial(borders.m_left) && m_right.EqPartial(borders.m_right) &&
11124             m_top.EqPartial(borders.m_top) && m_bottom.EqPartial(borders.m_bottom);
11125 }
11126
11127 // Apply border to 'this', but not if the same as compareWith
11128 bool wxTextAttrBorders::Apply(const wxTextAttrBorders& borders, const wxTextAttrBorders* compareWith)
11129 {
11130     m_left.Apply(borders.m_left, compareWith ? (& compareWith->m_left) : (const wxTextAttrBorder*) NULL);
11131     m_right.Apply(borders.m_right, compareWith ? (& compareWith->m_right) : (const wxTextAttrBorder*) NULL);
11132     m_top.Apply(borders.m_top, compareWith ? (& compareWith->m_top) : (const wxTextAttrBorder*) NULL);
11133     m_bottom.Apply(borders.m_bottom, compareWith ? (& compareWith->m_bottom) : (const wxTextAttrBorder*) NULL);
11134     return true;
11135 }
11136
11137 // Remove specified attributes from this object
11138 bool wxTextAttrBorders::RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrBorders& attr)
11139 {
11140     m_left.RemoveStyle(attr.m_left);
11141     m_right.RemoveStyle(attr.m_right);
11142     m_top.RemoveStyle(attr.m_top);
11143     m_bottom.RemoveStyle(attr.m_bottom);
11144     return true;
11145 }
11146
11147 // Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
11148 // which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
11149 void wxTextAttrBorders::CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrBorders& attr, wxTextAttrBorders& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrBorders& absentAttr)
11150 {
11151     m_left.CollectCommonAttributes(attr.m_left, clashingAttr.m_left, absentAttr.m_left);
11152     m_right.CollectCommonAttributes(attr.m_right, clashingAttr.m_right, absentAttr.m_right);
11153     m_top.CollectCommonAttributes(attr.m_top, clashingAttr.m_top, absentAttr.m_top);
11154     m_bottom.CollectCommonAttributes(attr.m_bottom, clashingAttr.m_bottom, absentAttr.m_bottom);
11155 }
11156
11157 // Set style of all borders
11158 void wxTextAttrBorders::SetStyle(int style)
11159 {
11160     m_left.SetStyle(style);
11161     m_right.SetStyle(style);
11162     m_top.SetStyle(style);
11163     m_bottom.SetStyle(style);
11164 }
11165
11166 // Set colour of all borders
11167 void wxTextAttrBorders::SetColour(unsigned long colour)
11168 {
11169     m_left.SetColour(colour);
11170     m_right.SetColour(colour);
11171     m_top.SetColour(colour);
11172     m_bottom.SetColour(colour);
11173 }
11174
11175 void wxTextAttrBorders::SetColour(const wxColour& colour)
11176 {
11177     m_left.SetColour(colour);
11178     m_right.SetColour(colour);
11179     m_top.SetColour(colour);
11180     m_bottom.SetColour(colour);
11181 }
11182
11183 // Set width of all borders
11184 void wxTextAttrBorders::SetWidth(const wxTextAttrDimension& width)
11185 {
11186     m_left.SetWidth(width);
11187     m_right.SetWidth(width);
11188     m_top.SetWidth(width);
11189     m_bottom.SetWidth(width);
11190 }
11191
11192 // Partial equality test
11193 bool wxTextAttrDimension::EqPartial(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim) const
11194 {
11195     if (dim.IsValid() && IsValid() && !((*this) == dim))
11196         return false;
11197     else
11198         return true;
11199 }
11200
11201 bool wxTextAttrDimension::Apply(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim, const wxTextAttrDimension* compareWith)
11202 {
11203     if (dim.IsValid())
11204     {
11205         if (!(compareWith && dim == (*compareWith)))
11206             (*this) = dim;
11207     }
11208
11209     return true;
11210 }
11211
11212 // Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
11213 // which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
11214 void wxTextAttrDimension::CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrDimension& attr, wxTextAttrDimension& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrDimension& absentAttr)
11215 {
11216     if (attr.IsValid())
11217     {
11218         if (!clashingAttr.IsValid() && !absentAttr.IsValid())
11219         {
11220             if (IsValid())
11221             {
11222                 if (!((*this) == attr))
11223                 {
11224                     clashingAttr.SetValid(true);
11225                     SetValid(false);
11226                 }
11227             }
11228             else
11229                 (*this) = attr;
11230         }
11231     }
11232     else
11233         absentAttr.SetValid(true);
11234 }
11235
11236 wxTextAttrDimensionConverter::wxTextAttrDimensionConverter(wxDC& dc, double scale, const wxSize& parentSize)
11237 {
11238     m_ppi = dc.GetPPI().x; m_scale = scale; m_parentSize = parentSize;
11239 }
11240
11241 wxTextAttrDimensionConverter::wxTextAttrDimensionConverter(int ppi, double scale, const wxSize& parentSize)
11242 {
11243     m_ppi = ppi; m_scale = scale; m_parentSize = parentSize;
11244 }
11245
11246 int wxTextAttrDimensionConverter::ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(int units) const
11247 {
11248     return wxRichTextObject::ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(m_ppi, units, m_scale);
11249 }
11250
11251 int wxTextAttrDimensionConverter::ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(int pixels) const
11252 {
11253     return wxRichTextObject::ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(m_ppi, pixels, m_scale);
11254 }
11255
11256 int wxTextAttrDimensionConverter::GetPixels(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim, int direction) const
11257 {
11258     if (dim.GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM)
11259         return ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dim.GetValue());
11260     else if (dim.GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS)
11261         return dim.GetValue();
11262     else if (dim.GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PERCENTAGE)
11263     {
11264         wxASSERT(m_parentSize != wxDefaultSize);
11265         if (direction == wxHORIZONTAL)
11266             return (int) (double(m_parentSize.x) * double(dim.GetValue()) / 100.0);
11267         else
11268             return (int) (double(m_parentSize.y) * double(dim.GetValue()) / 100.0);
11269     }
11270     else
11271     {
11272         wxASSERT(false);
11273         return 0;
11274     }
11275 }
11276
11277 int wxTextAttrDimensionConverter::GetTenthsMM(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim) const
11278 {
11279     if (dim.GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM)
11280         return dim.GetValue();
11281     else if (dim.GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS)
11282         return ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(dim.GetValue());
11283     else
11284     {
11285         wxASSERT(false);
11286         return 0;
11287     }
11288 }
11289
11290 // Partial equality test
11291 bool wxTextAttrDimensions::EqPartial(const wxTextAttrDimensions& dims) const
11292 {
11293     if (!m_left.EqPartial(dims.m_left))
11294         return false;
11295
11296     if (!m_right.EqPartial(dims.m_right))
11297         return false;
11298
11299     if (!m_top.EqPartial(dims.m_top))
11300         return false;
11301
11302     if (!m_bottom.EqPartial(dims.m_bottom))
11303         return false;
11304
11305     return true;
11306 }
11307
11308 // Apply border to 'this', but not if the same as compareWith
11309 bool wxTextAttrDimensions::Apply(const wxTextAttrDimensions& dims, const wxTextAttrDimensions* compareWith)
11310 {
11311     m_left.Apply(dims.m_left, compareWith ? (& compareWith->m_left) : (const wxTextAttrDimension*) NULL);
11312     m_right.Apply(dims.m_right, compareWith ? (& compareWith->m_right): (const wxTextAttrDimension*) NULL);
11313     m_top.Apply(dims.m_top, compareWith ? (& compareWith->m_top): (const wxTextAttrDimension*) NULL);
11314     m_bottom.Apply(dims.m_bottom, compareWith ? (& compareWith->m_bottom): (const wxTextAttrDimension*) NULL);
11315
11316     return true;
11317 }
11318
11319 // Remove specified attributes from this object
11320 bool wxTextAttrDimensions::RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrDimensions& attr)
11321 {
11322     if (attr.m_left.IsValid())
11323         m_left.Reset();
11324     if (attr.m_right.IsValid())
11325         m_right.Reset();
11326     if (attr.m_top.IsValid())
11327         m_top.Reset();
11328     if (attr.m_bottom.IsValid())
11329         m_bottom.Reset();
11330
11331     return true;
11332 }
11333
11334 // Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
11335 // which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
11336 void wxTextAttrDimensions::CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrDimensions& attr, wxTextAttrDimensions& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrDimensions& absentAttr)
11337 {
11338     m_left.CollectCommonAttributes(attr.m_left, clashingAttr.m_left, absentAttr.m_left);
11339     m_right.CollectCommonAttributes(attr.m_right, clashingAttr.m_right, absentAttr.m_right);
11340     m_top.CollectCommonAttributes(attr.m_top, clashingAttr.m_top, absentAttr.m_top);
11341     m_bottom.CollectCommonAttributes(attr.m_bottom, clashingAttr.m_bottom, absentAttr.m_bottom);
11342 }
11343
11344 // Partial equality test
11345 bool wxTextAttrSize::EqPartial(const wxTextAttrSize& size) const
11346 {
11347     if (!m_width.EqPartial(size.m_width))
11348         return false;
11349
11350     if (!m_height.EqPartial(size.m_height))
11351         return false;
11352
11353     return true;
11354 }
11355
11356 // Apply border to 'this', but not if the same as compareWith
11357 bool wxTextAttrSize::Apply(const wxTextAttrSize& size, const wxTextAttrSize* compareWith)
11358 {
11359     m_width.Apply(size.m_width, compareWith ? (& compareWith->m_width) : (const wxTextAttrDimension*) NULL);
11360     m_height.Apply(size.m_height, compareWith ? (& compareWith->m_height): (const wxTextAttrDimension*) NULL);
11361
11362     return true;
11363 }
11364
11365 // Remove specified attributes from this object
11366 bool wxTextAttrSize::RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrSize& attr)
11367 {
11368     if (attr.m_width.IsValid())
11369         m_width.Reset();
11370     if (attr.m_height.IsValid())
11371         m_height.Reset();
11372
11373     return true;
11374 }
11375
11376 // Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
11377 // which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
11378 void wxTextAttrSize::CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrSize& attr, wxTextAttrSize& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrSize& absentAttr)
11379 {
11380     m_width.CollectCommonAttributes(attr.m_width, clashingAttr.m_width, absentAttr.m_width);
11381     m_height.CollectCommonAttributes(attr.m_height, clashingAttr.m_height, absentAttr.m_height);
11382 }
11383
11384 // Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
11385 // which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
11386 void wxTextAttrCollectCommonAttributes(wxTextAttr& currentStyle, const wxTextAttr& attr, wxTextAttr& clashingAttr, wxTextAttr& absentAttr)
11387 {
11388     absentAttr.SetFlags(absentAttr.GetFlags() | (~attr.GetFlags() & wxTEXT_ATTR_ALL));
11389     absentAttr.SetTextEffectFlags(absentAttr.GetTextEffectFlags() | (~attr.GetTextEffectFlags() & 0xFFFF));
11390
11391     long forbiddenFlags = clashingAttr.GetFlags()|absentAttr.GetFlags();
11392
11393     if (attr.HasFont())
11394     {
11395         if (attr.HasFontSize() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_SIZE))
11396         {
11397             if (currentStyle.HasFontSize())
11398             {
11399                 if (currentStyle.GetFontSize() != attr.GetFontSize())
11400                 {
11401                     // Clash of attr - mark as such
11402                     clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_SIZE);
11403                     currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_SIZE);
11404                 }
11405             }
11406             else
11407                 currentStyle.SetFontSize(attr.GetFontSize());
11408         }
11409
11410         if (attr.HasFontItalic() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_ITALIC))
11411         {
11412             if (currentStyle.HasFontItalic())
11413             {
11414                 if (currentStyle.GetFontStyle() != attr.GetFontStyle())
11415                 {
11416                     // Clash of attr - mark as such
11417                     clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_ITALIC);
11418                     currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_ITALIC);
11419                 }
11420             }
11421             else
11422                 currentStyle.SetFontStyle(attr.GetFontStyle());
11423         }
11424
11425         if (attr.HasFontFamily() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FAMILY))
11426         {
11427             if (currentStyle.HasFontFamily())
11428             {
11429                 if (currentStyle.GetFontFamily() != attr.GetFontFamily())
11430                 {
11431                     // Clash of attr - mark as such
11432                     clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FAMILY);
11433                     currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FAMILY);
11434                 }
11435             }
11436             else
11437                 currentStyle.SetFontFamily(attr.GetFontFamily());
11438         }
11439
11440         if (attr.HasFontWeight() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_WEIGHT))
11441         {
11442             if (currentStyle.HasFontWeight())
11443             {
11444                 if (currentStyle.GetFontWeight() != attr.GetFontWeight())
11445                 {
11446                     // Clash of attr - mark as such
11447                     clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_WEIGHT);
11448                     currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_WEIGHT);
11449                 }
11450             }
11451             else
11452                 currentStyle.SetFontWeight(attr.GetFontWeight());
11453         }
11454
11455         if (attr.HasFontFaceName() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FACE))
11456         {
11457             if (currentStyle.HasFontFaceName())
11458             {
11459                 wxString faceName1(currentStyle.GetFontFaceName());
11460                 wxString faceName2(attr.GetFontFaceName());
11461
11462                 if (faceName1 != faceName2)
11463                 {
11464                     // Clash of attr - mark as such
11465                     clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FACE);
11466                     currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FACE);
11467                 }
11468             }
11469             else
11470                 currentStyle.SetFontFaceName(attr.GetFontFaceName());
11471         }
11472
11473         if (attr.HasFontUnderlined() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_UNDERLINE))
11474         {
11475             if (currentStyle.HasFontUnderlined())
11476             {
11477                 if (currentStyle.GetFontUnderlined() != attr.GetFontUnderlined())
11478                 {
11479                     // Clash of attr - mark as such
11480                     clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_UNDERLINE);
11481                     currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_UNDERLINE);
11482                 }
11483             }
11484             else
11485                 currentStyle.SetFontUnderlined(attr.GetFontUnderlined());
11486         }
11487     }
11488
11489     if (attr.HasTextColour() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_TEXT_COLOUR))
11490     {
11491         if (currentStyle.HasTextColour())
11492         {
11493             if (currentStyle.GetTextColour() != attr.GetTextColour())
11494             {
11495                 // Clash of attr - mark as such
11496                 clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_TEXT_COLOUR);
11497                 currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_TEXT_COLOUR);
11498             }
11499         }
11500         else
11501             currentStyle.SetTextColour(attr.GetTextColour());
11502     }
11503
11504     if (attr.HasBackgroundColour() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR))
11505     {
11506         if (currentStyle.HasBackgroundColour())
11507         {
11508             if (currentStyle.GetBackgroundColour() != attr.GetBackgroundColour())
11509             {
11510                 // Clash of attr - mark as such
11511                 clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR);
11512                 currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR);
11513             }
11514         }
11515         else
11516             currentStyle.SetBackgroundColour(attr.GetBackgroundColour());
11517     }
11518
11519     if (attr.HasAlignment() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_ALIGNMENT))
11520     {
11521         if (currentStyle.HasAlignment())
11522         {
11523             if (currentStyle.GetAlignment() != attr.GetAlignment())
11524             {
11525                 // Clash of attr - mark as such
11526                 clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_ALIGNMENT);
11527                 currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_ALIGNMENT);
11528             }
11529         }
11530         else
11531             currentStyle.SetAlignment(attr.GetAlignment());
11532     }
11533
11534     if (attr.HasTabs() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_TABS))
11535     {
11536         if (currentStyle.HasTabs())
11537         {
11538             if (!wxRichTextTabsEq(currentStyle.GetTabs(), attr.GetTabs()))
11539             {
11540                 // Clash of attr - mark as such
11541                 clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_TABS);
11542                 currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_TABS);
11543             }
11544         }
11545         else
11546             currentStyle.SetTabs(attr.GetTabs());
11547     }
11548
11549     if (attr.HasLeftIndent() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT))
11550     {
11551         if (currentStyle.HasLeftIndent())
11552         {
11553             if (currentStyle.GetLeftIndent() != attr.GetLeftIndent() || currentStyle.GetLeftSubIndent() != attr.GetLeftSubIndent())
11554             {
11555                 // Clash of attr - mark as such
11556                 clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT);
11557                 currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT);
11558             }
11559         }
11560         else
11561             currentStyle.SetLeftIndent(attr.GetLeftIndent(), attr.GetLeftSubIndent());
11562     }
11563
11564     if (attr.HasRightIndent() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_RIGHT_INDENT))
11565     {
11566         if (currentStyle.HasRightIndent())
11567         {
11568             if (currentStyle.GetRightIndent() != attr.GetRightIndent())
11569             {
11570                 // Clash of attr - mark as such
11571                 clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_RIGHT_INDENT);
11572                 currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_RIGHT_INDENT);
11573             }
11574         }
11575         else
11576             currentStyle.SetRightIndent(attr.GetRightIndent());
11577     }
11578
11579     if (attr.HasParagraphSpacingAfter() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_AFTER))
11580     {
11581         if (currentStyle.HasParagraphSpacingAfter())
11582         {
11583             if (currentStyle.GetParagraphSpacingAfter() != attr.GetParagraphSpacingAfter())
11584             {
11585                 // Clash of attr - mark as such
11586                 clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_AFTER);
11587                 currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_AFTER);
11588             }
11589         }
11590         else
11591             currentStyle.SetParagraphSpacingAfter(attr.GetParagraphSpacingAfter());
11592     }
11593
11594     if (attr.HasParagraphSpacingBefore() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_BEFORE))
11595     {
11596         if (currentStyle.HasParagraphSpacingBefore())
11597         {
11598             if (currentStyle.GetParagraphSpacingBefore() != attr.GetParagraphSpacingBefore())
11599             {
11600                 // Clash of attr - mark as such
11601                 clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_BEFORE);
11602                 currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_BEFORE);
11603             }
11604         }
11605         else
11606             currentStyle.SetParagraphSpacingBefore(attr.GetParagraphSpacingBefore());
11607     }
11608
11609     if (attr.HasLineSpacing() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING))
11610     {
11611         if (currentStyle.HasLineSpacing())
11612         {
11613             if (currentStyle.GetLineSpacing() != attr.GetLineSpacing())
11614             {
11615                 // Clash of attr - mark as such
11616                 clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING);
11617                 currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING);
11618             }
11619         }
11620         else
11621             currentStyle.SetLineSpacing(attr.GetLineSpacing());
11622     }
11623
11624     if (attr.HasCharacterStyleName() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER_STYLE_NAME))
11625     {
11626         if (currentStyle.HasCharacterStyleName())
11627         {
11628             if (currentStyle.GetCharacterStyleName() != attr.GetCharacterStyleName())
11629             {
11630                 // Clash of attr - mark as such
11631                 clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER_STYLE_NAME);
11632                 currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER_STYLE_NAME);
11633             }
11634         }
11635         else
11636             currentStyle.SetCharacterStyleName(attr.GetCharacterStyleName());
11637     }
11638
11639     if (attr.HasParagraphStyleName() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH_STYLE_NAME))
11640     {
11641         if (currentStyle.HasParagraphStyleName())
11642         {
11643             if (currentStyle.GetParagraphStyleName() != attr.GetParagraphStyleName())
11644             {
11645                 // Clash of attr - mark as such
11646                 clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH_STYLE_NAME);
11647                 currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH_STYLE_NAME);
11648             }
11649         }
11650         else
11651             currentStyle.SetParagraphStyleName(attr.GetParagraphStyleName());
11652     }
11653
11654     if (attr.HasListStyleName() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_LIST_STYLE_NAME))
11655     {
11656         if (currentStyle.HasListStyleName())
11657         {
11658             if (currentStyle.GetListStyleName() != attr.GetListStyleName())
11659             {
11660                 // Clash of attr - mark as such
11661                 clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LIST_STYLE_NAME);
11662                 currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LIST_STYLE_NAME);
11663             }
11664         }
11665         else
11666             currentStyle.SetListStyleName(attr.GetListStyleName());
11667     }
11668
11669     if (attr.HasBulletStyle() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE))
11670     {
11671         if (currentStyle.HasBulletStyle())
11672         {
11673             if (currentStyle.GetBulletStyle() != attr.GetBulletStyle())
11674             {
11675                 // Clash of attr - mark as such
11676                 clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE);
11677                 currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE);
11678             }
11679         }
11680         else
11681             currentStyle.SetBulletStyle(attr.GetBulletStyle());
11682     }
11683
11684     if (attr.HasBulletNumber() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NUMBER))
11685     {
11686         if (currentStyle.HasBulletNumber())
11687         {
11688             if (currentStyle.GetBulletNumber() != attr.GetBulletNumber())
11689             {
11690                 // Clash of attr - mark as such
11691                 clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NUMBER);
11692                 currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NUMBER);
11693             }
11694         }
11695         else
11696             currentStyle.SetBulletNumber(attr.GetBulletNumber());
11697     }
11698
11699     if (attr.HasBulletText() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_TEXT))
11700     {
11701         if (currentStyle.HasBulletText())
11702         {
11703             if (currentStyle.GetBulletText() != attr.GetBulletText())
11704             {
11705                 // Clash of attr - mark as such
11706                 clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_TEXT);
11707                 currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_TEXT);
11708             }
11709         }
11710         else
11711         {
11712             currentStyle.SetBulletText(attr.GetBulletText());
11713             currentStyle.SetBulletFont(attr.GetBulletFont());
11714         }
11715     }
11716
11717     if (attr.HasBulletName() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NAME))
11718     {
11719         if (currentStyle.HasBulletName())
11720         {
11721             if (currentStyle.GetBulletName() != attr.GetBulletName())
11722             {
11723                 // Clash of attr - mark as such
11724                 clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NAME);
11725                 currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NAME);
11726             }
11727         }
11728         else
11729         {
11730             currentStyle.SetBulletName(attr.GetBulletName());
11731         }
11732     }
11733
11734     if (attr.HasURL() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_URL))
11735     {
11736         if (currentStyle.HasURL())
11737         {
11738             if (currentStyle.GetURL() != attr.GetURL())
11739             {
11740                 // Clash of attr - mark as such
11741                 clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_URL);
11742                 currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_URL);
11743             }
11744         }
11745         else
11746         {
11747             currentStyle.SetURL(attr.GetURL());
11748         }
11749     }
11750
11751     if (attr.HasTextEffects() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECTS))
11752     {
11753         if (currentStyle.HasTextEffects())
11754         {
11755             // We need to find the bits in the new attr that are different:
11756             // just look at those bits that are specified by the new attr.
11757
11758             // We need to remove the bits and flags that are not common between current attr
11759             // and new attr. In so doing we need to take account of the styles absent from one or more of the
11760             // previous styles.
11761
11762             int currentRelevantTextEffects = currentStyle.GetTextEffects() & attr.GetTextEffectFlags();
11763             int newRelevantTextEffects = attr.GetTextEffects() & attr.GetTextEffectFlags();
11764
11765             if (currentRelevantTextEffects != newRelevantTextEffects)
11766             {
11767                 // Find the text effects that were different, using XOR
11768                 int differentEffects = currentRelevantTextEffects ^ newRelevantTextEffects;
11769
11770                 // Clash of attr - mark as such
11771                 clashingAttr.SetTextEffectFlags(clashingAttr.GetTextEffectFlags() | differentEffects);
11772                 currentStyle.SetTextEffectFlags(currentStyle.GetTextEffectFlags() & ~differentEffects);
11773             }
11774         }
11775         else
11776         {
11777             currentStyle.SetTextEffects(attr.GetTextEffects());
11778             currentStyle.SetTextEffectFlags(attr.GetTextEffectFlags());
11779         }
11780
11781         // Mask out the flags and values that cannot be common because they were absent in one or more objecrs
11782         // that we've looked at so far
11783         currentStyle.SetTextEffects(currentStyle.GetTextEffects() & ~absentAttr.GetTextEffectFlags());
11784         currentStyle.SetTextEffectFlags(currentStyle.GetTextEffectFlags() & ~absentAttr.GetTextEffectFlags());
11785
11786         if (currentStyle.GetTextEffectFlags() == 0)
11787             currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECTS);
11788     }
11789
11790     if (attr.HasOutlineLevel() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags, wxTEXT_ATTR_OUTLINE_LEVEL))
11791     {
11792         if (currentStyle.HasOutlineLevel())
11793         {
11794             if (currentStyle.GetOutlineLevel() != attr.GetOutlineLevel())
11795             {
11796                 // Clash of attr - mark as such
11797                 clashingAttr.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_OUTLINE_LEVEL);
11798                 currentStyle.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_OUTLINE_LEVEL);
11799             }
11800         }
11801         else
11802             currentStyle.SetOutlineLevel(attr.GetOutlineLevel());
11803     }
11804 }
11805
11806 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxRichTextVariantArray);
11807
11808 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextProperties, wxObject)
11809
11810 bool wxRichTextProperties::operator==(const wxRichTextProperties& props) const
11811 {
11812     if (m_properties.GetCount() != props.GetCount())
11813         return false;
11814
11815     size_t i;
11816     for (i = 0; i < m_properties.GetCount(); i++)
11817     {
11818         const wxVariant& var1 = m_properties[i];
11819         int idx = props.Find(var1.GetName());
11820         if (idx == -1)
11821             return false;
11822         const wxVariant& var2 = props.m_properties[idx];
11823         if (!(var1 == var2))
11824             return false;
11825     }
11826
11827     return true;
11828 }
11829
11830 wxArrayString wxRichTextProperties::GetPropertyNames() const
11831 {
11832     wxArrayString arr;
11833     size_t i;
11834     for (i = 0; i < m_properties.GetCount(); i++)
11835     {
11836         arr.Add(m_properties[i].GetName());
11837     }
11838     return arr;
11839 }
11840
11841 int wxRichTextProperties::Find(const wxString& name) const
11842 {
11843     size_t i;
11844     for (i = 0; i < m_properties.GetCount(); i++)
11845     {
11846         if (m_properties[i].GetName() == name)
11847             return (int) i;
11848     }
11849     return -1;
11850 }
11851
11852 wxVariant* wxRichTextProperties::FindOrCreateProperty(const wxString& name)
11853 {
11854     int idx = Find(name);
11855     if (idx == wxNOT_FOUND)
11856         SetProperty(name, wxString());
11857     idx = Find(name);
11858     if (idx != wxNOT_FOUND)
11859     {
11860         return & (*this)[idx];
11861     }
11862     else
11863         return NULL;
11864 }
11865
11866 const wxVariant& wxRichTextProperties::GetProperty(const wxString& name) const
11867 {
11868     static const wxVariant nullVariant;
11869     int idx = Find(name);
11870     if (idx != -1)
11871         return m_properties[idx];
11872     else
11873         return nullVariant;
11874 }
11875
11876 wxString wxRichTextProperties::GetPropertyString(const wxString& name) const
11877 {
11878     return GetProperty(name).GetString();
11879 }
11880
11881 long wxRichTextProperties::GetPropertyLong(const wxString& name) const
11882 {
11883     return GetProperty(name).GetLong();
11884 }
11885
11886 bool wxRichTextProperties::GetPropertyBool(const wxString& name) const
11887 {
11888     return GetProperty(name).GetBool();
11889 }
11890
11891 double wxRichTextProperties::GetPropertyDouble(const wxString& name) const
11892 {
11893     return GetProperty(name).GetDouble();
11894 }
11895
11896 void wxRichTextProperties::SetProperty(const wxVariant& variant)
11897 {
11898     wxASSERT(!variant.GetName().IsEmpty());
11899
11900     int idx = Find(variant.GetName());
11901
11902     if (idx == -1)
11903         m_properties.Add(variant);
11904     else
11905         m_properties[idx] = variant;
11906 }
11907
11908 void wxRichTextProperties::SetProperty(const wxString& name, const wxVariant& variant)
11909 {
11910     int idx = Find(name);
11911     wxVariant var(variant);
11912     var.SetName(name);
11913
11914     if (idx == -1)
11915         m_properties.Add(var);
11916     else
11917         m_properties[idx] = var;
11918 }
11919
11920 void wxRichTextProperties::SetProperty(const wxString& name, const wxString& value)
11921 {
11922     SetProperty(name, wxVariant(value, name));
11923 }
11924
11925 void wxRichTextProperties::SetProperty(const wxString& name, long value)
11926 {
11927     SetProperty(name, wxVariant(value, name));
11928 }
11929
11930 void wxRichTextProperties::SetProperty(const wxString& name, double value)
11931 {
11932     SetProperty(name, wxVariant(value, name));
11933 }
11934
11935 void wxRichTextProperties::SetProperty(const wxString& name, bool value)
11936 {
11937     SetProperty(name, wxVariant(value, name));
11938 }
11939
11940 wxRichTextObject* wxRichTextObjectAddress::GetObject(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* topLevelContainer) const
11941 {
11942     if (m_address.GetCount() == 0)
11943         return topLevelContainer;
11944
11945     wxRichTextCompositeObject* p = topLevelContainer;
11946     size_t i = 0;
11947     while (p && i < m_address.GetCount())
11948     {
11949         int pos = m_address[i];
11950         wxASSERT(pos >= 0 && pos < (int) p->GetChildren().GetCount());
11951         if (pos < 0 || pos >= (int) p->GetChildren().GetCount())
11952             return NULL;
11953
11954         wxRichTextObject* p1 = p->GetChild(pos);
11955         if (i == (m_address.GetCount()-1))
11956             return p1;
11957
11958         p = wxDynamicCast(p1, wxRichTextCompositeObject);
11959         i ++;
11960     }
11961     return NULL;
11962 }
11963
11964 bool wxRichTextObjectAddress::Create(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* topLevelContainer, wxRichTextObject* obj)
11965 {
11966     m_address.Clear();
11967
11968     if (topLevelContainer == obj)
11969         return true;
11970
11971     wxRichTextObject* o = obj;
11972     while (o)
11973     {
11974         wxRichTextCompositeObject* p = wxDynamicCast(o->GetParent(), wxRichTextCompositeObject);
11975         if (!p)
11976             return false;
11977
11978         int pos = p->GetChildren().IndexOf(o);
11979         if (pos == -1)
11980             return false;
11981
11982         m_address.Insert(pos, 0);
11983
11984         if (p == topLevelContainer)
11985             return true;
11986
11987         o = p;
11988     }
11989     return false;
11990 }
11991
11992 // Equality test
11993 bool wxRichTextSelection::operator==(const wxRichTextSelection& sel) const
11994 {
11995     if (m_container != sel.m_container)
11996         return false;
11997     if (m_ranges.GetCount() != sel.m_ranges.GetCount())
11998         return false;
11999     size_t i;
12000     for (i = 0; i < m_ranges.GetCount(); i++)
12001         if (!(m_ranges[i] == sel.m_ranges[i]))
12002             return false;
12003     return true;
12004 }
12005
12006 // Get the selections appropriate to the specified object, if any; returns wxRICHTEXT_NO_SELECTION if none
12007 // or none at the level of the object's container.
12008 wxRichTextRangeArray wxRichTextSelection::GetSelectionForObject(wxRichTextObject* obj) const
12009 {
12010     if (IsValid())
12011     {
12012         wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container = obj->GetParentContainer();
12013
12014         if (container == m_container)
12015             return m_ranges;
12016
12017         container = obj->GetContainer();
12018         while (container)
12019         {
12020             if (container->GetParent())
12021             {
12022                 // If we found that our object's container is within the range of
12023                 // a selection higher up, then assume the whole original object
12024                 // is also selected.
12025                 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* parentContainer = container->GetParentContainer();
12026                 if (parentContainer == m_container)
12027                 {
12028                     if (WithinSelection(container->GetRange().GetStart(), m_ranges))
12029                     {
12030                         wxRichTextRangeArray ranges;
12031                         ranges.Add(obj->GetRange());
12032                         return ranges;
12033                     }
12034                 }
12035
12036                 container = parentContainer;
12037             }
12038             else
12039             {
12040                 container = NULL;
12041                 break;
12042             }
12043         }
12044     }
12045     return wxRichTextRangeArray();
12046 }
12047
12048 // Is the given position within the selection?
12049 bool wxRichTextSelection::WithinSelection(long pos, wxRichTextObject* obj) const
12050 {
12051     if (!IsValid())
12052         return false;
12053     else
12054     {
12055         wxRichTextRangeArray selectionRanges = GetSelectionForObject(obj);
12056         return WithinSelection(pos, selectionRanges);
12057     }
12058 }
12059
12060 // Is the given position within the selection range?
12061 bool wxRichTextSelection::WithinSelection(long pos, const wxRichTextRangeArray& ranges)
12062 {
12063     size_t i;
12064     for (i = 0; i < ranges.GetCount(); i++)
12065     {
12066         const wxRichTextRange& range = ranges[i];
12067         if (pos >= range.GetStart() && pos <= range.GetEnd())
12068             return true;
12069     }
12070     return false;
12071 }
12072
12073 // Is the given range completely within the selection range?
12074 bool wxRichTextSelection::WithinSelection(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextRangeArray& ranges)
12075 {
12076     size_t i;
12077     for (i = 0; i < ranges.GetCount(); i++)
12078     {
12079         const wxRichTextRange& eachRange = ranges[i];
12080         if (range.IsWithin(eachRange))
12081             return true;
12082     }
12083     return false;
12084 }
12085
12086
12087 #endif
12088     // wxUSE_RICHTEXT